ENGLISH PRACTICE 46

SECTION A: PHONETICS (10 POINTS)

I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)
1. A. opponent B. compose C. podium D. advocate
2. A. reserve B. domestic C. optimistic D. nursery
3. A. both B. cloth C. ghost D. sold
4. A. examine B. determine C. famine D. dine
5. A. sacred B. decided C. contaminated D. watered
II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others. (5 pts)
1. A. counterpart B. precede C. nursery D. compliment
2. A. bewilder B. audience C. benefit D. dedicate
3. A. pessimistic B. university C. epidemic D. particular
4. A. tsunami B. terrorist C. involvement D. disaster
5. A. processor B. windsurfing C. semester D. challenger
SECTION B: GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (40 POINTS)
I. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. (10 pts)
1. According to the boss, John is the most for the position of executive secretary.
A. supportive B. caring C. suitable D. comfortable
2. The children went with excitement.
A. wild B. wildly C. wilderness D. wildlife
3. The sudden resignation of the financial director put the company in a very position.
A. weak B. unsteady C. vulnerable D. collapsed
4. David: Would you like fish or meat? Mary: I fish, please.
A. would rather B. would prefer C. suppose D. believe
5. Many teenagers show signs of anxiety and when being asked about their future.
A. depress B. depression C. depressed D. depressing
6. There was a huge decline the number of tigers.
A. in B. for C. of D. out
7. I’d rather you anything about the garden until the weather improves.
A. don’t make B. didn’t do C. don’t do D. didn’t make
8. A part – time job gives me the freedom to my own interests.
A. pursue B. chase C. seek D. catch
9. The new road currently under will solve the traffic problems in the town.
A. design B. progress C. construction D. work
10. - Daisy: “What a lovely house you have!” - Mary: “ .”
A. Lovely, I think so B. Thank you. Hope you will drop in
C. Of course not, it’s not costly D. No problem

II. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 pts)
1. Bi Rain, together with 58 members of the South Korean National Military
Symphony Orchestra and 17 traditional musicians, (come) to Vietnam since yesterday.  ……………………………
2. Up to now, nothing (do) to solve their problem.  ……………………………
3. He suggested that his son (be) on time for the interview.  ……………………………
4. Tom will come home as soon as he (finish) his test.  ……………………………
5. ASEAN (found) in 1967 in Bangkok, Thai land.  ……………………………
6. In times of war, the Red Cross (dedicate) to reducing the sufferings of wounded
 ……………………………
soldiers, civilians, and prisoners of war.
7. Hardly our teacher (enter) the classroom when it started to rain.  ……………………………
8. In a few minutes' time, when the clock strikes six, I (wait) for you here.  ……………………………
9-10. Living in a fast-paced and mobile society (create) family stresses that (not
 ……………………………
imagine) by our great grandparents.
 ……………………………
III. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (10pts)
1. The main goals of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations are to promote peace
and …………………………… in the region. (STABLE)
2. On my salary, we have to live as ……………………………as possible. (ECONOMY)
3. Different conservation efforts have been made in order to save ……………………………species. (DANGER)
4. The security of the earth can be threatened by ……………………………groups. (TERROR)
5. It is reported that humans are the main reason for most species' declines
(DESTROY)
and habitat …………………………
6. He resigned for a ……………………………of reasons. (VARIOUS)
7. I don’t care if you had had too much to drink. Your behaviour last night was …………………………… (DEFEND)
8. Her son is always mischievous and ……………………………, which annoys her very much. (OBEY)
9. The Americans are much more concerned than the Indians and the Chinese with
physical …………………………… when choosing a wife or a husband. (ATTRACT)
10. You can never be sure what my sister is going to do. She is so …………………………… (PREDICT)
IV. Find one mistake in each sentence below by choosing the letter A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
1. Although to some people reading is a favourite way to spend time, but others just do not like reading.
A B C D
2. If a species does not have the natural genetic protection against particular diseases, an introduced disease can
A B C
have severely effects on that species.
D
3. I believe that only very self-confident, knowledge and attentive students will prefer 100% of eye contact
time. A B C D
4. It is likely that all people in Hanoi live in skyscrapers by 2050.
A B C D
5. In 1961, America’s first manned spacecraft launched.
A B C D
6. Do you really think that candidate is qualify to be President?
A B C D
7. Of the more than 1,300 volcanoes in the world, only about 600 can classify as active.
A B C D
8. It is important that cancer is diagnosed and treated as early as possible in order to assure a successful cure.
A B C D
9. It took us quite a long time to get here. It was a three-hours
journey. A B C D
10. Married women are twice so likely as married men to be depressed.
A B C D
SECTION C: READING (30 POINTS)
I. Fill in each numbered space with ONE appropriate word. (10 pts)
Kim Jong-il (16th February 1941 – 17th December 2011) was the supreme leader of North Korea (1) ……………………………
1994 to 2011.
Kim Jong-il died (2) …………………………… a suspected heart (3) …………………………… on 17th December 2011 while
traveling by train to an area outside Pyongyang. He was succeeded by his youngest son Kim Jong-un,
(4) …………………………… was considered by the Korean Central News Agency (5).........................................the "Great
Successor". The Korean Central News Agency reported that during his death, a fierce snowstorm paused and the sky
glowed red above the sacred Mount Paektu. The ice on a famous lake also cracked so loud, it seemed to shake the
Heavens and the Earth.
Kim Jong-il's funeral took (6).........................................on December 28th in Pyongyang, with a mourning period lasting
until the (7).........................................day. South Korea's military was immediately put on alert after the announcement.
Asian stock markets fell soon after the announcement, due to similar concerns.
(8) January 12th, 2012 North Korea called Kim Jong-il the "eternal leader" and announced that his
(9) will be preserved and displayed at Pyongyang's Kumsusan Memorial Palace. Officials will also
install statues, portraits, and "towers to his immortality" across the country. His (10).......................................of February 16th
has been declared "the greatest auspicious holiday of the nation", and has been named the Day of the Shining Star.

II. Read the passage below and then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (15pts)
Do you ever wish you were more optimistic, someone who always (1) to be successful? Having someone around
who always (2) the worst isn’t really a lot of (3) – we all know someone who sees a single cloud on a
sunny day and says, ‘It looks (4) rain.’ But if you catch yourself thinking such things, it’s important to do
something (5) it.
You can change your view of life, (6) to psychologists. It only takes a little effort, and you will find life more
rewarding as a (7)...............Optimism, they say, is partly about self-respect and confidence, but it’s also a more positive
way of looking at life and all it has to (8)...............Optimists are more (9) to start new projects and are generally
more prepared to take risks.
Upbringing is obviously very important in forming your (10) to the world. Some people are brought up to (11)
too much on others and grow up forever blaming other people when anything (12) wrong. Most optimists,
on the (13) hand, have been brought up not to (14) failure as the end of the world- they just (15)
with their lives.
1. A. counted B. expected C. felt D. waited
2. A. worries B. cares C. fears D. doubts
3. A. amusement B. play C. enjoyment D. fun
4. A. so B. to C. for D. like
5. A. with B. against C. about D. over
6. A. judging B. according C. concerning D. following
7. A. result B. reason C. purpose D. product
8. A. supply B. suggest C. offer D. propose
9. A. possible B. likely C. hopeful D. welcome
10. A. opinion B. attitude C. view D. position
11. A. trust B. believe C. depend D. hope
12. A. goes B. fails C. comes D. turns
13. A. opposite B. next C. other D. far
14. A. regard B. respect C. suppose D. think
15. A. get up B. get on C. get out D. get over
III. Read the passage below and then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (5pts)
In the second half of each year, many powerful storms are born in the tropical Atlantic and Caribbean seas. Of these, only
about half a dozen become the strong, circling winds of 74 miles per hour or more that are called hurricanes, and several
usually make their way to the coast. There they cause millions of dollars of damage, and bring death to large numbers of
people.
The great storms that hit the coast start as soft circling wind hundreds - even thousands - of miles out to sea. As they travel
aimlessly over water warmed by the summer sun, they are carried westward by the southeast winds. When conditions are
just right, warm moist air flows in at the bottom of such a wind, moves upward through it and comes out at the top. In the
process, the moisture in this warm air produces rain, and with it, the heat is changed to energy in the form of strong winds.
As the heat increases, the young hurricane begins to move counter clockwise motion.
The life of a hurricane is only about nine days, but it contains almost more power than we can imagine. The energy in the
heat released by a hurricane’s rainfall in a single day would satisfy the entire electrical needs of the United States for more
than six months. Water, not wind, is the main source of death and destruction in a hurricane. A typical hurricane brings 6
to 12 inches downpour, causing sudden floods. Worst of all is the powerful movement of the sea – the mountains of water
moving toward the hurricane center. The water level rises as much as 15 feet above normal as it moves toward shore.
1. When is an ordinary tropical storm called a hurricane?
A. When it begins in the Atlantic and Caribbean seas. B. When its winds reach 74 miles per hour.
C. When it is more than 74 miles wide. D. When it hits the Coastline.
2. What is the worst thing about hurricanes?
A. The terrible effects of water. B. The heat they give off.
C. That they last about nine days. D. Their strong winds.
3. Here the underlined word “downpour” means
A. heavy rainfall B. dangerous waves
C. the progress of water to the hurricane center D. the increasing heat
4. Which of the following statements about a hurricane is NOT true?
A. It travels more than 75 miles per hour. B. It usually stays about nine days.
C. It usually causes 6 to 12 inches downpour. D. It sometimesbringstheseawater level to theheight of 15 feet.
5. Hurricanes often cause ?
A. a lot of damage B. sudden floods
C. death to large numbers of people D. All are correct
SECTION D: WRITING (20 POINTS)
I. Finish the second sentence so that it means the same as the first one. (10 pts)
1. We couldn’t relax until all the guests had gone home.

Only …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
2. House prices have risen sharply this year.
 There
has ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
3. The only reason the party was a success was that a famous film star attended.
 Had it
not ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
4. Would you mind not smoking in my house?

I’d ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………..
5. His second attempt on the world record was successful.
 He
broke …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
6. I write to him almost every day.

Hardly ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………….
7. Experts think that all dogs evolved from wolves.
 All
dogs …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………..…
8. Don’t go to lunch until you have typed all these letters.
 Make sure you
finish …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. The northwest of Britain has more rain each year than the southeast.
 The
annual ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
10. Henry regretted buying the second-hand car.
 Henry
wishes…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
II. Use the given word to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the
original sentence. Do not change the form of the given word. (5pts)
1. The two theories appear to be completely different. COMMON
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
2. His rude behaviour is too much for me. PUT
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
3. I find his handwriting very hard to read. DIFFICULTY
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
4. He doesn’t have money to go on holiday. He doesn’t have time, either. NEITHER
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
5. You’d feel better if you had a quiet holiday. DO
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
III. Complete the following sentences, using the words given. (5 pts)
1. Mother/ take/ responsibility/ run/ household.
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
2. ASEAN / have/ population/ 575.5 million/ account/ 8.7 %/ the world’s population.
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
3. It/ not/ until/ Einstein/ eight/ he/ can/ speak.
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
4. Defensive players / not/ allow/ interfere/ opponent’s movements/ unless/ player/ hold/ ball.
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
5. Never/ stop/ try/ you/ get/ right solution/ problem.
 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 47

SECTION A: PHONETICS (10 POINTS)

I. Choose one word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. (5 pts)
1. A. resume B. statistics C. position D. designer
2. A. criteria B. initiate C. certificate D. interactive
3. A. ginger B. gesture C. gymnasium D. ghost
4. A. teammate B. reading C. seaside D. creating
5. A. crooked B. naked C. masked D. needed
II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others. (5 pts)
1. A. oceanic B. argument C. temperature D. valuable
2. A. incredible B. fortunately C. astronomy D. evaporate
3. A. committee B. expensive C. guarantee D. successful
4. A. vocabulary B. assistance C. develop D. evidence
5. A. applicant B. recognize C. yesterday D. curriculum
SECTION B: GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (40 POINTS)
I. Complete the following sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. (10 pts)
1- 2- 3. My father (work) ……………………………… in Canada for the last year, so by the time he
(return) ……………………………… the month after next, I (not see) ……………………………… …………… him for
fourteen months.
4. We looked out of the window and saw it (rain).........................................., so we stayed in.
5. TV chat shows (increase)...........................................in number all the time.
6. The camera (disappear)...........................................when we came in.
7. The woman (accuse)...........................................of the killing said that she was at the cinema at the time.
8 - 9. Not until we (arrive) ……………………………… at his house we (discover)................................that he was on
holiday.
10. After (take)...........................................to the hospital, the injured victim felt much better yesterday.
II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. (10 pts)
1. There is a rumour that the National Bank is going to the company I am working for.
A. take on B. take out of C. take off D. take over
2. It would be lovely if the children could see and, , touch the animals.
A. eventually B. if possible C. at last D. finally
3. he failed in the entrance exam caused his family much sadness.
A. Which B. That C. The thing D. What
4. Unless you return money immediately, you will risk being charged theft and getting into serous trouble
A. on B. with C. of D. for
5. The old woman came in, by a young man.
A. accompany B. to be accompanied C. accompanying D. accompanied
6. I’ve applied for the job I saw in the newspaper last month.
 A. advertised B. advertising C. be advertised D. being advertised
7. No, I didn’t know his number; I’d have phoned him.
A. otherwise B. so C. therefore D. unless
8. the two sisters, Mary is .
A. Of/ the prettier B. Between/ the prettiest C. Of/ prettier D. Between/ the prettier
9. A: Do you think it will rain tonight? B: . I am attending the evening class.
A. I don’t hope so B. I hope so C. I hope not D. I am not hoping
10. Ninety the maximum length of time allowed for entrance exams to this school.
A. minute is B. minutes are C. minute are D. minutes is
III. Read the text below. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (10pts)
JUDO
Judo is a sport that has achieved great popularity in many parts of the world. It was (1.
origin)............................................developed in Japan in the late 19th century based on ancient methods of self-defence.
There are two (2. fight) ……………………………… Although they use physical (3. violent) ………………………………
against each other, they are respectful to their (4. oppose).............................................and bow to each other before and
after each contest. Judo is an (5. expense) ……………………………… sport to take up because the only equipment you
need is the special loose-fitting suit. It is very suitable for (6. young)............................................if they join a club where
the (7. instruct)............................................are properly qualified and pay enough attention to safety. Although Judo is a
physically (8. demand) ……………………………… sport which requires a lot of (9. strong) ………………………………
practice, and skill, there are many people who find it (10. enjoy).............................................as a means of relaxation in
their spare time.
IV. Find one mistake in each sentence below by choosing the letter A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
1. Joel giving up smoking has caused him to gain weight and become irritable with his acquaintances.
A B C D
2. There are many different ways of comparing the economy of one nation with those of another.
A B C D
3. George won’t lend you any money as long as you promise to pay him back.
A B C D
4. Having worked hard during the summer, his result was very successful in the entrance examination
A B C D
5. Society will be having to change radically to keep pace with the technology available.
A B C D
6. It is necessary that he goes to see a doctor as soon as he returns from taking the
exam. AB C D
7. The lion has long been a symbol of strength, power, and it is very cruel.
A B C D
8. The Nobel Prize winning candidate, together with his wife and children, are staying in Sweden after
the presentation. A B C D
9. My brother composes not only the music, but also sings the songs for the major Broadway musicals.
A B C D
10. After driving for twenty miles, he suddenly realized that he has been driving in the wrong
direction. A B C D
SECTION C: READING (30 POINTS)
I. Fill in each numbered space with ONE appropriate word. (10 pts)
TSUNAMI IN JAPAN
Japan's most powerful earthquake since records began has struck the north-east coast, triggering a massive
tsunami. Cars, ships and buildings were (1)............................................away by a wall of water after the 8.9 - magnitude
tremor, which struck about 400 kms (250 miles) north-east of Tokyo. A state of emergency has been declared at a nuclear
power plant, (2)............................................pressure has exceeded normal levels. Officials say more than 10,000 people
are dead and about 7,000 (3) ………………………………, but it is feared the final death toll will be
(4) ……………………………… higher. In one ward alone in Sendai, a port city in Miyagi prefecture, 200 to 300 bodies
were found. “The quake has been the fifth-largest in the world (5) ……………………………… 1900 and nearly 8,000
(6) ……………………………… stronger than the one which devastated Christchurch, New Zealand, last month”, said
scientists. Thousands of people (7)............................................near the Fukushima nuclear power plant have been ordered
to evacuate. Japanese nuclear officials said that pressure inside a boiling water reactor at the plant was running much
higher than normal after the cooling system failed. Officials said they might need to deliberately
(8) ……………………………… some radioactive steam to relieve pressure, but that there would be no health risk. US
Secretary of State Hillary Clinton had earlier said the US Air Force had flown emergency coolant to the site. But US
officials later said (9) ……………………………… coolant had been handed over because the Japanese had decided to
handle the situation (10) ………………………………
The UN's nuclear agency said four nuclear power plants had been shut down safely.
II. Read the passage below and then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (10pts)
Women nowadays have more (1) than those in the past. For example, our great grandmothers were not
allowed to go to school or to work to earn their own living. (2) , they had to depend on their husbands financially.
Modern women, on the contrary, can get good education, have their own careers, and (3) their interests. They can
even take good positions in politics if they are competent (4) it. However, women living in our modern society
have their (5) too. Today women work harder than their great grandmothers so that they can gain the (6)
between working life and family life. Many people predict that by 2032, most (7) positions at work will be taken
by women. Then, it is possible that women will have more (8) life because, (9) in a very modern society,
the women can’t (10) their role in the family.
1. A. advances B. advantages C. benefits D. conveniences
2. A. Therefore B. However C. As a result D. Although
3. A. pursue B. support C. promote D. stimulate
4. A. to B. at C. with D. of
5. A. obstacles B. disputes C. profits D. problems
6. A. equality B. stables C. balance D. steadiness
 7. A. senior B. junior C. inferior D. superior
8. A. sheltered B. healthy C. strenuous D. active
9. A. though B. even C. ever D. never
10. A. perform B. adopt C. fulfill D. neglect
III. Read the passage below and then choose the correct answer A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
Walt Disney was born in 1901 in Chicago, but soon moved to a small farm near Marceline, Missouri. From this
rural and rather humble beginning, he later became one of the most famous and beloved motion-picture producers in
history. Although he died in 1966, his name and artistic legacy continue to influence the lives of millions of people
throughout the world.
After several years of barely making ends meet as a cartoon artist operating from his Los Angeles garage,
Disney had his first success in 1928, with his release of a Mickey Mouse cartoon. Throughout the next decade, he
continued to produce a number of cartoons, and develop more of his highly profitable and enduring creations, such as
Donald Duck and Pluto. In the late 1930s, he issued a full-length cartoon film. Snow White became an instant commercial
and critical success. This was only the first of many films, both animated and not, produced by Disney and his studio.
But as renowned as Disney name is for cartoons and movies, it is probably best known for a string of spectacular
amusement and theme parks. Starting with California’s Disneyland in 1955 and culminating with the fantastically
successful Disney World and EPCOT Center in Florida, Disney became a household name. In recent years, the theme park
concept became international, with openings in Tokyo and Paris. With the continuing success of Disney, the creation of
future theme park is under discussion.
1. Which of the following is the title for the passage?
A. The history of Disney World and Disneyland. B. Walt Disney’s Boyhood Years
C. Walt Disney and his Legacy. D. Walt Disney and Animated Cartoons
2. The word “humble” in bold in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. boring B. shy C. simple D. respectful
3 What is the author’s attitude toward the accomplishments of Walt Disney?
A. critical B. respectful C. ambivalent D. approving
4. In paragraph 2 “barely making ends meet” in bold is closest in meaning to .
A. meeting personal failure. B. producing only a few cartoons.
C. not making much money. D. trying new businesses.
5. The word “enduring” in bold in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .
A. lasting B. suffering C. famous D. difficult
6. The word “renowned” in bold in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. possessed B. talked about C. useful D. well-known
7. It can be inferred from the passage that .
A. Snow White was Disney’s most successful film. B. Disney created cartoon movies and “non cartoon” movies.
C. the Tokyo theme park is in financial difficulty. D. the California theme park is now closed.
8. The word “concept” in bold in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to .
A. idea B. location C. birth D. demand
9. According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE?
A. Disney’s first achieved success after his death. B. Mickey Mouse was Disney’s only cartoons creation.
C. Snow White was the first full-length cartoon film. D. Disney’s first concern was always profitability.
10. In future years it is most likely that .
A. the Disney name will stay well–known. B. Disney will produce only cartoons.
C. the Paris theme park will become successful D. the remaining theme parks will also close
SECTION D: WRITING (20 POINTS)
I. Finish the second sentence so that it means the same as the first one. (10 pts)
1. Peter hasn’t had his hair cut for over 3 months.
→ It
is ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
2. I meant to post that letter before lunch.
→
What …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………..
3. People will only become aware of the problem if you increase the publicity.
→ Only
if ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
4. Scientists have tried very hard to find a cure for AIDS.
→
Enormous ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
5. Success depends on hard work.
→ The
harder …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……….
6. She thought it was too difficult for her to finish the job by lunchtime.
→ She
found …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………
7. They thought that the little girl had found out the keys accidentally.
→ The
keys …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………
8. Someone has suggested abolishing income tax.
→
It …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
……………………
9. It was wrong of you to allow a 4-year-old child to walk home alone.
→ You
should ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………
…………..
10. We were late for the meeting because it rained heavily.
→ But
for ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………..
II. Use the given word to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the
original sentence. Do not change the form of the given word. (5pts)
1. They decided to build a new school in this region. SHOULD
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
2. She got a scholarship as soon as she registered for the training course. SCARCELY
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
3. Flooding in this region was the result of heavy rain RESULTED
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
4. I don't like him because he boasts a lot. MOUTH
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
5. The Embassy said it would not be necessary for me to get a visa. NEED
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
III. Complete the following sentences, using the words given. (5 pts)
1. Exercise / take regularly / improves / fitness / our body / mind.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
2. Economic / reform / one / most / important / measure / take / promote / development / country
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
3. Sleep / next room / boy / wakened / sound / breaking glass.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
4. Never / put / tomorrow / you / do / today.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
5. Many people / say / most / common / way / attract / someone / attention / by / wave.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………
- THE END -
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 48
I. VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR
Part 1: Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) which best completes each sentence. (10 points)
1. The school was closed for a month because of serious of fever.
A. outcome B. outburst C. outset D. outbreak
2. The campaign raised far more than the of $20.000.
A. aim B. object C. goal D. target
3. We have a future ahead with little comfort, food or hope.
A. cruel B. pessimistic C. grim D. fierce
4. Only thoroughly unpleasant people leave the of their picnics to spoil the appearance of the countryside.
A. rest B. remainder C. remains D. rester
5. An almost line of traffic was moving at a snail’s pace through the town.
A. continuous B. constant C. continual D. stopping
6. Medieval travelers’ tales of fantastic creatures were often fascinating but not always
A. credible B. creditable C. credulous D. imaginable
7. Don’t be late for the interview, people will think you are a disorganized person.
A. unless B. otherwise C. if not D. or so
8. My friends have just moved to a new flat in a residential area on the of Paris.
A. suburbs B. outside C. outskirts D. side
9. You are being thoroughly in refusing to allow this ceremony to take place.
A. unrequited B. unrepresentative C. unreliable D. unreasonable
10. “But so”, I told him, “you are my own .”
A. heart and heart B. body and soul C. flesh and blood D. skin and bone
Part 2: Use the word in capitals at the end of these sentences to form a word that fits in the blank space. (20 points)
1. How much does of this club cost? (MEMBER)
2. She is extremely about the history of art. (KNOW)
3. Traveling in big cities is becoming more and more every day. (TROUBLE)
4. He is completely ! Not only is he lazy but he is dishonest too. (EMPLOY)
5. His boss told him off because he had behaved (RESPONSIBLE)
6. He won the discus event at the Olympic Games but was later when a medical check proved that he had been
taking drugs. (QUALIFY)
7. Women who are slimming can never enjoy a meal without being afraid of their diet. (ORGANISE)
8. The trouble with Mr. Brown is that he’s so One minute he goes mad when you come late; the next he says
nothing. You never know where you are! (CONSIST)
9. It is forbidden to hunt for that kind of bird. It has been listed as one of the species (DANGER)
10. I didn’t know who it was – with a mask on she was completely (RECONGNISE)
Part 3: Complete each sentence with one of the idiomatic phrases given. Use each phrase once only. (8 points)
gave me the cold shoulder lost her head
 made her blood boil
jumped out of her
had a lump in her
skin kept her head
throat took her breath pulled her legs
1. Pauline
awaycompletely ignored me this morning. She
2. It really to see her friend copy a poem she had written and then present it to her boyfriend as one that she had
written for him.
3. Saying goodbye to her son was a very emotional occasion for her and she as she watched him get on the train.
4. The view from the top of the mountain was absolutely fantastic. It really
5. Susan panicked when the fire broke out. She
6. When I dropped that tray behind her, she got a shock. She almost
7. My sister remained very calm. She
8. Sally didn’t believe us, did she? We only joked! We only !
Part 4: Put each verb given in brackets into an appropriate tense or form. (17 points)
1. Mr. Pike, who is supposed ……………………. (witness) the accident,.....................................(leave) the town.
1. At this time next week they.............................................(sit) in the train on their way to Paris.
2. He said that he watered the plants every day. He …………………………… (water) them. If
he.............................................(have), they wouldn’t have died.
3. No sooner……………the announcement.................................(make) than everyone started complaining.
4. They said they never.............................................(make) to do anything they didn’t want to before.
5. We.............................................(watch) the play for nearly thirty minutes when he came.
6. The pop star who has taken_ (take) part in over 25 films always avoids..............................................(recognise)
by.............................................(wear) dark glasses.
7. There’s no point …………………………… (try) to get Tim.............................................(lend) you his car.
8. Not until John …………………………… (receive) the offer of promotion in writing ……………………………
he.............................................(celebrate)
9. He …………………………… (have) trouble with the second-hand car since he bought it. He wishes
he.............................................(not / buy) it.
II. READING
Part 1: Read the text below and choose the correct word for each space. For each question, circle letter A, B, C or D
next to the answer you choose. (10 points)
If you’re an environmentalist, plastic is a word you tend to say with a sneer or a snarl. It has become a symbol of
our wasteful, throw-way society. But there seems little (1) it is here to stay, and the truth is, of course, that plastic
has brought enormous (2) even environmental ones. It’s not really the plastics themselves that are the
environmental (3) – it’s the way society choose to use and (4) them.
Almost all the 50 or so different kinds of modern plastic are made from oil, gas or coal – non-renewable natural
(5) We (6) well over three million tones of the stuff in Britain each year and, sooner or later, most of it is
thrown away. A high (7) of our annual consumption is in the (8) of packaging, and this (9) about
seven per cent by weight of our domestic (10) Almost all of it could be recycled, but very little of it is, though the
plastic recycling (11) is growing fast.
The plastics themselves are extremely energy-rich – they have a higher calorific (12) than coal and one
(13) of ‘recovery’ strongly (14) by the plastic manufacturers is the (15) of waste plastic into a fuel.
1. A. evidence B. concern C. doubt D. likelihood
2. A. pleasures B. benefits C. savings D. profits
3. A. poison B. disaster C. disadvantage D. evil
4. A. dispose B. store C. endanger D. abuse
5. A. resources B. processes C. products D. fuels
6. A. remove B. import C. consign D. consume
7. A. portion B. amount C. proportion D. rate
8. A. way B. kind C form D. type
9. A. takes B. makes C. carries D. constitutes
10. A. refuse B. goods C. requirements D. rubble
11. A. manufacture B. plant C. factory D. industry
12. A. degree B. value C. demand D. effect
13. A. measure B. mechanism C. method D. medium
14. A. desired B. argued C. favored D. presented
15. A. conversion B. melting C. change D. replacement
Part 2: Read the following text and then fill in each gap with ONE suitable word. (10 points)
I was reading an article last week in (1) ……………………………the writer described
(2) ……………………………her children has changed as they (3)_grow_ up. When they were small she had to
(4)............................................up with noisy games in the house, or join in interminable games of football in the garden
which (5)............................................her out. If the house went quiet, she wondered what the monsters were getting up to,
or what crisis she would have to (6) ……………………………with next. She dreaded the fact that they might
(7) …………………………… after her husband, who admitted having (8)..............................................an uncontrollable
child who (9) …………………………… most of the time showing off to his friends by breaking things or getting into
fights. What was worse was that (10).............................................else thought he was a sweet child, and he got away with
the most terrible things! However, she had experienced an even greater shocked with her children. They had
(11) …………………………… out of all their naughty behavior, and (12).............................................up serious hobbies
(13) such_ as chess and playing the piano. They never did anything without (14).............................................it over first,
and coming to a serious decision. She had to face up to the fact that they made her feel rather childish as they got
(15)............................................, and that in some ways she preferred them when they were young and noisy.
Part 3: The paragraphs of the magazine article are in the wrong order. Number the paragraphs (A, B, C, D, E) (5
points)
4. A. On the ghost of Chaffin’s second visit to his son, he told him that he would find a will in the overcoat
pocket. The coat was actually in the possession of the third brother.
 2. B. In 1921, a certain James Chaffin died, leaving his entire fortune to his third son, Marshal, in a will which
had been written a full fifteen years earlier, in 1905, and signed in front of witnesses. His wife and two other sons were
virtually cut off without a penny. Marshal was not inclined to split up the inheritance he had come into any more fairly.
5 .C. Once it was found, they came across a note sewn in the lining of one of the pockets saying they should look
in an old family Bible. This Bible was found in the keeping of Chaffin’s widow and examined in front of independent
witnesses. Sure enough, there in the Bible they discovered a later version of the will, one which divided the property and
money evenly between the widow and the three sons. The will appeared to be genuine and Marshal was not prepared to
challenge it in court.
1. D. Some people believe that the dead still keep in touch with us through our dreams. One of the most famous
and extraordinary cases of contact with the dead was the so-called Chaffin Will affair.
3. E. Four years went by and then, strangely, James Chaffin’s ghost started to appear before one of his other two
sons. The apparition had on an old overcoat which had often worn in life.
III. WRITING
Part 1: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed
before it. (20 points)
1. Immediately after his appointment to the post, the new editor fell ill.

Scarcely ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…………………………
2. I left without saying goodbye as I didn’t want to disturb the meeting.

Rather ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………….
3. The value of sterling has fallen considerably in the past week.
There
has ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………..
4. The only reason the party was a success was that a famous film star attended.
Had it
not ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………..
5. Harriet was upset because she saw Peter with another woman.
It
was ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………
6. We regret to inform you that your application has not been successful.
 Much
to ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………….
7. People no longer smoke so many cigarettes as they used to.

The ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………….
8. Their relationship was doomed because of their incompatibility.

Had …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………
9. You should admit that you are to blame, not to conceal it.
I’d
rather …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
……………………
10. If she had been less determined she wouldn’t have been able to get better so quickly.
It was
her ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 49

B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: ( 6 ms)

I. Choose the best option:( 2ms)
1. He was offered the job.................his qualifications were poor
a. although b. in spite of c. because of d. because
2. It’s no use..................a language if you don’t try to speak it
a. learned b. to learn c. learn d. learning
3. He..................me to take a lawyer to the court with me
a. advised c. suggested b. threatened d. insisted
4. She came in quietly....................the baby
a. in order to not wake b. so as not to wake
c. to not wake d. to wake
5.....................you have no keys, you ‘ll have to get back before I go out
a. If b. Although c. Unless d. As
6. I really prefer just about anything..................watching TV
a. from b. or c. than d. to
7. Gold......................near San Francisco in 1848 and the gold rush started the following year
a. has been discovered b. discovered c. was discovered d. is discovered
8. I regret......................you that we can’t approve your application
a. inform b. to inform c. informing d. informed
9. If I had gone to the bank this morning, I................money from you now
a. would not borrow b. would not have borrowed
c. will not borrow d. will no have borrowed
II. Give the correct from of the words in brackets: ( 2ms)
1. He is engrossed in doing ( SCIENCE).......................research
2. They entered the areas without ( PERMIT) ……………..
3. He wants (WIDTH).........................his knowledge of the subject
4. The giant panda is a(n) (DANGER)......................species
5. What makes the computer a (MIRACLE).................device ?
6. You may be surprised at the large (VARIED)......................of animals in national parks
7. The architecture in the downtown area is a successful (COMBINE).................of old and new
8. He came first in the poetry (COMPETED) ……………..
III. Give the correct tenses of the verbs in brackets (2ms)
Mary (1. have) ……………….to go to New York last week, but she almost (2.miss) ……………the plane. She (3.
stand) ………………in the queue at the check-in desk when she suddenly (4. realize)...................that she (5.
leave) …………….her passport at home. Fortunately, she ( 6.not/ live)....................ery far from the airport so she (7.
have)…………..time to go home to get the passport. She (8. get)......................back to the airport just in time for her
flight
C. READING COMPREHENSION: (6ms)
I. Read the following passage and choose the best answer (1.5ms):
For the last few years, my children have been going to a summer camp in northern Greece called Skouras Camp.
They always seem to have a good time. , so if you’ re wondering what to do with the kids for three weeks this summer,
you could do worse than send them to this beautiful camp on the shores of the Aegean Sea. If your children, like mine, are
keen on adventure, sports and good company, the Skouras Camp will keep them busy all day doing the things they most
enjoy. Skouras is an international camp with children from all over the world. My children have made friends with
children with of their own age from Poland , China, Denmark and the United States. Naturally they get lots of
opportunities to practice their English as this is the only language spoken. The camp is located in one of the most beautiful
parts of Chalkidiki. It is huge (120,000 square meters) and is just a stone’s throw away from the clear, blue Aegean Sea. It
takes the children just five minutes to walk to the golden sandy beach on foot. The programme is packed with exciting
activities such as horse riding and table tennis. Other sports include basketball, volleyball and athletics. The Camps end
with a sports contest in the last week which all parents are invited to attend.
1. All the children come to the camp have to ………..
a. be at the same age b. be only keen on adventure
c. speak English d. practice basketball
2. How many kinds of sports can be played in the Camp?
a. 5 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4
3. All the statements are true EXEPT ………………
a. The children will be busy taking part in the Camp’s programmed activities
b. The Camp is quite far from the Aegean Sea
c. The parents can attend their childen’s sports contest
d. The children will take more chances of English practice
4. The tone of the passage could best be described as …………….
a. negative b. disbelieving c. supportive d. humourous
5. What should be the best title for the passage?
a. an international summer camp b. Children’s summer activities
c. Advice on children caring in summer d. Chalkidiki’s landscape- the Aegean Sea
6. How long does it take the children to walk to the golden sandy beach on foot?
a. an hour b. 20 minutes c. 5 minutes d. a day

II. Read the following passage and choose the best option to fill in the gap (2.5 ms)
The (1)...................part in Ioannina is the lake front. Ships fetch more people and tourists to the island. Near the
front lake (2) …………….an ancient castle. If you go for a (3) …………. in the night to the front lake you’ll see
(4)..................lights that shines in the castle. A second way is to go around on a mountain. There you can see the whole
town. In the night with so many lights, it looks to you (5).................a sky.
Another beautiful part in this town (6) ……………the large clock in the square. Specifically, the clock
(7)..........................in the center of the city. My town also has many museums. Paul Vrellis, who is a professor, put in
many different and other important people from the 1st and 2nd world war with wax. In my opinion, it’s (8)……………
museum.
About remains, there are two renowned theaters. There’s the theater of Dodoni, which is situated in the
(9) ………… of the city. It’s normally out of the city. Every summer the most (10)...............actors of the capital of Greece
come to perform there.
1. a. more beautiful b. as beautiful c. so beautiful d. most beautiful
2. a. there is b. it is c. it has d. there has
3. a. picnic b. walk c. jog d. run
4. a. more brilliant b. as brilliant c. much brilliant d. most brilliant
5. a. from b. as c. like d. to
6. a. be b. are c. is d. to be
7. situated b. is situated c. be situated d. are situated
8. a. the most best b. the better c. the best d. the well
9. a. outskirt b. top c. side d. edge
10. a. famous b. fame c. famed d. known
III. Read the passage bellow and fill in the blank with ONE suitable word (2ms)
Today in China (1).............................large scale destruction of forests has occurred, the government has required that
every citizen (2)……………..the age of 11 and 60 plant three to five trees (3).......................year or do the equivalent
amount of work in other forest services. The government claims that at ( 4)......................1000 million trees have been
planted in China every year (5)......................1982. In Western countries, increasing consumer demand for wood products
that have been produced cause forest land-owners and forest industries to become increasingly accountable for their
forest management and timber harvesting practices.
The Arbor Day Foundation’s Rain Forest Rescue programme is a charity that helps to (6)........................deforestation.
The charity uses money to buy up (7)....................preserve rainforest land before the lumber companies can buy it. The
Arbor Day Foundation then (8).....................the land from deforestation
D. WRITING ( 6ms)
I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it
(2ms)
Example: I haven’t enjoyed myself so much for years
Answer : It’s years since I enjoyed myself so much
1. There’s a large restaurant in the art gallery
→ The art gallery ………………………………
2. I haven’t seen that man here before.
→ It’s ………………………………………….
3. Although Bob didn’t speak Dutch, he decided to settle in Amsterdam
→ In spite of ………………………………………………………………
4. Without this treatment, the patient have died
→ If the patient hadn’t …………………………….
5. The keepers feed the lions at 3 p.m everyday.
→ The lions ………………………………………….
6. John finds astronomy very interesting
→ John is ………………………………..
7. The cinema didn’t become an industry until 1915
→ It was not ………………………………………...
8. “I like your coat , I’m looking for one like that myself” she said to me
→ She told me ……………………………………………………………
II. Read the text below and look carefully at each line. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which
should not be there. If a line is correct, put a tick (√) by the number in the space provided. If a line has a word
which should not be there, write the word in the space provided. There is an example at the beginning (2ms)
The Spy Returns is a very interesting film that about a wealthy 0. that……….
man who visits Italy. He doesn’t think that Rome is interesting 1..…………….
and he is very bored with there. Then suddenly one night he is 2.……………
very surprised that a beautiful girl who runs up to him and gives 3.……………
him a mysterious letter. From that moment his life is no longer 4……………
boring. He does too a lot of dangerous things. For example, 5..……………
he jumped into a lake to save a famous person. The film is 6.……………
a very thrilling indeed. I have watched it twice but I always 7.…………...
want to see it again. I think many people do it so 8.…………….

III. Write an essay of 120-150 words expressing the advantages and disadvantages
of the Internet (2ms)
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 50

I. Circle the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest
Example: 00. A. bed B. get C. between D. let

01. A. ago B. ashamed C. adult D. again

02. A. hit B. tide C. sit D. did
03. A. laugh B. cough C. enough D. plough
04. A. expansion B. inclusion C. conclusion D. decision
05. A. more B. north C. lost D. water
06. A. frightened B. stamped C. walked D. laughed
07. A. course B. court C. pour D. tourist
08. A. appeal B. death C. instead D. spread
09. A. cure B. future C. sure D. user
10. A. every B. event C. getting D. seven

II. Give the correct form of the verbs in bracket

Although some of the foreign people (11. live)... here quite a long time, they (12. not speak)... English very well. My
friend, Peter, for instance, who comes from Basle, and (13. come)... here a year ago, still (14. speak)... with a strong Swiss
accent. He (15. come)... here on business. Although I (16. be)... here only three months, I (17. pick)... up enough English
to be able to correct Peter frequently. Peter, who is a good fellow, and (18. be)... most helpful in showing me about
London during the first weeks of my stay.

11.......................................... 12.......................................... 13........................................

14.......................................... 15.......................................... 16.......................................
17.......................................... 18..........................................

III. Choose the correct answer.

School uniform
When I was a boy, children always objected to (19. wearing, dressing, wear, dress) school uniform but teachers were (20.
keen in, keen on, eager in, eager on) it because they said all of us looked alike. Otherwise, they said, children would
compete with each other, and the poor children would be unhappy because people would see straight away (21. what
poors were they, what poors they were, how poor they were, how poor were they). In recent years, however, many
schools have (22. left over, taken off, put out, given up) the idea of making children wear uniform but, fairly enough,
now that children can wear (23. that, which, what, as) they like, they have adopted (24. an own uniform, a uniform of
their own, a proper uniform, uniform of his own). When some journalists visited a London school they found that all
the boys and girls were dressed (25. on, in, by, with) jeans. One girl said she would rather die than wear a coat instead of
a jersey because (26. anyone, no one, none, someone) wants to look different from the other children, but they ought to
be, because this new kind of uniform is one that children like, not something (27. it has been forced to them, they have
been forced, they have been forcing, it has been forcing them) to wear, and it is also much cheaper than school
uniforms (28. used to be, use to be, are used to be, are usually being).

19........................................ 20.......................................... 21.....................................

22........................................ 23.......................................... 24....................................
25........................................ 26.......................................... 27.....................................
28........................................

IV. Fill in each numbered blank ONE suitable word.

Along (29).....jogging and swimming, cycling is one of the best all round forms of exercise. It can help to increase your
strength and energy, giving you (30)... efficient muscles and a strong heart. But increasing your strength is not the (31)...
advantage of cycling. because you are not carrying the weight of your body on your (32)...., it is a good form of exercise
for people (33)... painful feet or backs. (34)..., with all forms of exercise it is important to start slowly and build (35)...
gently. Doing too much too quickly can damage muscles that aren’t (36)... to working. If you have any doubts about
taking up cycling (37)... health reasons, talk to your doctor and ask his or her (38)..... .

29........................................ 30.......................................... 31.......................................

32........................................ 33.......................................... 34.....................................
35........................................ 36.......................................... 37.......................................
38........................................

V. Give the correct form of the words in bracket.

39. Our company helps.....people to find new jobs. (EMPLOY)
40. Every.....in this country has the right to vote. (CITY)
41. This city has over half a million......(INHABIT)
42. According to the...., the French lesson starts at ten. (TIME)
43. Hung’s.....of history is amazing for a boy of his age. (KNOW)
44. What should we do to keep the environment … ? (POLLUTE)
45. Do you think you have the.....to pass the test? (ABLE)
46. The washing.....for these shirts are given on the label. (INSTRUCT)

39........................................ 40.......................................... 41.......................................

42........................................ 43......................................... 44.....................................
45........................................ 46..........................................

VI. Read the following passage and then fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word from the box. Do not use the
same word more than once. There are three words more than you need.
 left, as, married, the, everything, older, oldest, family, education, eyesight, from, recently, then

My grandfather was born in China. He came (47)........a very poor family. His parents lived in a small farm. He did not
have a very good (48)..... At the age of 17 he (49)... home. First he went to Shanghai and (50)....he went to Hong Kong.
He worked (51)... a waiter and then as a cook. When he was 21, he (52)....my grandmother and had four children. My
mother was the (53).... My grandmother died (54)..., and my grandfather lives alone now. He is almost 80, but he is still
very active and interested in (55)... which is going on. He reads the papers and watches television even though his (56) is fairly
poor.

47........................................ 48.......................................... 49.......................................

50........................................ 51.......................................... 52......................................
53........................................ 54........................................ 55.......................................
56........................................

VII. Finish each of the following sentence in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed
before it.
57. The teacher has a good relationship with all his students.
The teacher gets .............................................................................................................
58. Famous architects have redesigned the building.
The building......................................................................................................................
59. Somebody is repairing our house at the moment.
We are …...........................................................................................................................
60. “Are you coming to the party tonight, Mary?” said Adam.
Adam..................................................................................................................................

VIII. Read the following passage, then circle the correct answer.
“Where is the university?” is a question many visitors to Cambridge ask, but no one can give them a clear answer,
for there is no wall to be found around the university. The university is the city. You can find the classroom buildings,
libraries, museums and officers of the university all over the city. And most of its members are the students and teachers
or professors of the thirty-one colleges.
Cambridge was an already developing town long before the first students and teachers arrived 800 years ago. It
grew up by the river Granta, as the Cam was once called. A bridge was built over the river as early as 875.
In the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries more and more land was used for college buildings. The town grew much
faster in the nineteenth century after the opening of the railway in 1845. Cambridge became a city in 1951 and now it has
the population of over 100,000. Many young students want to study at Cambridge. Thousands of people from all over the
world come to visit the university town. It has become a famous place all round the world.
61. 62. Why do most visitors come to Cambridge?
A. to see the university. C. to find the classroom building.
B. to study in the colleges in Cambridge. D. to use the libraries of the universities.
63. 64. Around what time did the university begin to appear?
A. In the 8th century. C. In the 13th century.
B. In the 9th century. D. In the 15th century.
65. 66. Why did people name Cambridge the “city of Cambridge”?
A. Because the river was very well-known. C. Because it was a developing town.
B. Because there is a bridge over the Cam.D. Because there is a river named Granta.
67. 68. After which year did the town really begin to develop?
A. After 800. B. After 875. C. After 1845. D. After 1951.
69. 70. From what we read we know that now Cambridge is
A. visited by international tourists.
B. a city without wall.
C. a city of growing population.
D. a city that may have a wall around it.

ENGLISH PRACTICE 51
Câu 1: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. A- thank B- than C- month D- youth
2. A- advantage B- adventure C- advertise D- addtion
3. A- main B- complain C- curtain D- entertain
4. A- good B- noon C- soon D- food
5. A- sing B- morning C- long D- angry
Câu 2: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.
1. He (work) hard all the week, but today he (have) a good time at home.
2. There (be) a lot of changes since computers (invent).
3. The house where the dead man (find) is being guarded by the police to prevent it from being entered.
4. When I came to school, everybody (be) there.
5. I’m sitting in class right now. I (sit)...............in class at this time yesterday.

27
6. I’m sure you will have forgotten me by the time I (be)..........back in five years.
7. Up to now, our teacher ( give )...............our class five tests.
8. Trung is used to ( get ).................up early every morning.
9. I knew him when I ( be ).................a child.
10. I can’t go with you as I ( not finish ).................my work.
Câu 3: Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống sau đây dạng đúng một trong các từ: must, have to, or be to
1. “It’s eight o’clock. The children..........go to bed”, Mr Brown said to the nurse.
2. He told me that I..........learn by heart some twenty lines every day to know Enlish well.
3. He..........stay the night with us because he was missed the last bus.
4. I..........start on my new job on Monday.
5. She...........learn to do things for herself. I refuse to help her in future.
6. He...........stay the night with us and tomorrow he sets off on his tour to Europe.
7. We...........begin as early as possible or we shan’t finish it today.
8. My mother says that I..........not be out after 11 o’clock but I don’t have to hurry home because
she herself is out playing bridge.
9. My bike was under repair and I..............collect it that afternoon.
10. My bike is under repair and I..............walk here this morning.
Câu 4: Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống sau đây một từ thích hợp
The Browns live in the countryside. Last week when they came up to London, they …1… their times in seeing as
much as …2… . Mrs Brown was most interested in stores, especially in Oxford Street, and bought some of …3… things
which she could not find in the shops in the countryside. Their two children, George and Susan, …4… had never been to
London before, were surprised …5… the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed travelling on the underground and going
down the moving stairs …6… lead to the platforms.
One day they went to Hyde Park and walked along on the grass to Kensington Garden …7… the bright autunm sunshine.
It was very quiet here. Only …8… noise from the streets reminded them that they were still in a city. The …9… of the tall
trees were turning red, brown and yellow, birds were …10… about, sheep …11… eating the grass, there were …12… of
flowers, and ducks were swimming about on the Round Pond. George, …13… hobby was planes and boats, was very
much interested in the model boats which boys were sailing …14… the Pond.
Before the end of the week they had seen a great …15… . They hoped, however, to see more of London on their
next visit.
Câu 5: Điền giới từ thích hợp để hoàn thành các câu sau đây.
1. The teacher divided the class.........................two groups.
2. I apologized............................Mary for the misunderstanding.
3. Look......................these flowers . Aren’t they pretty?
4. I like the picture hanging .......................... the wall.......................the kitchen
5. Tom’s parents was disappointed................him because he failed the final test.
6. My present job isn’t wonderful, but I prefer it..................what I did before.
7. The plan flew..............The clouds to avoid the storm.

28
8. The people next door are furious … us … making so much noise last night .
Câu 6: Cho dạng đúng của các từ trong ngoặc.
1 .Almost every country in the world is the a member of this........ (ORGANIZE)
2.The 22nd SEA GAMES were great ................. (SUCCEED).
3. How ...................this man is ! (DANGER )
4. You are very ................from your brother . (DIFFER)
5. We can see many .................on T.V everyday. (ADVERTISE )
6.Is it possible to .........between a hobby and an interest? (DISTINCT)
7.It was a long, slow film. I nearly died of.................. (BORE)
8.On a ........day we receive about fifty letters. (TYPE)
9.Freedom of...........is one of the fundamental rights. (SPEAK)
10.The duty of the police is the .....of law and order. (MAINTAIN )
Câu 7: Tìm phần gạch chân cần phải sửa thành đúng trong mỗi câu sau đây.
1. There's a new Oriental restaurant in town, isn't it?
A B C D
2. Nam seldom pays his bills on time, and his brother does too.
A B C D
3. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness
A B C D
4. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.
A B C D
5. Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday.
A B C D
Câu 8: Đọc đoạn văn sau đây, trả lời câu hỏi bằng cách chọn một trong các phơng án đúng nhất
( A hoặc B, C, D )
DO YOU LIKE SEASONS?
The four seasons in Britain are very different. Read about what Daniel and Fiona think about winter, spring, summer
and autumn.
Daniel
Autumn is very beautiful time of the year. The leaves on the trees go brown, red and yellow and they go down. I love to
watch it ! We play in the parks a lot but we wear warm clothes, because the days get cold. School starts again in autumn,
at the beginning of September. I don’t like school !
Summer is the time for me! School finishes in July and we can play in the parks all the time. Sometimes it is very hot.
People are happier and they talk with their friends and go for a walks more. The days are very long. In July, for example,
it gets dark only about 10 o’clock. It’s very difficult to go to sleep at night!
Fiona

29
 It’s very cold in winter! Sometimes, we have a lot of snow and we can make snowmen. I don’t like winter because we
can’t go for a walks very much. We wear thick clothes and in our house it sometimes gets cold. When we come home
from school at 4 o’clock, it is already dark. I don’t like it at all! But there is one good thing about winter - Chirismas!

After the long winter, sprong is great! There are new leaves on the trees and the birds start to sing. We can go for long
walks again and play in the park. The days are longer and it doesn’t get dark until about six o’clock. It’s much warmer but
it rains a lot and the days are very windy.
1. A- Daniel likes autumn because the trees are beautiful.
B- Daniel likes autumn because school starts in September.
C- Daniel doesn’t play in the park in autumn because the days are cold.
D- Daniel goes to school with great pleasure.
2. A- School in Britain finishes in May.
B- Daniel doesn’t like to meet his friends in the park in summer.
C- People in Great Britain sometimes have hot summers.
D- In July it is dark at nine.
3. A- Daniel always goes to sleep at eight in summer because the days are shorter than in winter.
B- It is always very hot in Britain in summer.
C- Daniel doesn’t like autumn at all !
D- In summer Daniel is happier than in autumn because he doesn’t go to school.
4. A- Fiona makes snowmen every day in winter.
B- Fiona likes to go for walks with her friends.
C- Fiona doesn’t like winter because it is cold in winter.
D- It never gets cold in Fiona’s house.
5. A- Winters are short in Britain.
B- Fiona comes home in the afternoon.
C- Fiona doesn’t like winter at all !
D- It never snows in Great Britain.
6. A- Fiona likes spring very much.
B- Fiona likes dark winter days.
C- It gets dark at 5 in the afternoon in spring.
D- In Great Britain it doesn’t rain much in spring.
Câu 9: Viết lại các câu sau đây sao cho nghĩa của chúng không thay đổi.
1. I was very interested in our conversation.
It was interesting …………………..
2. Why did you do that ?
Whatever.............................................?
3. These bookshelves are my own work.
I made ………………………………
4. I don’t play tennis as well as you do.

30
 You ………………………………….
5. I haven’t been to the dentist’s for two years.
It’s ………………………………………
6. Whenever she went to Paris she bought a new dress.
She never …………………………………………….
7. I spent seven years at secondary school and then I went to university.
After ……………………………………………………………………..
8. It’s not worth living to make her change her mind.
There’s ………………………………………………
9. He never has enough money.
He always …….
10. All the other witnesses were called before Mr
Nam. Mr Nam was ….
Câu 10: Hoàn thành các câu sau đây, dựa vào các từ gợi ý.
1. Look! / sun / set / mountains
2. I/ wait/ half an hour/ but she/ not come.
3. If she/ have/ money / I / choose/ English / learn
4. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive
5. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.
6. She / already / visit / Statue of liberty. She / go / New york / last month.
7. I / buy / book / if / you / lend / money.
8. He / 1.75 metres / is / tallest / class.
9. When / I / child / use / swimming / Sundays.
10. At 9.30 pm / night / they / watch / film / telvision.

- THE END –

ENGLISH PRACTICE 52
Question 1:
a- Choose the word whose underlined part is pronouced differently from that of the others in each group.
1. A- thank B- than C- month D- youth
2. A- advantageB- adventure C- advertise D- addtion
3. A- main B- complain C- curtain D- entertain
4. A- good B- noon C- soon D- food
5. A- sing B- morning C- long D- angry
b- Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets:

31
1. When we …(see) … them last night, they …(sing)… ; they …(say)… they
…(sing)… since six o’clock.
2. We …(wait)… for you when you …(get)… back tomorrow.
3. They …(not come)… home until they …(see)… everything.
4. What do you think the children …(do)… when we get home ?
5. I’m sure the letter won’t arrive in time unless it …(send)… by air.
Question 2 :
a- Fill each blank with correct form of the word given in capital letters.
1. He was ………. when he did the test badly. HOPE
2. We started our trip on a beautiful ……… morning. SUN
3. I enjoyed the book very much, because it was so ……….. READ
4. What time do you ……….. start work ? USE
5. I really don’t think he has the ………. to do this job. ABLE
6. He was very ……. of the work he had done. PRIDE
7. Thank you for a very ……… evening. ENJOY
8. Their ……. has lasted a lifetime. FRIEND
9. He cycled ……… and had an accident. CARE
10. She has one of the biggest ……… in Britain. COLLECT
b- Correct the wrong form of verbs in the following sentences.
1. I enjoyed to listen to her song.
2. The breaking glass was still on the floor.
3. He walked away without to look back.
4. Most of people inviting to dinner were old friends.
5. We’re looking forward to visit London.

Question 3: Read the text below then choose the right sentence a, b, c or d.
Do you like seasons?
The four seasons in Britain are very different. Read about what Daniel and Fiona think about winter, spring,
summer and autumn.
Daniel
Autumn is very beautiful time of the year. The leaves on the trees go brown, red and yellow and they go down. I
love to watch it ! We play in the parks a lot but we wear warm clothes, because the days get cold. School starts again in
autumn, at the beginning of September. I don’t like school !
Summer is the time for me! School finishes in July and we can play in the parks all the time. Sometimes it is very
hot. People are happier and they talk with their friends and go for a walks more. The days are very long. In July, for
example, it gets dark only about 10 o’clock. It’s very difficult to go to sleep at night!
Fiona

32
 It’s very cold in winter! Sometimes, we have a lot of snow and we can make snowmen. I don’t like winter because
we can’t go for a walks very much. We wear thick clothes and in our house it sometimes gets cold. When we come
home from

school at 4 o’clock, it is already dark. I don’t like it at all! But there is one good thing about winter - Chirismas!
After the long winter, sprong is great! There are new leaves on the trees and the birds start to sing. We can go for
long walks again and play in the park. The days are longer and it doesn’t get dark until about six o’clock. It’s much
warmer but it rains a lot and the days are very windy.
1. a- Daniel likes autumn because the trees are beautiful.
b- Daniel likes autumn because school starts in September.
c- Daniel doesn’t play in the park in autumn because the days are cold.
d- Daniel goes to school with great pleasure.
2. a- School in Britain finishes in May.
b- Daniel doesn’t like to meet his friends in the park in summer.
c- People in Great Britain sometimes have hot summers.
d- In July it is dark at nine.
3. a- Daniel always goes to sleep at eight in summer because the days are shorter than in winter.
b- It is always very hot in Britain in summer.
c- Daniel doesn’t like autumn at all !
d- In summer Daniel is happier than in autumn because he doesn’t go to school.
4. a- Fiona makes snowmen every day in winter.
b- Fiona likes to go for walks with her friends.
c- Fiona doesn’t like winter because it is cold in winter.
d- It never gets cold in Fiona’s house.
5. a- Winters are short in Britain.
b- Fiona comes home in the afternoon.
c- Fiona doesn’t like winter at all !
d- It never snows in Great Britain.
6. a- Fiona likes spring very much.
b- Fiona likes dark winter days.
c- It gets dark at 5 in the afternoon in spring.
d- In Great Britain it doesn’t rain much in spring.

Question 4: Complete the sentences with at / in.

1. Hamid works …….. a restaurant...............Oxford.
2. We live...............number 32 Redland Road now.
3. We had a wonderful week.................Madrid.
4. The accident happened because the driver didn’t stop..............the traffic lights.
5. There’s a supermarket...............the end of the street.

33
6. We had a great fun last night..............Mick’s party.
7. Are there any fish...........this river ?
8. It’s too cold to go out. I’m staying...............home tonight.
Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.
1. Quiet please! The headmaster would like to...........a few words.
2. You are late; we’ve been waiting for you...............eight o’clock.
3...................he is wrong, almost everyone admires him.
4. I don’t think I’ve lent you this book before,...............I ?
5. Many people find..............difficult to give up smoking.
6. I don’t know.................to call him, Mister or Doctor.
7. We must find him,.............he is.
8. If I had today............., I would go to the seaside.
9. Practice.................perfect.
10. The book I am talking about is that..............on the second shelf.
Question 6: Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. It isn’t necessary to finish the work to day.
You don’t ………………………………..
2. Sally finally managed to get a job.
Sally finally succeeded ………………….
3. That’s the last time I go to that restaurant.
I certainly ……………………………….
4. “I advise you to take a holiday,” the doctor continued.
You’d …………………………………
5. If you don’t rest yourself you really will be ill.
Unless …………………………………

34
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 53
Question 1:
a- Choose a word that the way of spelling underlined sound is different from another.
1. A- thank B- than C- month D- youth
2. A- advantageB- adventure C- advertise D- addtion
3. A- main B- complain C- curtain D- entertain
4. A- good B- noon C- soon D- food
5. A- sing B- morning C- long D- angry
b- Complete this report, putting the verbs in the right tense.
As I (1- get) … into my car my neighbour ( 2- shout) …… out of his front window and (3- ask)… me where I (4 -
go ) … . When I (5- tell) …… him I (6- go ) …… to town he (7- ask )… if I (8- can)…… give him a lift into work. He
(9- be ) …… afraid he (10- be ) …… late for work because his car (11- break down )…… and it (12- not start ) … . I
explained that I (13- not go ).… into town but I (14- can) …… give him a lift to the railway station.
Question 2:
a- Fill each blank with correct form of the word given in capital letters.
1. He was ………. when he did the test badly. HOPE
2. We started our trip on a beautiful ……… morning. SUN
3. I enjoyed the book very much, because it was so ……….. READ
4. What time do you ……….. start work ? USE
5. I really don’t think he has the ………. to do this job. ABLE
b- Find and correct the wrong form of verbs in the following sentences.
1. I enjoyed to listen to her song.
2. The breaking glass was still on the floor.
3. He walked away without to look back.
4. Most of people inviting to dinner were old friends.
5. We’re looking forward to visit London.
Question 3: Fill in the blank with must, have to, or be to
1. “It’s eight o’clock. The children ……. go to bed”, Mr Brown said to the nurse.
2. He told me that I ……. learn by heart some twenty lines every day to know Enlish well.
3. He ……. stay the night with us because he was missed the last bus.
4. I ……. start on my new job on Monday.
5. She...........learn to do things for herself. I refuse to help her in future.
6. He...........stay the night with us and tomorrow he sets off on his tour to Europe.
7. We...........begin as early as possible or we shan’t finish it today.
8. My mother says that I ……. not be out after 11 o’clock but I don’t have to hurry home because she herself is out
playing bridge.
9. My bike was under repair and I..............collect it that afternoon.
10. My bike is under repair and I..............walk here this morning.

35
Question 4: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.
The Browns live in the countryside. Last week when they came up to London, they …1… their times in seeing as
much as …2… . Mrs Brown was most interested in stores, especially in Oxford Street, and bought some of …3… things
which she could not find in the shops in the countryside. Their two children, George and Susan, …4… had never been to
London before, were surprised at the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed travelling on the underground and going down the
moving stairs …5… lead to the platforms.
One day they went to Hyde Park and walked along on the grass to Kensington Garden in the bright autunm
sunshine. It was very quiet here. Only the noise from the streets reminded them that they were still in a city. The …6… of
the tall trees were turning red, brown and yellow, birds were …7… about, sheep were eating the grass, there were …8…
of flowers, and ducks were swimming about on the Round Pond. George, …9… hobby was planes and boats, was very
much interested in the model boats which boys were sailing …10… the Pond.
Before the end of the week they had seen a great. They hoped, however, to see more of London on their next visit.
Question 5:
a- Choose the best answer
1.................he was sick, he still turned up for his guitar lesson.
A. Although B. Because C. Despite D. Since
2. The old man was very fond...................telling stories.
A. to B. about C. of D. for
3. They..............haven't replied to the letter we sent two months ago
A. still B. yet C. already D. ever
4. His face looks................., but I can’t remember his name.
A. similar B. alike C. memorial D. familiar
5. The fire officer is coming to................the building tomorrow.
A. look B. inspect C. witness D. watch
6. The boys hurt ……….. when they injured down from the tree.
A. one another B. each other C. himself D. themselves
7. I’m sure they were................lies
A. making B. telling C. doing D. saying
8. She’d rather die than..............Peter.
A. she married B. to marry C. marrying D. marry.

b-Read the text below then choose the right sentence a, b, c or d.

Baby
It was a beautiful spring day: the sun was shining, the sky was blue. In the centre of London a policeman cried. He
saw a man with a big lion. They were walking down the street.
“Hey,you!” he said. “What are you doing here with this lion? You can’t walk around the streets with a lion. Take
it to the Zoo!”
“OK, officer. I want to show Baby the town.”

36
 The man opened the door of his car and the lion jumped in. The car went away.
The next day the police officer saw the same man and the same lion again.
“Hey, you!” he said.”Come over here! And bring that lion with you!”
The man took the lion to the police officer.
“What’s the problem, officer?”
“Problem? I told you yesterday to take the lion to the Zoo!”
“Oh, I did, officer, I took Baby to the Zoo. He enjoyed it very much. But today, I am taking him to the swimming
pool !”
1. a- It wasn’t raining that day.
b- A policeman saw a man with a dog in the centre of New York.
c- The man and his pet were walking along the park.
d- The man didn’t have a car.
2. a- The lion couldn’t get into the car, the lion was too big.
b- The policeman took the lion to the Zoo and put the lion into the cage.
c- The man showed his pet the Zoo.
d- The policeman was happy to see a man with a lion in the centre of London.
3. a- The man had a baby. It was a nice girl of three.
b- Baby was the lion’s name.
c- The policeman told the man to show Baby the town.
d- The lion visited the London Zoo.
4. a- The man could drive a car.
b- The lion didn’t like the Zoo at all.
c- The policeman took the lion to the swimming pool.
d. The policeman met people with lions in London streets every day.

5. a- The lion was the man’s pet.

b- The man had a baby lion as a pet.
c- The policeman showed the park and the school to the lion.
d- When the policeman saw the man with the lion he got very hungry.
Question 6: Rerwite the following sentences that keep the same meaning.
1. I was very interested in our conversation.
It was interesting …………………..
2. Why did you do that ?
Whatever.............................................?
3. These bookshelves are my own work.
I made ………………………………
4.I don’t play tennis as well as you do.
You ………………………………….

37
5. I haven’t been to the dentist’s for two years.
It’s ………………………………………
6. Whenever she went to Paris she bought a new dress.
She never …………………………………………….
7. I spent seven years at secondary school and then I went to university.
After ……………………………………………………………………..
8. It’s not worth living to make her change her mind.
There’s ………………………………………………

38
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 54
Question 1: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. He (work) hard all the week, but today he (have) a good time at home.
2. There (be) a lot of changes since computers (invent).
3. The house where the dead man (find) is being guarded by the police to prevent it from being entered.
4. This is only one of his poems that (be) worth reading.
5. When I came to school, everybody (be) there.

Question 2: Fill each of the numbered blank spaces with the most suitable preposition.
1. The old man was standing there …...... the street corner waiting...........someone.
2. His story was of no interest.............us.
3. You must not fail to thank him …....... all he has done.............us.

Question 3: Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.
In Britain there is a …..1 now which people call Mother’s Day. In the old days, many girls from working-class
families in towns and cities and from farmers’ families in the country worked in rich houses. They had to do all
the ….2….. and their working day was usually very long, they often worked on …..3….., too. Once a year, it was
usually ……4….. Sunday in March, they could visit their mothers. They went home on that day and ……5…. presents for
their mothers and for other members of their families. They could stay at home only one day, and ……6…… they went
back to their work. People call that day Mothering Day or Mothering ……7 Later, workers at the factories and girls
who worked in the houses of rich families received one free day a month, and Mothering Day became Mother’s Day.
It ….8 the last Sunday in March.

Question 4: Read the text below then choose the right sentence a, b, c or d.

My house

My name is Mary and two years ago I bought a nice house to live in on my holidays. I work in the museum in
London but I love to spend my holidays in the country, in the open air, near the sea.
I’m happy to have a house near the sea. It is rather far from London and I usually drive there for three hours. It’s
an old house, about 100 years old, and it’s very small but very clean and comfortable. There are two bedrooms upstairs
but no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs next to the kitchen and there is a living- room where there is a lovely old
fireplace. In the living-room there are eight very old pictures - portraits of the people who lived in the house many years
ago. Some of my friends are afraid of them, they think that these dead people visit the house at night. But I don’t think so.
I’m never afraid in my house, but always happy.
There is a garden in front of the house. The garden goes down to the sea and in spring and summer there
are flowers everywhere. Behind my house there are old apple trees and every autumn I have got a lot of nice red
apples I often give them to my friends as birthday presents. They are really great!
I live alone with my dog, Rex, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends come to see me very often and we have a
lot of fun together. They are always welcome! Every year we celebrate Halloween and Christmas there.
39
 I love my house for many reasons: the garden, the flowers, the fire in the winter, but the best thing is the sea-view
from my bedroom window. I enjoy the sea.
When my holidays are over I must go back to London, so I leave my house for London. I’m never happy to the back in
London. I think that someday I will leave my work and live in my country house for all my life.

1. a) Mary likes to go the country in summer when she is on holidays.

b) Mary bought a new house near the sea , it is only two years old.
c) Mary is a teacherand she works in a London primary school.
d) Mary hasn’t got a car and goes to her house near the sea by plane.

2. a) Mary bought a house near the sea and every week- end walks there for three hours.
b) Mary can’t drive a car.
c) There is no bathroom upstairs in Mary’s house.
d) There are ten bedrooms in Mary’s house, they are down- stairs.
3. a) There is a fireplace in Mary’s house, it is in the kitchen and Mary cooks food on fire.
b) Some Mary’s friends are afraid of the old pictures in the living- room.
c) Everyone who visits Mary’s house like the old pictures in the the living-room.
d) Mary doesn’t know what the people who lived in her house many years ago looked like.
4. a) Mary always happy her new country house.
b) There are no flowers in Mary’s garden because her house is near the sea.
c) Mary always give red apples to her friends because she doesn’t like red apples.
d) Mary’s house is rather old -100 hundred years. but the apple trees are young- Mary plented them a year ago.
5. a) Mary has got a big family.
b) Mary is happy to see her fiends in the country house only Chrismas and Haloween.
c) There is a window in Mary’s bedroom.
d) Mary has got a pet, it’s Rex , a nice and clever cat.
6. a) Mary hasn’t got any flowers in her garden, she has got only apple - trees.
b) Mary never gose to her new house in winter.
c) Mary is always happy when she leaves her new house for London.
d) Mary would like to live in her house for all her life.

Question 5: Fill in the blank with the right word given say, tell, speak, talk.
1. I am going to .............. a few words about the recent film festival.
2. What did you................?
3. What did he................about it ?
4. John..............he would be waiting for us.
5. Michael ............ me to..............in the discussion.
6....................lounder, I can hardly hear you.

40
 7. He ............. much, but.............little.

Question 6: Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so the meaning stays the same.
1. He never has enough money.
He always …….
2. All the other witnesses were called before Mr Nam.
Mr Nam was ….
3. You can leave only when I tell you.
Until ….
4. Minh went home before I arrived.
When …
5. I wish I could work in the evenings as I used to.
I miss …

41
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 55
Question 1: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. He (work) hard all the week, but today he (have) a good time at home.
2. There (be) a lot of changes since computers (invent)
3. The house where the dead man (find) is being guarded by the police to prevent it from (enter).
4. This is only one of his poems that (be) worth reading.
5. When I came to school, everybody (be) there.
6. When she (know) me for years, she invited me to tea.
7. I (tell) a lie if I said that I (like) you.
8. I hope it (not rain) when the bride (leave) the church tomorrow.
9. You are (take) over my business while I go away.
10. Nobody would listen to the stories (to tell) by him so many times.

Question 2: Fill each of the numbered blank spaces with the most suitable preposition.
1. The old man was standing there …...... the street corner waiting...........someone.
2. His story was …… no interest.............us.
3. You must not fail to thank him …....... all he has done.............us.
4. Today’s examinations have tired me …....... . So, I think I’ll turn.............early tonight.
5. I don’t get …...… very well.............him.

Question 3: Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.
In Britain there is a …..1….. now which people call Mother’s Day. In the old days, many girls from working-
class ….2…. in towns and cities and from farmers’ families in the country worked in rich houses. They had to do all
the ….3….. and their working day was usually very long, they often worked on …..4….., too. Once a year, it was
usually ……5….. Sunday in March, they could visit their mothers. They went home on that day and ……6…. presents for
their mothers and for other members of their families. They could stay at home only one day, and ……7…… they went
back to their work. People call that day Mothering Day or Mothering ……8 Later, workers at the factories and girls
who worked in the houses of rich families received one 9… day a month, and Mothering Day became Mother’s Day.
It ….10 the last Sunday in March.

Question 4: Read the text below then choose the right sentence a, b, c or d.

My house

My name is Mary and two years ago I bought a nice house to live in on my holidays. I work in the museum in
London but I love to spend my holidays in the country, in the open air, near the sea.
I’m happy to have a house near the sea. It is rather far from London and I usually drive there for three hours. It’s
an old house, about 100 years old, and it’s very small but very clean and comfortable. There are two bedrooms upstairs
but no bathroom. The bathroom is downstairs next to the kitchen and there is a living-room where there is a lovely old fire
place. In the living-room there are eight very old pictures - portraits of the people who lived in the house many years ago.
42
Some of my friends are afraid of them. They think that these dead people visit the house at night. But I don’t think so. I’m
never afraid in my house, but always happy.
There is a garden in front of the house. the garden goes down to the sea and in spring and summer there are
flowers everywhere. Behind my house there are old apple trees and every autumn I have got a lot of nice red apples. I
often give them to my friends as birthday presents. They are really great!
I live alone with my dog, Rex, but we have a lot of visitors. My city friends come to see me very often and we
have a lot of fun together. They are always welcome! Every year we celebrate Halloween and Christmas there.
I love my house for many reasons: the garden, the flowers, the fire in the winter, but the best thing is the sea-view
from my bedroom window. I enjoy the sea.
When my holidays are over I must go back to London, so I leave my house for London. I’m never happy to the back in
London. I think that someday I will leave my work and live in my country house for all my life.

7. a) Mary likes to go the country in summer when she is on holidays.

b) Mary bought a new house near the sea , it is only two years old.
c) Mary is a teacher and she works in a London primary school.
d) Mary hasn’t got a car and goes to her house near the sea by plane.
8. a) Mary bought a house near the sea and every week- end walks there for three hours.
b) Mary can’t drive a car.
c) There is no bathroom upstairs in Mary’s house.
d) There are ten bedrooms in Mary’s house, they are down- stairs.
9. a) There is a fireplace in Mary’s house, it is in the kitchen and Mary cooks food on fire.
b) Some Mary’s friends are afraid of the old pictures in the living- room.
c) Everyone who visits Mary’s house like the old pictures in the the living-room.
d) Mary doesn’t know what the people who lived in her house many years ago looked like.
10. a) Mary always happy her new country house.
b) There are no flowers in Mary’s garden because her house is near the sea.
c) Mary always give red apples to her friends because she doesn’t like red apples.
d) Mary’s house is rather old -100 hundred years. but the apple trees are young- Mary plented them a year ago.
11. a) Mary has got a big family.
b) Mary is happy to see her fiends in the country house only Chrismas and Haloween.
c) There is a window in Mary’s bedroom.
d) Mary has got a pet, it’s Rex , a nice and clever cat.
12. a) Mary hasn’t got any flowers in her garden, she has got only apple - trees.
b) Mary never gose to her new house in winter.
c) Mary is always happy when she leaves her new house for London.
d) Mary would like to live in her house for all her life.

Question 5: Fill in the blank with the right word given say, tell, speak, talk.

43
 8. I am going to .............. a few words about the recent film festival.
9. What did you................?
10. What did he................about it ?
11. John..............he would be waiting for us.
12. Michael ............ me to..............in the discussion.
13..................lounder, I can hardly hear you.
14. He ............. much, but.............little.

Question 6: Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so the meaning stays the same.
1. He never has enough money.
He always …….
2. All the other witnesses were called before Mr Nam.
Mr Nam was ….
3. You can leave only when I tell you.
Until ….
4. Minh went home before I arrived.
When …
5. I wish I could work in the evenings as I used to.
I miss …
6. Please see that you post all the letters.
Please don’t …
7. He has decided to take driving
lessons. He has decided to learn…
8. I’m not going to pay, although I know that I should.
While …
9. Ann felt ill, but insisted on going to work.
Despite…
10. John has done well in English, but not so well in Maths.
While …

44
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 56
I. Find the word which is pronounced differently in the part underlined.
1. a. troubleb. flu c. tooth d. shoe
2. a. warm b. thought c. got d. saw
3. a. break b. weight c. plane d. said
4. a. lived b. buy c. wine d. fine
5. a. sit b. feet c. in d. if
II. Choose a, b, c or d to complete the following sentences .
1. My sisiter will have a............Course of English next month.
a. two month, b. two – monthsc. two – month. d. second - month
2. To prepare his...............works , he spent his while days in his library.
a. science b. scientific c. scientist d. sciences
3. The less we study , the..................we are
a. worse b. bad c. well d. good
4. After the summer holiday, the children all looked................
a. health b. healthy c. healthful d. healthily.
5. The person................he works with like him very much.
a. who b. whom c. whose d. which.
6. Football...........................all over the world.
a. plays b. is playing c. is played d. played
7. I know.....................she has gone for holiday.
a. when b. where c. why d. which.
8. Come here and sit.......................me
a. besides b. beside c. between d. among.
9.Andrew came to the party.............he hadn't been invited.
a. although b. despite c. incase d. even
10.It was Sunday............shop was open, all the others were closed.
a. One b. a c. An d. Some
III. Fill each gap in the sentences with a suitable preposition .
1. The teacher divided the class.........................two groups.
2. I apologized............................Mary for the misunderstanding.
3. Look......................these flowers . Aren’t they pretty?
4. I like the picture hanging .......................... the wall.......................the kitchen
5. Tom’s parents was disappointed................him because he failed the final test.
6. My present job isn’t wonderful, but I prefer it..................what I did before.
7. The plan flew..............The clouds to avoid the storm.
8.The people next door are furious … us … making so much noise last night .
IV. Give the correct form of the word in the bracket.

45
 1 .Almost every country in the world is the a member of this..............(organize)
2.The 22nd SEA GAMES were great ................. (succeed).

3. How ...................this man is ! (danger )

4. You are very ................from your brother . (differ)
5. We can see many .................on T.V everyday. (advertise )
6.Is it possible to .........between a hobby and an interest? (distinct)
7.It was a long, slow film. I nearly died of.................. (bore)
8. On a ........day we receive about fifty letters. (type)
9. Freedom of...........is one of the fundamental rights. (speak)
10. The duty of the police is the .....of law and order. (maintain )

V: Find out the mistake in four parts underlined of each sentence .

6. There's a new Oriental restaurant in town, isn't it?
A B C D
7. Nam seldom pays his bills on time, and his brother does too.
A B C D
8. Mai didn’t go to the zoo with her friends last Sunday because her sickness
A B C D
9. The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted.
A B C D
10. Our neighbor will look for the garden when we go on holiday.
A B C D
VI. Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.
6. Look! / sun / set / mountains
7. I/ wait/ half an hour/ but she/ not come.
8. If I/ be/ him / I / choose/ English / learn
9. In/ end/ I decide/ not buy / dictionary / because/ too expensive
10. This video film / so interesting / I / see /twice.
VII. Give the correct tense of the verb in the parentheses .
1. We couldn’t risk ( leave)...............him alone.
2. I’m sitting in class right now. I (sit)...............in class at this time yesterday.
3. I’m sure you will have forgotten me by the time I (be)..........back in five years.
4. Up to now, our teacher ( give )...............our class five tests.
5. Trung is used to ( get ).................up early every morning.
6. If you ( smoke )............less, you would have much more money . But I don’t
think you will.

46
 7. What shouldn’t the children ( drink )....................?
8. Tom’d rather ( be)..................early than late.
9. I knew him when I ( be ).................a child.
10. I can’t go with you as I ( not finish ).................my work.
VIII , Fill in each blank with the most suitable word to complete the text.
The Browns live in the countryside. Last week when they came up to London, they …1… their times in seeing as
much as …2… . Mrs Brown was most interested in stores, especially in Oxford Street, and bought some of …3… things
which she could not find in the shops in the countryside. Their two children, George and Susan, …4… had never been to
London before, were surprised …5… the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed travelling on the underground and going
down the moving stairs …6… lead to the platforms.
One day they went to Hyde Park and walked along on the grass to Kensington Garden …7… the bright autunm sunshine.
It was very quiet here. Only …8… noise from the streets reminded them that they were still in a city. The …9… of the tall
trees were turning red, brown and yellow, birds were …10… about, sheep …11… eating the grass, there were …12… of
flowers, and ducks were swimming about on the Round Pond. George, …13… hobby was planes and boats, was very
much interested in the model boats which boys were sailing …14… the Pond.
Before the end of the week they had seen a great …15… . They hoped, however, to see more of London on their
next visit.

IX. Rewrite the following sentences with suggested words.

1. It’s such a pity your sister can’t come as well.
If only............
2. The house seemed to have been occupied for several months.
It looked...........
3. He was so tired that he fell asleep before the end of the film.
He was too.……………………………….......
4. Everyone heard about the accident before I did.
I was the.......………………………………….
5. Keeping the environment clean is very important.
It’s………………………………………….…
6. He didn’t attend the seminar simply because he was not informed.
If...........…………………………………….....
7. Although I’m short of money, I’ll lend you some.
In spite of ……………………………………….
8. “Don’t swim out too far, boys” I said.
I warned..........…………………………….....
9. She forgot to add salt, so the food was tasteless.
If she hadn’t forgotten ......……………............
10. What a shame you didn’t tell me earlier.

47
If only...........……………………………….....

48
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 57
Part 1: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the rest
1. A. hope B. stop C. slope D. cope
2. A. technical B. attention C. event D. talent
3. A. encounter B. enter C. enlarge D. entrust
4. A. call B. count C. centre D. cable
5. A. pure B. durable C. cure D. pursue
Part 2: Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete the sentence
1. What your sister like? She is funny and intelligent.
A. is B. does C. was D. did
2. If I knew you busy, I wouldn’t disturb you.
A. were B. had been C. are D. would be
3. The man towards us is an engineer.
A. coming B. comes C. is coming D. to come
4. If you had come to the party, you her.
A. would meet B. would have met C. had met D. met
5. The company employees are on strike is closing down soon.
A. which B. whose C. that D. where
6. Water boil/ is boiling/ boils/ was boling at 100oC.
7. Sunday is a holiday most people rest.
A. which B. that C. where D. when
8. When she was cooking dinner, she her finger.
A. cuts B. cut C. was cutting D. is cutting
9. I have lived here since I 10.
A. am B. have been C. will be D. was
10. They would be angry if you them.
A. aren’t B. don’t C. won’t D. didn’t visit
11. What will you do if you a million dollars?
A. win B. won C. had won D. will win
12. If you stay up late, you sleepy the next morning.
A. feel B. felt C. would feel D. will feel
13. which attract so many visitors as Venice, Italy.
A. Fewer B. As few C. There are few D. Few places
14. He was of all his money.
A. stolen B. robbed C. removed D. taken
15. I him to arrive in a fortnight.
A. expect B. wait C. hope D. suspect
16. The question was difficult therefore of students could answer it.

49
A. few B. a lot of C. a few D. a bit
17. The people in the theatre are the
A. audience B. lookers C. observers D. watchers
18. If you live in a house which is not yours you have to pay .
A. a fee B. rent C. fare D. charge
19. The person who designs a house is the .
A. engineer B. architect C. painter D. builder
20. Can you a pound note? I need some coins for the telephone box.
A. exchange B. change C. give D. offer
21.What advice she gave us !
A. so good B. such good C. a good D. good
22.My dog as well as my cats twice a day.
A. eat B. eats C. has eaten D. have eaten
23.When I came into the class, I realized I knew .
A. them all B. all them C. they all D. all of they
24.Do it right now, ?
A. do you B. aren’t you C. will you D. don’t you
25.We for her for ten minutes.
A. wait B. waited C. are waiting D. have been waiting
26.His father is not interested in tennis and .
A. he doesn’t, either B. so doesn’t he
C. neither does he D. neither is he
27.The little girl wasted half an hour for her picture book.
A. look B. looking C. to look D. looked
28. does it take you to do the washing ?
A. How fast B. What time C. How long D. How often
29.Your hair is long. Are you going to ?
A. have it cut B. have cut it C. be cutting it D. have it cutting
30.Would you like tea or coffee? – I drink tea than coffee.
A. would like B. would prefer C. would rather D. would wish
31.It is high time you more attentive in class.
A. are B. were C. must be D. have been
32.He was that we turned off the TV set immediately.
A. so bad singerB. such bad singer C. such bad a singer D. so bad a singer
33.I wish you that! It’s really annoying habit.
A. won’t do B. couldn’t do C. wouldn’t do D. don’t do
34. “I’m sorry about that!” – “ !”
A. That’s right B. Of course C. It’s OK D. You’re welcome

50
35.Not until 2008 across the river.
A. the first bridge was built B. the first building of a bridge was
C. built the first bridge D. was the first bridge built
36.Excuse me! I’m learning my lesson. turning down your stereo a bit ?
A. Would you please B. Would you mind
C. Could you D. Would you like
37. I was just to go out when Peter phoned.
A. used B. planned C. about D. around
38. The book provides students useful tips to pass the coming exam.
A. of B. about C. on D. with
39. he practised hard, he didn’t pass the driving test.
A. As long as B. Even though C. In spite of D. If
40. I felt disappointed because I was by the company I applied to.
A. criticized B. rejected C. blamed D. forgotten
41. If I were you, I harder to pass the examination.
A. would work B. will work C. worked D. work
42. We were all hungry, so she suggested dinner early.
A. to have B. having C. had D. have
43. I wish I in London with my friends now.
A. am B. was C. were D. will be
44. I find it difficult to make a good on this problem.
A. want B. decision C. thought D. view
45. We didn’t to the station in time to catch the train.
A. reach B. arrive C. get D. lead
46. My mother is one of the women who.............money.
A. enjoys to spend B. enjoys spending C. enjoy spending D. enjoy to spend
47. Their exports are just............ours.
A. similar B. like C. as D. same
48. You may put money in a small coin bank,.........a piggy bank at home to keep it safe.
A. as such B. such C. such as D. so
49. It is time you..........hard for the exam.
A. to revise B. revise C. revised D. revising
50. I live in Dalat,............is one of the most beautiful cities of Vietnam.
A. who B. where C. which D. that
Part 3: Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences

1. Nowadays laser beams can be used to treat . DEAF

2. Thousands of are working hard to find out remedies to swine flu. SCIENCE

51
 3. Only five were shorlisted for the interview. APPLY
4. Peter drives very . He’s hardly had a minor accident. CARE
5. My father has lately in giving up smoking. SUCCESS
6. After the earthquake, very few people were found to be . LIVE
7. Your son is very naughty. He has cut himself again, and it is badly. BLOOD
8. The doctor tried to the soldier’s wound in a fierce battle. HEALTH
9. She is a studious pupil. She always listens to her teachers’ lessons. ATTENTION
10. Whenever there are food people immediately preserve food. SHORT
Part 4: There is a mistake in each of following sentence find and correct it

1. He spent two hours to translate this text into English yesterday morning. ........................
2. We are going on a trip to a countryside with our classmates next month. ........................
3. Many of the peoples in my home village have lived in their village all their lives. ........................
4. First the examiner asked me what my name was, and where I come from. ........................
5. Could you send me some information about a possibly course that I can take? ........................
6. They who arrive early will get the best selection of seats. ........................
7.Fertilize farmland is one of the biggest natural resources in the Central States. ........................
8.There are many different ways of comparing the economy of one nation with those of ........................
another. 9.Drug addition has resulted of many destroyed careers and expulsions from school or
college. ........................
10. The company did not want to hire a man that his experiment was so limited.
11. I have a very interested job because as a journalist I meet many people. ........................
12. My boss watches me closely and lets me know how I am doing and tells me if I am doing bad. ........................
13. You probably have never heard of my country where I live because it’s very far of your ........................
home.
14. I would like you see some pictures of my country and I will attach them to my next report.
........................
15. I am trying since I was at school to learn a foreign language but it was difficult for me.
16. On their very first evening he told his wife he was just going out for a short walking but it
........................
was really to buy her some flowers.
17. He found a shop quickly and brought the flowers but he couldn't get back to the hotel.
........................
18. I have eaten too many of those greasy bacon pies, and now I feel sickly.
19. He was upset last Monday morning by her bad attitudes.
........................
20. My brother is not old enough for driving a car.

........................

........................
........................
........................
52
Part 5: Choose the best answer to fill in each of the gaps in the text below
There’s now increasing concern about the world's energy resources, particularly about those involving fossil
(1) . In less than a hundred years we shall probably (2) all the present (3) of oil and gas. The world's
coal (4) should last longer but, once used, these can not be (5) .
It is important, therefore, that we should develop such (6) sources of energy as solar
energy and nuclear energy as well as water and wind (7) (classed as (8) energy).Until these energy
(9) are widely used, it is important for the developed countries to reduce energy (10) as much as possible.
1. A. fuels B. powers C. forms D. energies
2. A. end B. complete C. total D. exhaust
3. A. findings B. productions C. amounts D. sources
4. A. reserves B. stores C. mines D. contents
5. A. updated B. repeated C. renewed D. produced
6. A. traditional B. alternative C. surprising D. revolutionary
7. A. force B. strength C. power D. motion
8. A. repeatable B. continual C. renewable D. continuous
9. A. goods B. supplies C. provisions D. materials
10.A. exhaustion B. destruction C. waste D. consumption
Part 6: Fill in each numbered blank with one suitable word
George Washington was born on February 22nd, 1732 in Virginia. His (1) were Augustine and Mary
Washington. George (2) up on a farm in Virginia. Little is (3) of his early childhood. He
attended (4) irregularly from his 7th to his 15th year. His (5) subject was
mathematics. He learned to be a surveyor of land when he grew up. He (6) the army and was a leader
during the American Revolution. He later became the first (7) of the United States.
George Washington is (8) by his people the "Father of our country". The Americans (9)
his birthday on Presidents' Day in February. His (10) is on the one-dollar bill.
Part 7: Read the following passage and then put a circle round the letter of the correct words to complete each
sentence which follows:
Keeping our teeth healthy
It’s very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice.
How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs
and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into the
blood, and we may feel quite ill.
How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our
teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way.
Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.
Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day once after breakfast and
once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

53
Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for or teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw
vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals.
They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
1) Good teeth help us .
a) be nice b) have good eyesight c) chew our food d) be important
2) When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth .
a) become hard b) begin to decay
c) send poison into the blood d) make us feel quite ill
3) A lot people visit a dentist only when .
a) their teeth grow properly b) they have holes in their teeth
c) they have toothache d) they have brushed their teeth
4) We ought to try to clean our teeth .
a) once a day b) at least twice a day
c) between meals d) before breakfast
5) We shouldn’t eat a lot of .
a) red rice b) fresh fruit c) fish d) chocolate
6) Sweets are harmful because they make our teeth .
a) black b) ache c) bad d) cracked

Part 8 : Rewrite the following sentences, begin as shown and keep the meaning unchanged
1. The flight from Bangkok to London lasted for more than twelve hours.
It took
2. No decision on the issue has been made yet.
Nothing
3. It was such a boring film that she felt asleep.
The film
4. One of my favourite pastimes is watching plays.
Going
5. You can borrow the car but you’ve got to fill it up with petrol.
Provided
6. It's quite pointless to complain about the situation.
There is no
7. She spends too much money on clothing.
If
8. You are the worst footballer in the world.
No one
9. Susan finds it easy to make friends at her new school.
Susan has no

54
10. There are a lot of vehicles on the road today.
There is
Part 10: Use the words given to make meaningful sentences so as to complete a story
1. man/ holiday/ London/ first time
2. after/ arrive/ hotel/ he/ send/ wife/ telegram
3. in/ telegram/ he/ inform/ wife/ of/ safe/ arrival

4. he/ also/ give/ her/ name/ address/ hotel

5. next day/ he/ go/ sightseeing/ round/ London

6. he/ satisfy/ enjoy/ visit/ much/ as/ it/ one/ most beautiful cities/ world

7. he/ go/ restaurant/ have/ dinner/ after/ tour

8. he/ tired/ want/ go back/ hotel/ get/ some sleep

9. unfortunately/ he/ not remember/ name/ address/ hotel

10. late that night/ wife/ receive/ strange/ telegram/ say/ “please/send/name/address/hotel/at once”.

55
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 58
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others.
1. A. stopped B. ordered C. prepared D. cleaned
2. A. without B. strengthen C. clothing D. father
3. A. soap B. coat C. broad D. road
4. A. noun B. sound C. country D. count
5. A. wants B. says C. looks D. laughs

Choose the word with different stress pattern by circling the letter A, B, C, or D.
6. A. explain B. begin C. promise D. attack
7. A. listen B. worker C. symbol D. attend
8. A. certain B. result C. litter D. duty
9. A. tradition B. tendency C. confident D. century
10. A. information B. disappointed C. professional D. repetition

II. Give the right form of the verbs in brackets.

1. The students (write) ................busily when Mr.Hung (go)……… to get a book he had left in
the office.
2. “I realize I should not have said that.” “That’s all right. I (forgive)................you.”
3. Many women in the countryside are now used to (treat)................unfair in their family.
4. When I (hear) ................... the noise, I (get)....................up to see what had happened.
5. He set off alone a month ago and (not hear).......................from since then.

III. Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence.
1. I remember my grandmother knitting for hours.
A. is sitting B. will sit C. had sat D. would sit
2. There’s lot of work! Do you think you could help me?
A. such a B. so C. so a D. such
3. If it the children, the life would be so tedious.
A. were B. weren’t for C. were for D. isn’t
4. My mum wishes I my clothes everywhere in the room.
A. don’t put B. won’t put C. wouldn’t put D. hadn’t put
5. Hurry up, ? We haven’t got all day.
A. don’t you B. have we C. do you D. won’t you
6. She played the piano beautifully she was not feeling very well.
A. even though B. despite C. but D. in spite of
7. I have been looking for this book for months and I have found it.
A. in time B. at last C. at the end D. at present

56
 8. weather! We have to cancel our picnic.
A. How terrible B. What a terrible C. How a terrible D. What terrible
9. He wants sugar in his tea.
A. a little B. little C. a few D. few
10. The boy always does his homework before class by the teacher.
A. so that not to be punished B. so as to be punished
C. so as not to be punished D. in order that not to be punished
IV. Fill in the correct prepositions.
1. This house has been.................sale for months.
2. I rang him..................accident - I was trying to ring my mother.
3. We’ve been friends for years because we have a lot.................common.
4. He described the plan to me....................detail.
5. She is very popular.....................her classmates.

V. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Use the word given and other
words to complete each sentence. You must use between two and five words. Do not change the words given.
1. He doesn’t drive because he’s afraid of having an accident. fear
He doesn’t...........................................................................an accident.
2. She’s a talented dancer and a good singer as well. only
Not.........................................................dancer but she’s also a good singer.
3. Sally behaves better than Sue. well
Sue is.................................................Sally.
4. It was difficult for Jim to overcome his problems. difficulty
Jim................................................................his problems.
5. All flights were cancelled because there was a strike. due
All flights.....................................................strike.
6. “Let’s try that new Thai restaurant”, she said. trying
She..............................................................new Thai restaurant.
7. How long ago did he move in? since
How long....................................in?
8. I like traveling by car than by train. rather
I prefer to.....................................by train.
9. Mary hates vampire films and so does Peter. nor
Neither..........................................................vampire films.
10. I’m not as frightened of flying as I am of ghosts! than
I’m......................................................................I am of flying.

57
VI. Read the text below. Use the word given in brackets to form a word that fits in the space. There is an example at the
beginning (0).

E-mail
There can’t be many people who are (0 - aware).......unaware.......of e-mail, even if they have never actually sent
one. Although there are some (1 - similar)..................between e-mail and letters, there are also many differences. The first
is that e-mail is delivered (2 - instant) ................., so it can be a very (3 - effect).....................means of communication
when speed is important. This speed means that e-mail is more (4 - practice)....................for communicating over large
distances. Another difference is that e-mail tends to be (5 - relative).....................informal. People are much more likely to
use language which they would consider (6 - suit) .................. for a formal letter. Words spelled (7 - correct) ..................
in an e-mail are less likely to be checked than in a letter. One (8 - explain).....................for this is that an e-mail seems to
be less permanent than something written on paper. We can be sure that the future (9 - develop)....................of e-mail will
have all kinds of (10 - expect)....................effects on the way we communicate.

VII. Read the text below and decide which answer A, B, C, or D, best fits each space.
The history of football
Football, or soccer, which is so popular all over the world, dates back to the Middle Ages. At that (1) ..................
it was very different from the game we play today. Any number of players could (2) ................ part and the matches
usually developed into a free-for-all. In its modern (3)................, football is less than two hundred years old.
In 1846, the first rules to govern the game were drawn (4)....................at Cambridge University. The number of
players was (5).................... to 11 per side, which made things much more (6)....................than before. Later, in 1863, the
Football Association was (7)..................up to help promote the game in Britain.
The game is played on a grass or artificial (8) ................... with a goal net at each end. The (9)....................is to
move the ball around the field, (10) .................. the feet or head, until a player is in a (11)....................to put the ball into
the net and score a goal.
Professional football is not only the most popular (12) .................. sport in the world, (13).....................also more
people actually play football themselves than any other team sports. In 1904, FIFA, the world governing (14)....................
of football, was founded. It organizes the World Cup tournament every four years. Other kinds of football are popular, but
less (15).............., for example American Football and Australia Rules Football.

1. A. season B. time C. term D. stage

2. A. play B. make C. take D. do
3. A. form B. shape C. fashion D. pattern
4. A. out B. away C. up D. in
5. A. limited B. checked C. counted D. defined
6. A. tidy B. neat C. arranged D. orderly
7. A. put B. set C. born D. called
8. A. court B. pitch C. course D. track

58
 9. A. object B. reason C. focus D. purpose
10. A. by B. to C. of D. with
11. A. place B. point C. position D. spot
12. A. witness B. audience C. spectator D. viewer
13. A. because B. but C. while D. so
14. A. body B. band C. collection D. group
15. A. vast B. widespread C. enormous D. large

VIII. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space.
The book in the 21st century
How many times in the last hundred years or so have people talked of the imminent death of the book? Films
(1)................... an early threat, because they were so effective at telling stories in a visual way. Next there was radio,
(2)................. swept into the mid-twentieth century and provided such alternatives to books (3)....................drama,
documentaries, and discussions. When television arrived, many people believed that it (4)..................finish the book off.
Nowadays, (5)............... the threat by TV, the book is thought to be endangered by computers and the Internet, and by
other technological attractions (6)..................the CD and the video game, too.
Surely there are now enough reasons (7)................. the book ought to be dead, (8).................at least very badly
injured. If so, why does it not show proper respect for these reportedly (9).................literate times and die out? There is
clearly more than a (10)................ answer to this question. Firstly, we have more leisure time than we (11)..................to,
and people are generally living longer, which means there is more time to do more (including reading books). As
(12).............as this, there is the strength of the book as a tradition. We are all too dismissive of traditions in our modern
world, but they can have a very strong pull (13)..............us. Added to this, the book is such a practical tool: it doesn’t cost
too (14)................., it is usually small enough to carry around, and it can easily (15).................revisited. We will never go
without books, because they have served us so well for so long.
IX. Read the passage and choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D.
Because writing has become so important in our culture, we sometimes think of it as more real than speech. A
little thought, however, will show why speech is primary and writing secondary to language. Human beings have been
writing for at least 5000 years; but they have been talking for much longer, doubtless ever since there have been human
beings.
When writing did develop, it was derived from and represented speech, albeit imperfectly. Even today there are
spoken languages that have no written form. Furthermore, we all learn to talk well before we learn to write; any human
child who is not severely handicapped physically or mentally will learn to talk: a normal human being cannot be prevented
from doing so. On the other hand, it takes a special effort to learn to write; in the past many intelligent and useful
members of society did not acquire the skill, and even today many who speak languages with writing systems never learn
to read or write, while some who learn the rudiments of those skills do so only imperfectly.
To affirm the primacy of speech over writing is not, however, to disparage the latter. One advantage writing has
over speech is that it is more permanent and makes possible the records that any civilization must have. Thus, if speaking
makes us human, writing makes us civilized.

59
60
1. The author of the passage argues that …
A. writing has become too important in today’s society.
B. speech is more basic to language than writing.
C. everyone who learns to speak must learn to write.
D. all languages should have a written form.
2. According to the passage, writing …
A. is imperfect, but less so than speech.
B. represents speech, but not perfectly.
C. developed from imperfect speech.
D. is represented perfectly by speech.
3. In the author’s judgement …
A. writing has more advantages than speech.
B. speech is essential but writing has important benefits.
C. speech conveys ideas less accurately than writing does.
D. writing is more real than speech.
4. In order to show that learning to write requires effort, the author gives the example of …
A. people who learn the rudiments of speech.
B. people who speak many languages.
C. intelligent people who couldn’t write.
D. severely handicapped children.
5. According to the author, one mark of civilized society is that it …
A. affirms the primacy of speech over writing.
B. affirms the primacy of writing over speech.
C. teaches its children to speak perfectly.
D. keeps written records.

61
ENGLISH PRACTICE 59

62
PART I
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. Write your answers A, B,
C or D in the numbered box
12. As a model, you have to the art of walking in high heels.
A. study B. grasp C. master D. gain
13. I had to read the letter twice before I could take it .
A. on B. out C. up D. in
14. You shouldn't have criticized him in front of the class. It was extremely of you.
A. sensible B. insensitive C. insensible D. sensitive
15. She promised to phone. I heard nothing, .
A. though B. even though C. but D. instead
1. A. confused B. stewed C. embarrassed D. pleased
2. A. cloth B. clothes C. clothing D. clothe
3. A. chooses B. houses C. rises D. horses
4. A. foot B. shoot C. boot D. tooth
5. A. attempt B. receipt C. concept D. accepted

Identify the word whose stressed pattern is different from that of the others. Write your answers A, B, C or D in
the numbered box.

6. A. politics B. aquatic C. athletics D. arithmetic

7. A. calendar B. eternal C. innocent D. industry
8. A. canal B. parade C. museum D. detail
9. A. television B. education C. entertainment D. information
10. A. miracle B. argument C. determine D. interview
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

PART II Choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete each sentence. Write your answers A, B, C or D in
the numbered box.

1. If the symptoms get worse, your doctor.

A. consult B. check C. counsel D. communicate
2. We should protect plants and animals of the sea to keep its .
A. resource B. energy C. existence D. biodiversity
3. Would you like a of tennis.
A. game B. match C. play D. tournament

63
4. would have known the answer.
A. Anyone is brilliant B. Brilliant anyone C. Brilliant is anyone D. Anyone brilliant
5. This university's programs those of Harvard.
A. come second after B. are second only to
C. are first except for D. are in second place from
6. We really need a photocopier can reproduce pictures quickly.
A. which B. who C. what D. with which
7. A(n) is a description of someone containing all of the most important or interesting facts about them.
A. autobiography B. background C. profile D. history
8. Whenever my father travels by plane, he buys some goods at the airport.
A. free of charge B. tax-free C. free of duty D. duty-free
9. Mr. Nam brings his farm to the local market every day.
A. productivity B. production C. produce D. harvest
10. He is to talk behind your back.
A. much too loyal B. too much loyal C. much so loyal D. much very loyal
11. There are many desks in our classroom.
A. nice large round wooden B. large nice round wooden
C. wooden round large nice D. nice round large wooden

Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

PART III Put the word in the brackets into the correct form to complete the following sentences. Write your
answers in the numbered box.
1. Don’t tell anyone else what I’ve just told you. Remember, it’s (CONFIDE) .
2. There’s been yet another (BREAK) of cholera in Delhi.
3. Her comments provoked a(n) (BURST) of anger from the boss.
4. But how could you do it? Really, Ophelia, I feel quite (SHAME) of you!
5. How are you getting on with your (CORRESPOND) course in Russian?
6. There was ice on the pavement which made it very difficult to walk as it was so (SLIP) 7. The price of the
book is £10, including (POST) and packing.
8. The trouble with Mr Brown is that he's so (CONSIST) . One minute he goes mad when you come late; the
next he says nothing. You never know where you are!
9. The recent hurricane caused (WIDE) damage.
10. The fırm's annual (TURN) was in the region of £5,000,000.

64
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

PART IV From the marked areas A, B, C and D, identify the one that is wrong and then correct it. Write your
answers in the numbered box.
1. (A) Our trip (B) to Swiss Alps had to be (C) put out twice (D) because of bad weather.
2. (A) There is (B) a ugly toad in (C) the flower pot. Please (D) throw it away.
3. (A) I'm very worried as (B) neither of my brothers (C) have returned (D) from the picnic.
4. Lan (A) was making her (B) homework (C) when the kitchen (D) caught fire.
5. (A) Let her (B) lay on the couch (C) for a while. She (D) looks quite ill.
6. (A) The driver (B) made a (C) seriously mistake (D) which cost many lives.
7. (A) I'm not (B) going (C) to friend you anymore. You (D) are too insincere.
8. (A) If you call me (B) to say you're not coming, (C) I'll see you (D) at the theatre.
9. (A) Did you (B) see your picture? It (C) was in (D) yesterday newspaper.
10. (A) Though my grandfather (B) is old, (C) she is very healthy and (D) alert.
Your answers:
Mistake Correction Mistake Correction
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5 10.
PART V Read the passage and choose the best answer for each question below. Write your answers A, B, C or D in
the numbered box.

The Times is not an easy paper to read. It would mean little to the two million adults in Britain who cannot even
read more popular papers. It would also be difficult to understand for many to whom English is a second language.
Yet even those who read The Times easily and with pleasure might have difficulty with official forms, leaflets and
legal agreements.
Ordinary people’s lives are governed by forms and notices from the moment their birth is registered until the day
they die. Yet many can make no sense of the words on the bits of paper.
It is 33 years since Sir Ernest Gowers wrote a book called Plain Words to guide civil servants in writing clear
English. Sadly, officials who are writing now do not seem to have read the book.
They excuse the fact that much of what they write cannot be understood by arguing that complicated schemes must
have complicated explanations. They also claim readers would think it an insult to their intelligence to be addressed in
simple English.

65
 They think long words and fine phrases make what they have to say seem more important. They do not care
very much if customers and clients remain ignorant. Public ignorance makes their job easier.
As a result we have forms that even people who can read well cannot fill in correctly. Important agreements are
based on unreadable small print.
Warning notices on dangerous materials are printed so small that few people would read and understand them
before an accident, let alone after it.
The legal pressure on business to use simpler language has made difference, even if lawyers and courts themselves
still use the language ordinary people cannot read. Companies can now make big profits from simplifying the language of
contracts and complicated documents for fees of up to $10,000 for each job.
In Britain an organization called The Plain English Movement was set up by Martin Cutts and Chrissi Maher. They
started by producing a newspaper in Liverpool for adults who had difficulty in reading. Then they ran an advice centre in
Salford, simplifying forms and leaflets for people claiming unemployment and sickness benefits.
The Movement has had some successes. Not least is that simplifying such leaflets to four pages with sentences
averaging only l0 words has saved millions of pieces of paper a year.

1. Why is it important to simplify official language, according to the text?

A. so that Times readers can understand it.
B. because it takes too long to produce the present paperwork.
C. because everyone needs to understand it.
D. to support the Plain English Movement.
2. Why does the writer mention Plain Words?
A. because he does not approve of the work of civil servants.
B. because he thinks today’s civil servants should read it.
C. to show where the Plain English Movement took its ideas from.
D. to celebrate an important publication.
3. Civil servants say they use complicated language because
A. they do not wish to show their own ignorance.
B. it is not part of their training to read Plain Words.
C. people do not expect to understand every word of official language.
D. the language must be difficult if the content is complex.
4. The aim of the Plain English Movement is to
A. encourage the use of simple written English in public life.
B. make money by simplifying contracts and complicated documents.
C. produce a newspaper in Liverpool for adults with reading difficulties.
D. run advice centers throughout Britain.

5. According to the text, one result of the Plain English Movement has been to
A. simplify the language of lawyers and courts.

66
 B. help people to read the small print of agreements.
C. reduce the cost of producing leaflets.
D. help many more people get benefits payments.

Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

PART VI Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each blank. Write your
answers in the numbered box.

Lake Titicaca, often known as the ‘holy lake’, is situated in South America on the border between Bolivia and
Peru. The lives of the people (1) tools and pottery have been found on its shores have long remained a mystery.
However, scientists taking (2) in an exploration project at the lake have found what they believe to (3)
a 1000-year-old temple under the water. Divers from the expedition have discovered a 200-meter-long, 50-meter-wide
building surrounded by a terrace for crops, a road and a wall. It is thought that the remains (4) those of a temple
built by the Tihuanacu people who lived beside Lake Titicaca before it became a part (5) the much later Incan-
empire. ‘The scientists have not yet had time to analyze the material sufficiently,’ says project director, Soraya Aubi. ‘But
some have (6) forward the idea that the remains date from this period (7) to the fact that there are very
similar ones elsewhere.’ The expedition has so (8) this year made more than 200 dives into water 30 meters deep
in order to record the ancient remains on film. The film, (9) will later be studied in detail, (10)
well provide important information about the region.

Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART VII Read the following text and then choose the best option for each numbered space. Write your answers A,
B, C or D in the numbered box.

The last two decades have seen enormous changes in the way people’s (1) are affected by IT. Twenty
years ago, few people had access to a computer whilst today (2) people use them at work, home or school
and use of e-mail and Internet is an every day event.
These developments have brought many (3) to our lives. E-mail makes communication much easier
and more immediate. This has numerous benefits for business, commerce, and education. The World Wide Web means
that information on every conceivable subject is now (4) to us. Clearly, for many people this has made life
much easier and more convenient.
However, not all the effects of the new technology have been beneficial. Many people feel that the (5)
use of e-mail is destroying traditional forms of communication such as letter writing, telephone and face-to-
face conversation. With ever increasing use of information technology these (6) elements are likely to

67
increase in the future. In addition, the huge size of the web means it is almost (7)
to control and regulate. This has led to many concerns regarding children (8) unsuitable
websites. Yet perhaps the biggest threat to IT in years to come will be the computer (9) - more sophisticated
or more destructive strains are almost inevitable.
In conclusion, developments in IT have brought many benefits, (10) I believe developments relating to
new technology in the future are likely to produce many negative effects that will need to be addressed very carefully.

1. A. lives B. living C. longevity D. life

2. A. most of B. most C. most of the D. almost
3. A. services B. merchandises C. benefits D. effects
4. A convenient B. comfortable C. favourable D. available
5. A. immediate B. particular C. widespread D. continued
6. A. trivial B. positive C. effective D. negative
7. A. indispensable B. impossible C. impractical D. able
8. A. accessing B. approaching C. getting D. entering
9. A. program B. software C. virus D. disease
10. A. moreover B. so C. therefore D. yet

Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

PART VIII

Complete the second sentence so that it has similar meaning to the first one.

1. The value of Sterling has fallen slightly in the past week.

 There has .......................................................................................................................................................
2. “You should have waited for us,” the team leader said to John.
 The team leader criticized .........................................................................................................................
3. Alice and Charles did not decide to move to a bigger house until after the birth of their second child.
 Only when .....................................................................................................................................................
4. It is pointless to have that old typewriter repaired.
 That old typewriter is ..................................................................................................................................
5. The Pacific Ocean is on average deeper than the Atlantic.
 The average ....................................................................................................................................................

68
Use the word given in brackets and make any necessary addition to write a new sentence in such a way that it is as
similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. DO NOT change the form of the given word.

1. It was unkind of you to talk to her like that. (SHOULDN'T)

 ...........................................................................................................................
2. I have never tasted such good food before. (EVER)
 ..........................................................................................................................

3. The only reason the party was a success was that a famous film star attended. (IF)
 .........................................................................................................................
4. They share a lot of hobbies and interests. (COMMON)
 ...........................................................................................................................
5. If you are not old enough, you cannot watch certain films. (AGE)
 .........................................................................................................................

PART IX Write an essay of about 200 words, giving your opinions on the following statement:

"Some people say that studying the English language in an English speaking country is the best but not the only way to
learn the language. Do you agree or disagree with this statement? Use specific reasons and examples to support your
opinions."
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................

69
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 60
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS:

I. PHONOLOGY

A. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest. (5ms)
1.A. orchestrate B. meadow C. enemy D. emigrate
2.A. brotherhood B. hook C. stood D. tool
3.A. kissed B. crashed C. wicked D. laughed
4.A. plague B. platform C. hatred D. erase
5.A. dead B. dense C. deaf D. real
B. Pick out the word that stressed differently from the others. (5ms)
1.A. facitious B. decaffeinated C. lobotomy D. profligate
2.A. birthstone B. income C. capacity D. decorate
3.A. vibrato B. subsidiary C. rivulet D. promulgate
4.A. negligent B. malaria C. invaluable D. forewarn
5.A. unabashed B. whirligig C. yarmulke D. billabong

II. VOCABULARY & STRUCTURE (20 ms)

1. Most of the were unimpressed by his latest film.
A. reviews B. criticizing C. critics D. comments
2. It was so embarrassing when Romeo forgot his in the second act.
A. paper B. lines C. part D. script
3. I hope the film has a happy
A. finish B. end C. finale D. ending
4. It’s surprising the performance went so well after only three
A. rehearsals B. auditions C. applauses D. directions
5. High risk sports have really taken
A. up B. off C. in D. on
6. The person the orchestra was a young woman in her early twenties.
A. composing B. directing C. conducting D. leading
7. We’re always playing tricks on Peter because he takes ages to on.
A. catch B. keep C. pick D. get
8. Little Tom did not like his first at school at all.
A. course B. period C. presence D. term
9. There was a(n) against the College’s new syllabuses.
A. bang B. outcry C. scream D. whist
10. New students must for classes before term begins.
A. enroll B. enter C. join D. teach

70
 11. When you listen to a lecture, it is useful to the important points.
A. clear B. put down C. notify D. write on
12. Prof. Silver was a most effective speaker and his audience seemed to on his every word.
A. catch B. cling C. hang D. hold
13. My brother found it difficult to learn to write because he is .
A. left-handed B. right-handed C. single-handed D. two-handed
14. In writing the account of his summer adventures, Neville chose not to his experiences in the order in
which they happened.
A. compose B. classify C. compare D. arrange
15. This cheese has gone . You’ll have to throw it way.
A. mouldy B. decayed C. stale D. contaminated
16. The steak looked tender, but it was as tough as .
A. a belt B. a saddle C. old boots D. rubber
17. Dinner will be served but we have time for a drink before then.
A. actually B. currently C. lately D. presently
18. Can you help me work the answers to these maths problems ?
A. in B. out C. up D. off
19. I can agree with you to a certain , Professor, but not entirely.
A. pan B. level C. extent D. way
20. The Examination Board have recently changed the for the Diploma in History.
A. brochure B. syllabus C. programme D. compendium
III. READING COMPREHENSION
Read the passages carefully and select the best answer for each question. (20ms)
Passage A
It is very difficult to succeed in the music business; nine out of ten bands that release a first record fail to produce
a second. Surviving in the music industry requires luck and patience, but most of all it requires an intricate knowledge of
how a record company functions. The process begins when a representative of a company’s Artist and Repertoire ( A & R )
Department visits bars and night clubs, scouting for young, talented bands. After the representative identifies a promising
band, he or she will work to negotiate a contract with that band. The singing of this recording contract is a slow process. A
company will spend a long time investigating the band itself as well as current trends in popular music. During this period,
it is important that a band reciprocate with an investigation of its own, learning as much as possible about the record
company and making personal connections within the different departments that will handle their recordings.
Once a band has signed the contract and has finished recording an album, the Publicity and Promotion department
takes over. This department decides whether or not to mass produce and market the band’s album. Most bands fail to
make personal contacts in this second department, thus losing their voice in the important final process of producing and
marketing their album. This loss of voice often contributes to the band’s failure as a recording group.
1. Which of the following statements best expresses the main idea of the passage ?
A. Nine out of ten bands fail to produce a second record.

71
 B. It is important for a band to have an intricate knowledge of how a recording company works.
C. Making personal connections will help the band in the final decisions about the promotion of their album.
D. The main factors in a band’s success are luck and patience.
2. What is the meaning of the word “release” in the first paragraph ?
A. distribute B. pay for C. overturn D. itemize
3. The phrase “intricate” in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of the following ?
A. short B. straightforward C. unrelated D. detailed
4. According to the passage, the initial contact between a band an a recording company is made by .
A. the band’s manager C. an AR representative
B. a band member D. the Publicity and Promotions department
5. The word “ reciprocate” in the first paragraph could be best replaced by which of the following ?
A. commence B. respond C. practice D. confirm
6. Which of the following words is most similar to the word “handle” in the first paragraph ?
A. touch B. control C. manipulate D. protect
7. The author mentions that a band’s success is dependent on all of the following factors EXCEPT .
A. having patience.
B. making personal contacts with people in the company.
C. understanding how a record company functions.
D. playing music that sounds like music of famous bands.
8. According to the passage, the Publicity and Promotion department .
A. has the final decision in producing an album.
B. handles the recording arrangements for the band
C. sends representatives to look for new talent
D. visits bars and night clubs
9. The author uses the phrase “ losing their voice” in the second paragraph to illustrate that they .
A. are forbidden to speak B. are unable to visit
C. have no representation D. are too shy to express their desires
10. It can be inferred from the passage that .
A. the music industry is full of opportunities for young bands
B. the AR department has a very large staff
C. most bands do not fully understand how record companies operate
D. the cost of recording an album is very expensive

Passage B
My lawyer, Mr. Turner, is the only man I know who has seen a ghost. He is a quiet even-tempered man whose life
is spent in dealing with facts. He is the last person in the world to give way to fantasy. He has a wife and two children of
whom he is proud, takes a modest holiday abroad every year and spends his Sundays gardening. He is knowledgeable

72
about art and architecture, though he doesn’t pretend to be an expert by any means. It is, therefore, all the more surprising
that he should be so insistent about the ghost. It happened, so he says, like this:
He was travelling from London to the North of England by train. It was a misty November evening and the train
was half empty. In fact for the first part of the journey Mr. Turner had the carriage to himself and sat dozing over a
newspaper. However at the first stop a passenger jumped in, slamming the door behind him. He seemed out of breath as if
he had been running. He was a striking looking young man with dark, bushy hair and bright intelligent eyes. He was
dressed rather oddly in a long waisted coat with silver buttons, tight trousers and an embroidered waistcoat. Mr. Turner
did not pay much attention to this because people wear all sorts of extravagant clothes these days and he had long grown
accustomed to them.
Presently, the two men got into conversation, as people do on long journeys. Mr. Turner was interested to
discover that the young man was very knowledgeable about Art – in particular portraits. His name, he said, was Joseph
Hart, and he was on his way to visit an exhibition. It seemed that he worked in a famous London Art Gallery – a picture
restorer, perhaps, thought Mr. Turner, for he seemed to know a great deal about varnishes and paints, and even more about
the subjects of certain portraits. When Mr. Turner asked his opinion of the portrait of a famous judge by an artist he
admired, his companion laughed and said: “ He’s only a reproduction – a good one I agree but you can’t talk to a
reproduction.” He spoke as though the person in the portrait was still living.
After a while the carriage go hot and steamy and Mr. Turner dropped off. He woke up just as the train was
drawing up at a function with a grinding of brakes. His companion had disappeared.
A few days later, having returned to London, Mr. Turner found himself near the Art Gallery. Moved by some
impulse, he went in and enquired for Joseph Hart. The attendant directed him to a room devoted to early nineteenth
century portraits of well – known men. There was no one in the room and Mr. Turner looked about him. Without knowing
quite how he had got there, he found himself standing in front of a full-length portrait of a dark young man in tight
trousers and an embroidered waistcoat. The eyes smiled at him with a hint of amusement. The name-plate at the foot of
the picture read: Joseph Hart, 1800-1835.

1. What kind of person was Mr. Turner ?

A. imaginative B. fantastic C. sensible D. insensitive
2. Although he was lawyer, Mr. Turner .
A. pretended to know a lot about Art C. pretended to take an interest in Art
B. knew something about Art D. intended to learn more about Art
3. When the passenger entered Mr. Turner compartment, .
A. he was painting C. the train was just leaving
B. he was running D. the carriage was half empty
4. The passenger’s clothes didn’t seemed strange to Mr. Turner because .
A. he was used to wearing strange clothes C. everyone knew he wore strange clothes
B. he liked people who wore strange clothes D. he had seen a lot of people in strange clothes
5. Mr. Turner thought the young man may
A. be an Art Dealer C. renew old pictures

73
 B. be an Art Expert D. paint reproductions of old pictures
6. Why wouldn’t the passenger give an opinion on the portrait of the judge ?
A. the judge wasn’t alive C. the picture was a copy
B. the judge was still alive D. he hadn’t seen it
7. When did Mr. Turner first realize that the passenger had gone ?
A. when the train started C. just before the train stopped
B. after the train had stopped D. when the train was leaving the station
8. Why did Mr. Turner go into the Art Gallery ?
A. he was walking pass there C. he had plan to do so
B. he had never been there before D. he suddenly decided to
9. In the part of the gallery that Mr. Turner was directed to
A. a place with a lot of pictures by unknown people.
B. a room where there were a lot f nineteenth century people.
C. a room where no one else was looking at the pictures.
D. a room devoted to early nineteen century portraits of well-known men.
10. When Mr. Turner looked at the portrait of Joseph Hart .
A. he smiled at it C. he didn’t recognize it
B. he thought it smiled at him D. he was amused

III.GUIDED CLOZE TEST

Choose the best word that fits each gap of the passage (10ms)
KNIFE – THROWING AT THE CIRCUS
Knife – throwing is a thrilling circus act, which is stressful for both the thrower and the assistant. Obviously,
assistants need to be especially courageous, since they are (1) to stand in front of a board as knives land next to them
at (2) speed. If a thrower’s aim is not accurate, there is a strong possibility that accident might (3) . Such people
need to feel (4) about the circus and enjoy the excitement of performing in front of hundreds of people. Not everyone
is suitable for the work, particularly not nervous people !
Knife – thrower, on the other hand, need to be extremely (5) people. They can’t (6) up for a
performance feeling tired or having had an argument with their assistant because they have to be perfectly at ease with
what they are doing in order to be able to (7) their work full concentration.
The knife – throwing tradition (8) partly because children follow their parents into the job. One particularly well-
known thrower, for example, has an assistant whose father was also a knife – thrower. She first had knives thrown at her
when she was only 12 and has (9) doing the same job ever since. (10) , over the last fifteen years she reckons that
she has had about 300,000 knives thrown at her.
1.A. insisted B. considered C. required D. demanded
2.A. wide B. heavy C. plain D. great
3.A. appear B. develop C. happen D. exist
4.A. caring B. passionate C. loving D. devoted

74
5.A. doubtless B. reliable C. dependent D. trusting
6.A. put B. do C. pick D. turn
7.A. take B. give C. get D. hold
8.A. maintains B. stays C. keeps D. survives
9.A. taken up B. come off C. carried on D. put in
10.A. Nevertheless B. In fact C. Despite that D. Even so

B.WRITTEN TEST

I. WRITE THE CORRECT VERBS IN PARENTHESES (10ms)

1. Foreign currency can (covert) into sterling at a number of points in the city, but the best rate
and lowest commission charges (provide) at banks.
2. This candidate (look) very promising. Just think about his experience. He
(live) in Hong Kong, Australia and the USA and (work) for a number of
multi – national companies. I think we definitely (interview) him.
3. The financial scandal (rock) the government when many senior politicians (see)
to be implicated and (force) (resign)
.
4. “ How many times Stephen (telephone) ?” “I not (know)
, but I wish he (stop) . It such a bore when he
keeps on (phone)
5. (Be) it not for Mary’s help, I not (be able) to take part in
the competition. As it (be) , I (manage) to win the first prize, so
I am eternally indebted to her.
6. News from the earthquake zones (be) that over two hundred people (be)
injured. Help is urgently required.
7. Try as we might, it (be) impossible to manoeuvre our sailing boat out of the harbor.
The wind (blow)
too hard.
8. Stories about the two politicians and their liaison
for many months
(circulate)
before any statement (be made) .
9. Jake (graduate) in 1987 and (spend) two years
applying for jobs before he (be offered) the one he (want)
.
10. Marianna (complain) about her husband for ages. I not (be) surprised
that he (leave) her. What she (do)
now, on her own ?

II.PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (10ms)

75
 A. Write the appropriate prepositions into the blanks (5ms)
1. The factory owner is not in the habit of fraternizing his workers.
2. All the animals in the forest fled the fire.
3. If you have a grievance the company, please lodge a formal written complaint.
4. My car is guaranteed rust for eight years.
5. The teacher told me to stop fidgeting and to sit still and concentrate.
6. I was furious my sister her always borrowing my
clothes without my permission.
7. His glee the news of his success was a joy to see.
8. You mustn’t grieve trivial mistake.
9. He has a fixation becoming the best doctor in the world.
10. She does nothing but fret her being overweight yet never tries to diet.
B. Complete the following sentences by using either off, over, out for, in, up, back, on, out on, out, (5ms)
1. Can’t you hold those reporters until I’ve finished the rehearsal ?
2. He is a talented actor but his lack of ambition holds him .
3. Although they tried, they couldn’t hold their laughter.
4. Hold a minute while I get something from my room.
5. They offered to buy her a BMW but she’s holding a Porsche.
6. Some Japanese soldiers refused to believe the war was over and held in the jungle for
years.
7. Due to the chairman’s illness, the meeting was held till the next week.
8. Strike action held trains and buses all day yesterday.
9. He says he knows nothing about the missing documents but I’m sure he’s holding me.
10. Our water supplies held for three weeks when we were marooned in the desert.

III.WORD FORMATION
A. Read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space in
the same line. There is an example at the beginning. (10ms)
LEISURE AND THE COUNTRYSIDE
With the (0) development of fast motorway system in many countries, once remote DEVELOP
parts of the countryside are (1) becoming INCREASE
(2) to people who live in towns and cities. In many parts ACCESS
of the world, rising (3) incomes have resulted in mass PERSON
(4) of motor cars at a time when people have more leisure time OWNER
to fill.
This means that there is a lot of (5) on the countryside PRESS
to accept a growing number of visitors. In Britain, for example, the (6)
NATION parks are used

by more than one hundred million people annually.

76
In (7) , similar numbers visit areas that do not enjoy the same level ADD
of (8) . Some people regard this invasion of the countryside PROTECT
as (9) and they have begun campaigning to try and save DESIRE
some aspects of (10) rural culture. TRADITION

IV.ERROR CORRECTION
Read the text and look carefully at lines. Some of the lines are correct, and some have a word which should not be there. If
a line is correct, put a tick (🗸). If a line has a word which should not be there , write the word. There are two examples at
the beginning ( 0 and 00). (10ms)

A DREAM
As I am a university student I study hard and each night when 0. …🗸…
I will finish my studies I put away my books and put on 00. …will…
my training shoes. My sister, who lives in another town, she 1. …………….
brought them back my training shoes from Europe as a birthday 2. …………….
present. They are just right for jogging around the track.
After jogging for the first lap I push myself so harder 3. …………….
and harder for the second lap. My running style soon becomes 4. ……………..
comfortable and effective for the rest of the way. I hope
that to improve my style so that I do not feel any 5. ……………..
tightness in the leg muscles. I am really look forward much 6. ……………..
to taking part in my first University Games where I will be
representing my year. If all goes well then I can expect to 7. ……………..
achieve at a good time which will help me to be chosen for the 8. ……………..
Olympic Games. It will be a moment full of excitement feeling
for me. I plan on to continue my studies as well as my training 9. …………….
until my dream is being achieved. My free time will be limited but 10. ……………
it will be worth it in the end.

V.OPEN CLOZE TEST

Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. (10ms)

TENTS
People who love camping often think of tents as their second home. Modern tents are both lighter (1)
more comfortable than (2) old canvas tents which our parents
used. They are often fitted with extra space which can be used as kitchens or for storing equipment in bad weather. Some
tents are big (3) for bicycles to be stored inside, (4)
others will only takes a couple of rucksacks. Tents are generally classified by the number of people they will sleep in

77
relative comfort. They range (5) the small single – occupant variety, to the six- person tent (6)
looks like a luxury home.
How long tents last is an important issue for people who use their tents throughout the year. Modern tents are
designed to last for years, (7) when used on a regular basis and in all weathers. Being
waterproof (8) also essential, so the modern tent is made of tough, high quality
fabrics and (9) double stitching and extra reinforcements. However, it is true that the (10)
expensive tent, the better it will be when compared to cheaper tents of a similar design.
People who use their tent only occasionally may well find that a lower- priced basis tent is all they need.

VI. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION (20ms)

1. He never suspected that the money had been stolen.
At no
2. They produce a lot of paper, so they need a lot of wood pulp.
The more
3. The only way to eliminate world terrorism is by united opposition.
Only by
4. The keeper had no sooner opened the cage than the lion attacked him.
Hardly
5. Nobody does her any harm. (FINGER)

6. The price of the house has been reduced as much as possible because the owner needs some money.
(BONE)

7. Some children treat their younger siblings badly. (CRUEL)

8. I / like / stay / your hotel / two nights / at / end / this month

9. You / kind / reserve / single room / me / ?

10. I / arrive / evening / May 15 / leave / early / May 17

78
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 61

Question 1: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words (0,5p)
0. A. relaxed B. arrived C. enjoyed D. gathered
1. A) well B) bell C) forget D) pretty
2. A) town B) slow C) smoke D) post
3. A) joined B) controlled C) acquired D) invented
4. A) hour B) pour C) ourselves D) our
5. A) cooks B) ways C) applicants D) cups

Question 2: Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. (1, 5)
1. Jane saw her old friend while she the street.
a. was crossing b. is crossing c. crossed d. crosses
2. She asked me a driving license.
a. if I have b. whether I have c. if I had d. whether I have had
3. While my father was reading newspapers, my mother meal at 5pm. yesterday.
a. cooked b. cooks c. has cooked d. was cooking
4. The Pyramid of Cheops is one of the seven of the world.
a. wonders b. temples c. landmarks d. Pyramids
5. Why don’t you come for dinner?
a. about b. over c. up d. upon
6. I saw him the flowers in the garden.
a. be watering b. watered c. be watered d. watering
7. He used a football player. He had to stop because of an injury.
a. to be/ playingb. being/ playing c. to be/ to play d. be /playing
8 . When the teacher comes in, the class stops and stands up.
a. to talk b. talking c. talk d. talks
9. Paul is said the brightest student in the class.
a. he was b. was c. being d. to be
10. These houses 100 years ago.
a. are built b. built c. were built d. build
11. In order to keep fit, we should do exercises
a. regularly b. regular c. regulating d. regulation
12. The fresh air in the countryside is .
a. healthful b. health c. healthy d. healthily
13. When I was a child, I my ball through the window.
a. was always kicking b. always was kicking
c. was kicking always d. kicked always
14. Are you..................in sports?
79
 A. interested B. interesting C. interest D. interests
15. The question sounds . . . . . . . . .
A. difficulty B. difficult C. difficultly D. with difficulty

Question 3: Give the correct form of the words in brackets. One has done for you. (1p)
0. Her father is a farmer ( FARM)
1. You should do these exercises.................(QUICK)
2. This is the biggest.................in the city. ( BUILD)
3. We are interested in...................English. ( LEARN)
4. He was punished for his.................( LAZY)
5. Smoking is.................for your health. (HARM)

Question 4: Each sentence has an error.Find out the error and correct it.(1p)
Example: I’d like buy a car. to buy
1. Our new teacher likes listening to country music, and we do so. ...............
2. Spend the weekend in the countryside is wonderful. ................
3. I look forward to have the solution to the problem I have mentioned. ...............
4. Would you mind if I ask you some questions? .................
5. She decided changing her job because of low salary. ..............

Question 5: Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets. (1p)

1. Look! Her eyes (be)............... red and wet. She must................(cry).
2. It started (rain)......................when they left home.
3. When she (come).................., I was having lunch at 12 yesterday.
4. The exercise (do)...................by me tonight.
Question 6: Complete the postcard with the words in the box. (1p)

oldwonderful friendly town bought

Dear Jenny,
We are having a (1).................time in Hoi An. The streets here are so narrow that cars are not allowed to enter the center
of the (2) ………………. Therefore, we have to walk. The houses are very (3)...............................but beautiful. However,
I don’t like the way they do business. It seems that every house has a shop to sell souvenirs and other stuffs. The people
are very (4) ………………… and helpful. The food looks funny but it tastes quite nice. I haven’t (5) ………………….
anything for you. But I will buy you some little colorful lanterns.
Your friend,
Mary

80
Question 7: Read the passage carefully and answer the questions. (1,5p)
Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is officially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or
Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The exact date changes from year to year. Vietnamese
people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy their houses, cook special food,
clean and made offerings on the family altars. On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up to midnight to see the New Year in,
and then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season. Tet lasts ten days. The first three days
are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year.
As a result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible.
Questions:
1. What is Vietnam’s New Year known as?
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. When does the Lunar New Year begin?
.................................................................................................
3. What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet?
……………………………………………………………………………………
4. Does Tet last three days?
……………………………………………………………………………………
5. Why are the first three days the most important?
…………………………….................................................................................

Question 8: Rewrite the following sentences beginning the words given so that the second sentence means exactly
the same as the one before it. (1p)
1. My kitchen is smaller than yours.
Your kitchen............................................................................................................
2. They will change the date of the meeting again.
The date...................................................................................................................
3. The children liked to walk in the rain.
The children enjoyed..............................................................................................
4. They have just stolen his car.
His car.....................................................................................................................
5. Peter said to me: “Can I borrow you some money?”
Peter asked me...........................................................................................................
Question 9: Write a complete text from the following sets of words and phrases.
Dear Hoa,
a. Thank you / the flowers / you send / me / while / I / in the hospital.
..................................................................................................................................................
b. They / beautiful / and really / help / cheer me up.
..................................................................................................................................................

81
c. I / come / out / hospital / Monday morning.
..................................................................................................................................................
d. Now / I / be / bored.
..................................................................................................................................................
e. you / come over / my place / the weekend?
..................................................................................................................................................
f. I / phone you / Friday afternoon.
..................................................................................................................................................
Your friend,
Mai.

82
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 62
Question I/ Choose the most suitable word or phrase .(2.5p)

1. He laughed ….. when he was watching “Tom and Jerry” on TV.

A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. unhappy
2. The children felt ….. when their mother was coming back home.
A. excitement B. excitedly C. excited D. exciting
3. The Browns had to use all their ……. to buy their new house.
A. savings B. expenses C. reservers D. remains
4. He is a person ….. friends trust him.
A. whom B. his C. who’s D. whose
5. If he worked more slowly, he …. so many mistakes
A. wouldn’t make B. won’t make C. didn’t make D. doesn’t make
6. The party, at ….. I was the guest honor, was extremely enjoyable.
A. that B. who C. which D. where.
7. It’s ……. long time since he last saw his grandparents.
A. so B. very C. too D. such a.
8. She never let you cook the meals,..........?
A. didn’t she B. doesn’t she C. did she D. was she
9. After arriving home, they usually.........their uniforms.
A. take out B. take off C. put out D. put off.
10. He worked.............than his workmates.
A. more carefully B. more careful C. as carefully D. carefullier.

Your answer:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Question II/ Give correct form of the verbs in the brackets (2.5p)

Tom Smith has musical talent, but he 1.(be) a very lazy boy. He always 2.(get) up late, and he is seldom on time
for school. When he 3.(know) that he 4.(have) to work hard in school on a certain day, he 5.(stay) at home. If Tom 6.(be)
wise, he 7. (not try) so hard to avoid all the problems of his youth. He often says that he 8.(wish) he had been born rich or
he 9.(complain) that if his greatgrandfather hadn’t been unlucky, his family 10. (be) rich now.
Your answer:

83
1............... 2........................3........................4...................... 5.....................
6............... 7....................... 8........................9...................... 10...................

Question III/ Each line of the following passage contains one error. Find and correct it (2.5p)

Tet holiday is celebrating on the first day of the Lunar New 0/ celebrated
Year . Some weeks after the New Year the Vietnamese clean their 1/ ……………
house and paint their walls. New clothes are buyed for the occasion. 2/ ……………
One or two days before the festival, people make Banh Chung, who 3/ …………….
is the traditional cake, and others goodies. On the New Year’s Ever, 4/ ……………
the whole family gets together for a reunion dinner. Every members 5/ ……………
of the family should be present during the dinner in which much 6/ …………….
differents kinds of dishes is served. On the New Year’s morning, the 7/ …………….
young members of the family pay them respects to the elders. In 8/ ……………
return they receive lucky money wrapping in red tiny envelopes. 9/ ……………
Then people go to visit their neighborhoods friends and relatives. 10/……………

Question IV/ Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capitals(2.5p)

1. Their ……………………has lasted a lifetime. FRIEND

2. The streets were …………………………… so that planes could use them. WIDE
3. My brother is an ………………………..engineer . ELECTRIC
4. You must be …………………………..when you open that door. CARE
5. Don’t worry. I’ll try to finish this work ………………………. SUCCEED
6. Preserving natural resources is of great ………………………….. IMPORTANT
7. Many university and college …………………………. like wearing jeans STUDY
8. Daphne has always been ………………….. in collecting antiques. INTEREST
9. There are many ……………………………in our country of a year. CELEBRATE
10. We must learn about keeping the environment………………………. POLLUTE

Question V/ Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) for each space(2.5p)

Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)……. the world. Some people say that jeans are the “ uniform” of
(2)…….. But they haven’t always been popular. The story of jeans started (3)……… two hundred years ago. People in
Genoe, Italy made pants. The cloth (4)…. in Genoa was called “Jeans”. The pants were called “Jeans”. In 1850, a saleman
(5)….California began selling pants made of cancas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6)….they were so strong, “Levi’s
pants” became (7)…… with gold miners, farmer and cowboys. Six years (8)….., Levis began making his pants with blue

84
cotton (9)……called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe began (10) …..jeans. Young
people usually didn’t wear them.
1. A. in B. on C. over D. above
2. A. youth B. young C. younger D. youngest
3. A. lots B. much C. most D. almost
4. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
5. A. in B. on C. at D. with
6. A. Although B. But C. Because D. So
7. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
8. A. late B. later C. latest D. last
9. A. cloth B. clothing C. cloths D. clothes
10. A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. worn
Your answer:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Question VI/ Choose the correct prepositions or adverbs(2.5p)

1. He hasn’t forgiven her for/with what she said.

2. I no longer care of/about what he thinks
3. I’m old enough to look after/on myself.
4. She’s ferfectly capable in/of managing alone.
5. He’ll never succeed in/on changing her opinion.
6. I’m relying on/at her to help me.
7. He is not very good at/in repairing things.
8. The guide book was full with/of usefull information.
9. They arrived in/on London on time.
10. At last I’ve found the information that I was looking on/for.
Your answer:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Question VII/ Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, begin with the given
words or phrases.(2.5p)

85
 1. Jane eats very little so as not to put on weight.
-> Jane eats very little because ……………………………………………………..
2. My brother works in a factory which has more than a thousand employees.
-> There……………………………………………………………………………..
3. “Let’s go abroad for our holiday this year,” said Mr.Ba.
-> Mr.Ba suggested …………………………………………………………………
4. Keep your feet dry or you will get a cold.
-> If …………………………………………………………………………………
5. Two trading centers have been opened here this year.
-> They………………………………………………………………………………
6. “ Do you sometimes go to this English Speaking Club?” Mrs.Brown asked.
-> Mrs.Brown asked me……………………………………………………………..
7. I can’t sing beautifully, so I can’t join them now.
-> I wish …………………………………………………………………………….
8. Mr.Pike played soccer after school everyday when he was a school boy.
-> Mr.Pike used to……………………………………………………………………
9. The children are very happy. Their team won the match.
- > The children whose ………………………………………………………………
10. He is a more persuasive speaker than his brother.
-> He speaks……………………………………………………………………….....

Question VIII/ Use the suggested words to write full sentences.(2.5p)

1. Don’t forget / keep / touch / us.

-> ……………………………………………………………………………………..
2. How many / hour / week / you / spend / watch TV/?/
-> …………………………………………………………………………………….
3. If / I / be / you / I / take part / these / cultural / activity.
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………..
4. It / be / national holiday / yesterday / so / my friends / I / go / picnic.
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………..
5. It / take / us / half / hour / get / picnic site / motorbike.
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………..
6. I / would like / congratulate / you / pass / your exam.
-> ……………………………………………………………………………………..
7. They / as / fast / your cars.
-> …………………………………………………………………………………….
8. Good evening / ladies / gentlemen. / Thank you / come.

86
-> …………………………………………………………………………………….
9. What / population / Vietnam /?/
-> …………………………………………………………………………………….
10. We / suggest / learn / ten / word / heart / every day.
-> …………………………………………………………………………………….

87
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 63
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others:
1. A. eventually B. depletion C. competitive D. regretful
2. A. vacancy B. wholesale C. inflation D. stagnant
3. A. education B. bridges C. garage D. enlarge
4. A. box B. clocks C. class D. relics
5. A. church B. further C. sure D. urgent
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others:
1. A. possession B. property C. industry D. element
2. A. basically B. eminent C. ordinary D. maternal
3. A. shortcoming B. leopard C. kindergarten D. personify
4. A. undoubtedly B. economic C. university D. agricultural
5. A. enthusiasm B. fertilizer C. indicator D. socializing
III. Choose the correct answer to fill in the blank:
1. I don’t see any in arriving early at the theater if the show doesn’t start until 9 o’clock.
A. cause B. reason C. aim D. point
2. The new manager’s office has new equipment.
A. many B. a lot of C. some of D. a few
3. I don’t to change my job because I like it.
A. risk B. intend C. persist D. insist
4. You thought I did wrong but the result my action.
A. agreed B. approved C. proved D. justified
5. Thomas has a garden which is mine.
A. double as large B. semi-larger than
C. twice as large as D. as two-time as large
6. _ “What do you think of the film we’ve watched?” _“ ”
A. It’s a breeze! B. No kidding!
C. I’ve seen better. D. None of your business!
7. In 1870, , John D. Rockefeller and others created the Standard Oil Company.
A. that oil prices fluctuated B. despite fluctuating oil prices
C. but the oil prices fluctuated D. oil prices were fluctuating
8. to school by bus.
A. Many a student goes B. Many the students go
C. Many of students go D. Much student goes
9. Careless driving also accounts the increasing number of traffic accidents.
88
 A. on B. into C. for D. with
10. is not clear to researchers.
A. Why dinosaurs having become extinct
B. Why dinosaurs became extinct
C. Did dinosaurs become extinct
D. Dinosaurs became extinct
11. The new manager is easy-going. He is always very serious about the work.
A. by no means B. by means of C. by all means D. in the mean time
12. We enjoy the hams and coffee at this restaurant.
A. family-owning B. family-owned C. owning-family D. owned-family
13. I’d rather to the party with my parents because there was nothing interesting there.
A. haven’t been invited B. hadn’t been invited
C. not be invited D. not have been invited
14. When the university suggested , the student union protested vigorously.
A. tuition be raised B. to raise tuition
C. on raising tuition D. that tuition should raise
15. one after another, parallel computers perform groups of operations at the same time.
A. Conventional computers, by handling tasks
B. Since tasks being handled by conventional computers
C. Whereas conventional computers handle tasks
D. While tasks handled by conventional computers
16. She him of having lied to her.
A. threatened B. blamed C. criticized D. accused
17. We have bought extra food our friends stay to have dinner.
A. in case B. if C. provided D. as long as
18. Cut this cake into six pieces.
A. same B. alike C. like D. equal
19. If only it differently! I had hoped to be acquitted.
A. had been concluded B. were concluded
C. had concluded D. concluded
20. I was in the countryside but went to school in HCMC.
A. brought up B. taken over C. made up D. put off
21. Most of archaeologists know about prehistoric cultures is based on studies of material remains.
A. these B. what C. which D. their
22. We couldn’t afford that house because it .
89
 A. was over my head B. paid through the nose
C. cost an arm and a leg D. blew my own trumpet
23. the Christmas shopping season begins.
A. That is after Thanksgiving B. After Thanksgiving it is
C. It is after Thanksgiving that D. It is Thanksgiving that
24. New York City is America’s largest city, it is not the capital of New York State.
A. therefore B. but C. so D. however
25. He promised her an Oxford dictionary, but disappointingly he on his word.
A. turned over B. stood up C. went back D. sat down
26. This young music composer is very famous the most influential composer.
A. for B. to C. as D. with
27. She came a lot of problems at work.
A. up with B. down with C. in for D. up against
28. They take each other like two peas.
A. in B. after C. to D. for
29. Didn’t it ever to them that they would be severely punished?
A. occur B. happen C. enter D. come
30. If you want to weight, cut down on fat.
A. put off B. come down C. take over D. cut off

31. By the time we get out of this traffic jam, all the guests home.
A. have gone B. had gone C. will go D. will have gone
32. members of the class has to be responsible for his own actions.
A. Each of the B. Every C. None of D. All
33. The teacher them the answer to the question.
A. explained B. said C. discussed D. told
34. We met each other at the meeting coincidence.
A. by B. in C. for D. to
35. As we’ve been discussing for 2 hours without any solution, I’d like to my own solution to this problem.
A. come up B. bring down C. put forward D. take in
36. The accident resulted some minor injuries.
A. to B. from C. in D. of
37. Dave, I really appreciate me. But I think I could manage it myself.
A. you to help B. you helped C. your helping D. that you would help
38. One of the robbers was described by the witnesses tall and about 25.
90
 A. like B. by C. in D. as
39. I left the purse at home. Can you without breakfast today, dear?
A. go B. do C. make D. live
40. One of the solutions by environmentalists is to ban vehicles from the city center.
A. are suggested B. is suggested C. suggesting D. suggested
41. While the boss was away, her assistant stood her and helped her solve any problems arising.
A. up to B. in for C. up against D. out of
42. I would like to rent a house, modern, comfortable, and in a quite place.
A. before all B. above all C. first of all D. after all
43. We could never get ready for the test at such short .
A. call B. notice C. advice D. note
44. To resist corrosion for today's car to prevent havoc caused by road salts, gravel and other materials.
A. have new coatings been developed B. new coatings developing
C. development of new coatings D. new coatings have been developed
45. Some scientists say it is essential that mankind the amount of air pollution in big cities.
A. be reduced B. reduced C. reduce D. will reduce
46. She couldn’t but there crying.
A. stood B. standing C. to stand D. stand
47. where to find the key, the boy could not open the safe.
A. Knowing not B. Knew not C. Not knowing D. Didn’t know
48. They received advice from their parents that they became successful.
A. so good B. such a good C. so good an D. such good
49. Computers are said to be for the development of mankind.
A. here to stay B. neither here nor there
C. here and there D. here today, gone tomorrow
50. _ “She’s the best pianist in the school.” _“ ”
A. That’s that. B. Never mind!
C. That’s OK! D. You can say that again.
IV. Identify the mistake in each sentence:
1. Although most known for her prose works, Maya Angelou also published several collections of poetry.
A. most known B. her prose works C. also published D. poetry
2. Technically speaking, astronauts can be able to visit the moon and live there briefly.
A. Technically B. can be able to C. visit D. briefly
3. There are many species of birds in danger of extinction, with a large number of which, 117 in all, found on oceanic
islands.
91
A. There are B. extinction C. of which D. in all
4. If it is kept dry, a seed can still sprout up to forty years after their formation.
A. kept B. can still sprout C. up to D. their
5. Some snakes have hollow teeth they are called fangs that they use to poison their victims.
A. Some B. they are called C. use D. their
6. The nitrogen makes up over 78 percent of the Earth’s atmosphere, the gaseous mass surrounding the planet.
A. The nitrogen B. over C. percent of D. surrounding
7. Why so many students graduate weak at reading and math are questions continuing to disturb educators.
A. so many B. weak at C. are questions D.continuing
8. Although apples do not grow during the cold season, apple trees must have such season in order to flourish.
A. Although B. during C. such season D. to flourish
9. Dentistry is a branch of medicine that developed very dramatically in the last twenty years.
A. Dentistry B. branch of C. developed D. dramatically
10. Rabbits have large front tooth, short tails, and hind legs feet adapted for running and jumping.
A. Rabbits B. tooth C. and D. running and jumping

V. Choose the suitable word to fill in each blank:

While (1) everyone accepts the goal of developing (2) in the three "R's" - reading, writing, and
arithmetic - it often seems impossible to (3) agreement on any goal beyond that. In the broadest (4) , the
conflict over educational goals can be (5) as a conflict between conservatives and liberals, or, (6) they
are sometimes called, essentialists and progressives.
The conservatives, or essentialists, tend to identify (7) desirable education with the transmission of the cultural
heritage, a no-nonsense (8) featuring the three R's at the elementary-school level, and academic studies or strong
vocational or business courses in the secondary school. They put (9) on the training of the mind and cultivation of
the intellect.
The liberals, or progressives, tend to be interested in the development of the (10) child, not merely in training the
child's mind or in preparing the child for adult (11) in a remote future. They emphasize rich, meaningful school
living in the present, and they view subject matter as a resource (12) total human development (13) as a
goal in itself. They do not downgrade content but believe it should be (14) not for (15) own sake but as
a means of fostering thought and inquiry.
1. A. most B. mostly C. almost D. utmost
2. A. talents B. actions C. skills D. techniques
3. A. get B. accomplish C. take D. reach
4. A. terms B. words C. letters D. means
5. A. viewed B. thought C. counted D. named
6. A. but B. when C. although D. as
92
7. A. certain B. a C. the D. as
8. A. subject B. curriculum C. object D. program
9. A. significance B. stress C. emphasis D. strength
10. A. complete B. whole C. all-round D. total
11. A. living B. lives C. liveliness D. life
12. A. at B. in C. of D. for
13. A. but for B. rather than C. instead D. better
14. A. inquired B. required C. acquired D. requested
15. A. it B. its C. them D. their

VI. Read the following passage and choose the best answers to the questions:
A pioneering study by Donald Appleyard made the astounding discovery that a sudden increase in the volume of
traffic through an area affects people in the way that a sudden increase in crime does. Appleyard observed this by finding
three blocks of houses in San Francisco that looked much alike and had the same kind of middle-class and working-class
residents, with approximately the same ethnic mix. The difference was that only 2,000 cars a day ran down Octavia Street
(LIGHT street, in Appleyard’s terminology) while Gough Street (MEDIUM street) was used by 8,000 cars daily, and
Franklin Street (HEAVY street) had around 16,000 cars a day. Franklin Street often had as many cars in an hour as
Octavia had in a day.
Heavy traffic brought with it danger, noise, fumes and soot, directly, and trash secondarily. That is, the cars didn’t
bring in much trash, but when trash accumulated, residents seldom picked it up. The cars, Appleyard determined, reduced
the amount of territory residents felt responsible for. Noise was a constant intrusion into their homes. Many Franklin
Street residents covered their doors and windows and spent most of their time in the rear of their houses. Most families
with children had already left.
Conditions on Octavia Street were much different. Residents picked up trash. They sat on their front steps and chatted
with neighbors. They had three times as many friends and twice as many acquaintances as the people on Franklin.
On Gough Street, residents said that the old feeling of community was disappearing as traffic increased. People were
becoming more and more preoccupied with their own lives. A number of families had recently moved and more were
considering. Those who were staying expressed deep regret at the destruction of their community.
1. The word “astounding” in line 1 is closest in meaning to .
A. startling B. disappointing C. dubious D. alternative
2. The three streets mentioned in this passage are different in that .
A. they are in different cities.
B. the residents are of different ethnic backgrounds.
C. they have varying amounts of traffic.
D. the income levels of the residents vary considerably.
3. Approximately how many cars used Franklin Street daily?
A. 2,000 B. 8,000 C. 16,000 D. 20,000

93
4. All of the following are direct results of heavy traffic EXCEPT .
A. increased amount of trash B. greater danger to residents
C. more pollution D. more vibrations
5. The author’s main purpose in the second paragraph is to .
A. discuss the problem of trash disposal
B. point out the disadvantage of heavy traffic
C. propose an alternate system of transportation
D. suggest ways to cope with traffic problems
6. On which street was there the most social interaction?
A. Octavia Street B. Gough Street
C. Franklin Street D. There was no significance social interaction on any of the three streets
7. The word “chatted” in line 14 is closest in meaning to .
A. joked B. talked C. argued D. walked
8. Which of the following is NOT a statement you would expect from a resident of Gough Street?
A. People on this street are unhappy because the neighborhood is deteriorating.
B. People on this street think mostly of themselves.
C. People on this street have more and more space for which they feel responsible.
D. A number of people are preparing to leave this street.
9. In what order does the author present detailed discussions of the three streets?
A. LIGHT, MEDIUM, HEAVY B. HEAVY, MEDIUM, LIGHT
C. HEAVY, LIGHT, MEDIUM D. LIGHT, HEAVY, MEDIUM
10. What is the writer’s attitude toward heavy traffic when he mentions the Appleyard’s study?
A. neutral B. favorable C. critical D. doubtful
VII. Supply each blank with one suitable word:
Many tourists who visit Central America find (1) surprising to learn that the Mayas still live there.
(2) it is true that their ancient civilization came to an end when their country was (3) over by the Spanish
conquistadors, the Mayan people carried (4) living in the area. Today there are an estimated 1.2 million Mayas
(5) live in southern Mexico, and many other areas of Central America states have large Mayan populations as
(6) .
Many of their stories and art forms have remained (7) over time, and today, women weave clothing and
carpets that have signs and symbols that are the same as (8) found in ancient temples.
The different patterns and symbols on these brightly coloured (9) not only look attractive, (10) can also
communicate important information such as marital (11) .
Even though the majority of the Mayas are now Catholics, many of the festivals that they (12) part in are a
mixture of the old rituals that their ancestors (13) to practise and more modern Christian elements. It was perhaps
the Mayas' ability to (14) and change that made it possible for them to survive to the (15) day.
94
VIII. Supply the appropriate forms of words in the brackets:
1. Young children should be well aware of their manner. (BEHAVE)
2. Please put the books back to where you took them. Don’t any of them. (PLACE)
3. The are scheduled to take off at 15:00 and 15:30. (FLY)
4. I’ve never met such a strong man. His energy seems . (EXHAUST)
5. Those rose bushes need protection. Spray them with . (INSECT)
6. Don’t you know that your good result will make your parents proud of you? (MEASURE)
7. Be careful. You may be to put all your eggs in one basket. (ADVICE)
8. The boy watched the performance of the tigers, with amazement. (BREATHE)
9. I would like to express my admiration for his of knowledge. (PROFOUND)
10. The cancellation of the case resulted from the in court of the defendant resulted in. (APPEAR)
11. The of the Ministry of Education announced the date of the graduation exam. (SPEAK)
12. Mercedes is a very car. (DEPEND)
13. There should be staff in case someone is absent and needs to be replaced. (STAND)
14. You’ll be punished for all your . (DO)
15. With all the modern facilities, doing housework is still very . (CONSUME)

IX. Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning:

1. It was wrong of you to scare your little brother like that.
You oughtn’t
2. I dislike it when people criticize me unfairly.
I object
3. The fund-raisers haven’t officially decided where to send the proceeds of the
concert. No
4. She is proud that she is such a good DJ.
She prides
5. He delayed writing the book until he had a lot of research.
Only
6. Foolishly, I paid all the money before collecting the goods.
I paid
7. It was an impressive building but it wasn’t to my taste.
Impressive
8. The idea no longer interests her.
She has gone
9. It would have been a superb weekend if the weather had been better.
95
 But
10. Scientists have tried very hard to find a cure for this disease.
Enormous

96
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 65

I. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY ( 35 points)

Part 1: Choose the best answer among A,B,C or D. (15 points)
1. My mother used to..............research in this library when she was a student.
A. make B. do C. making D. doing
2. Let’s go to the beach this weekend,..................?
A shall we B. do we C. don’t we D. will we
3. I wish he...............that.
A. doesn’t say B. didn’t say C. hasn’t said D. hadn’t said
4. My father has gone away. He’ll be back.............a week.
A. for B. at C. until D. in
5. Don’t do this all at once; Do it little.....................little.
A. by B. to C. from D. with
6. They are both good..............because they type carefully.
A. typewriters B. typists C. typers D. typemen
7. We didn’t...............to the station in time to catch the train.
A. get B. reach C. arrive D. approach
8. I don’t think that purple shirt................with your yellow skirt.
A. suits B. fits C. goes D. wears
9. We had to stop for gasoline at a filling ............... .
A. garage B. service C. station D. pump
10..................you study harder, you won’t pass the examination.
A. If B. Although C. Despite D. Unless
11. He ordered them...........it again.
A. don’t do B. not do C. not to do D. didn’t do
12. Quite soon, the world is going to.......................energy resources.
A. run out of B. get into C. keep up with D. come up again
13. We decided not to go camping because of the............rain.
A. great B. strong C. heavy D. extra
14. Mary works at a supermarket. She..............$ 5 an hour.
A. pays B. brings C. takes D. earns
15. The students have got................news about their exams.
A. many B. some C. few D. a few
Part 2: Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense or form. (10 points)
1. Quang ......................................... (talk) to another student when I.....................................(see)
him today.
2. That proposal..........................................( consider) by the members right now.
3. Less than half of the cans of paint........................................(use) up to now.

97
 4. A: I ................................. (lose) my glasses. I can’t find them anywhere. I .................................
(look for) them for hours.
B: Don’t worry. I .................................(do) the same thing the other week but I ..........................
(find) them a few days later.
5. He is working tomorrow. If he ......................(have) a day off tomorrow, he ....................
(go) to the beach.
. Part 3: Correct the words in bold. (10 points)
Ex:: Jane did a lot of mistakes in her composition. …..made……...…
1. I’m afraid you’ve lost your test. You only got 23%. ……………………
2. Congratulations! You’ve gained first prize in the competitions! ……………………
3. I’ve asked everyone where Jane is, but none can tell me. ……………………
4. I’m a bit short of cash. Can you borrow me some until tomorrow? ……………………
5. Gills has got a good job and wins a good salary. ……………………
6. Do you mind if I make a photograph of you? ……………………
7. Our school is nearby to the town centre. ……………………
8. It’s so peaceful living in the nature away from the city. ……………………
9. I feel asleep. Do you mind if I go to bed? ……………………
10. My mother tried to avoid me from going to the club. .…………………..
.

II. READING COMPREHENSION ( 35 points)

Part 1: Use one of these words in its correct form to complete the text. (10 points)
retire, promote, redundant, interview, contract,
reference, pensioner, applicant, career, train,
employment
ADVICE TO YOUNG PEOPLE ABOUT TO START WORK
In these days of high (0) unemployment, it is often difficult for young people to find a job. If they are lucky
enough to be asked to go for a(n) (1)…………………….………… , they may find that there are at least 20 other
(2)..............................................for the job. If a company is thinking of offering you a job, they will ask you for at least
one (3)................................................from either your previous employer or someone who knows you well. Before taking
up your job, you may have to sign a (4) …………………………. You will probably have to do some
(5) , which help you to do the job more successfully. Once you have decided that this is your
chosen (6)…………………………, you will then have to work hard to try and get (7)........................................., which
usually brings more responsibility and more money! If you are unlucky, you may be made (8).......................................,
and not be able to find another job. It is also a good idea to pay some money into a (9)........................................scheme,
which will help you to look after yourself and your family when you are (10)..........................................Finally, good luck!
Part 2: Read the passage below and choose the correct answer among A, B, C or D (10 points)
GREEK THEATRES
The word theatre comes from Greek and literally means seeing place. The theatre has been popular in ancient

98
times. People did not go to the theatre simply to see an interesting ........(1)........ for the plays formed part of religious

99
festivals. ........(2)........ early Greek theatres consisted of no more than a flat space with an altar at the foot of a
hillside. ........(3)........ that time, there were no........(4)........ as there are in modern theatres, so the ........(5).........stood or sat
on the slopes of the hillside. Gradually, special theatres were made by building large stone or wooden steps
one ........(6).........another up the hillside. In later times, a hut was built at the far side of the acting area where it formed a
background for the actors ........(7)........ the parts of the different characters. Eventually, a ........(8)..........platform was built
so that the actors could be seen more clearly. This was the first appearance of anything ........(9).........our modern stage.
As well as these permanent theatres, there were simple wooden stages .........(10).........around by actors wandering from
one place to another. There was also a hut with curtains that served both as background scenery and as a dressing room.
1. A. scene B. performance C. scenery D. stage
2. A. Whole B. Complete C. Full D. All
3. A. In B. For C. At D. On
4. A. chairs B. benches C. seats D. stools
5. A. watchers B. players C. viewers D. audiences
6. A. among B. between C. around D. behind
7. A. playing B. making C. doing D. being
8. A. lifted B. raised C. moved D. pulled
9. A. as B. like C. equal D. similar
10. A. carried B. held C. brought D. fetched

Part 3: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space.
(15 points)
A POP STAR
John Lennon was (0)born in Liverpool in 1940. He was always (1)................................on music and played in
a pop group (2).........................................school and Art college .
John (3).................................. married to Cynthia in 1962 and they had a son (4)................................name was
Julian. At that time, John was a member of a group (5)................................“ The Beatles” . Many beautiful songs
(6) .................................. written by John and wherever the group went, crowds of fans gathered to see them . They
(7) scream and faint when “ The Beatles” played and lots of people have their hair cut in a Beatles
style. Soon, everyone had heard (8)..................................... “The Beatles” and John was (9)...............................richer than
he had ever thought.
Having achieved world-wide success, John started to make records (10)..................................his own after 1968 ,
and it was in the same year when (11)....................................marriage to Cynthia came to an end. He had met Yoko Ono
(12).......................... he married the following year. John lost weight and grew his hair long , as can
(13).................................seen on the covers of the records that he made with Yoko. He set up home in the United States
and had a son called Sean.
Many people considered John Lennon to be (14)................................most talented of all “The Beatles”. He sang
about peace and love and so when he was murdered by one of his fans, outside his New York apartment , the whole world

100
(15)....................................shocked . More than 50,000 fans turned up to a ceremony in his memory. He was only forty
when he died.

III. WRITING: ( 30 points)

Part 1: There is a mistake in each sentence below. Underline the mistake and write the correct sentence.
(10 points)
EX: I am reading a book which it is very interesting.
→ I am reading a book which is very interesting.

1. My mother, that is nearly 60, is coming to live with us.

…………………………………………………..................................…...............…...…..
2. Andrew has been a teacher of English since a very long time.
…………………………………………………….......................................................……
3. It is not easy to grow up children in a modern world.
……………………………………………………..........................................................…
4. I think we should go some sightseeing this afternoon.
………………………………………………………............................….....................….
5. The room where I am staying in is very noisy.
……………………………………………………………...............................................…
6. This is Peter, who his sister works at your school.
………………………………………………………...................................................……
7. Do you want to see the pictures that we took them on holiday?
……………………………………………………………...............................................…
8. Have you ever considered to become a professional footballer?
…………………………………………………………..................................................…
9. I’ll give Tania your letter if she will come to school tomorrow.
…………………………………………………………………………...............................
10. I’ve really got to cut up smoking.
…………………………………………………………..................................…..........….
Part 2: Complete the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to the first sentence using the word
given. Do not change the word given. ( 10 points)

1. Could you possibly help me with this box? mind

Would ……………………………………………………………………………....................
2. “Who ate the cake?” she asked. had
She wanted...………………………………………………………………....…....................
3. What sort of weather did you have on holiday? like
What ……………………………………………………………………….…….....................

101
 4. I am not good at skiing, but I’d like to learn. not
I do……………………………………………………………………………..........................
5. The exam wasn’t as hard as I expected. than
The exam…………………………………………………………………………..................
6. Don’t forget to contact me if you come to London. touch
Don’t forget to…………………………………………………………………………........….
7. Make sure that you don’t arrive late. turn
Make sure that…………………………………………………………………………........…
8. Your English will improve if you keep practising. get
Your English…………………………………………………………………………...........…
9. Normally I have a ten-minute journey to school. me
Normally………………………………………………………………………….................…
10. She is keen on meeting people from other countries. who
She wants………………………………………………………………………….............….
Part 3: In about 250 words, write about the advantages and disadvantages of a child in a large family. (10
points)

..............................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................................................................

102
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 66

A. Grammar
I . Complete the following sentences with a correct preposition. (15 points)
1. The bomb went..........when he rang the bell.
2. I’ve just received an invitation.........a wedding next week.
3. We have permission to go.......with the plan.
4. There was an accident this morning. A bus collided.........a car.
5. I was shocked.......what you said. You should be ashamed.....................yourself.
6. The boy left his bicycle leaning........the wall.
7. He broke his leg.........a skiing accident. It is still.......plaster.
8. I see that your house is built .......wood. Are you insured.........fire?
9. It was a windy morning but they hired a boat and went...... a sail......the coast.
10. In the afternoon the wind increased and they soon found themselves.....difficulties.

II. Use the correct form of verbs in brackets. (15 points)

1. It rained, which spoiled our picnic; but if it (not rain) it (be) a great success.
2. I live in a pleasant room (overlook) the garden.
3. I hope they (repair) this road by the time we come back next summer.
4. The book is divided into five parts and each of these (have) three sections.
5. Can you be at the station to meet us? We (travel) on the 10 a.m train, which (arrive) in Edinburgh at 15.30.
6. I hate (wait) for buses. You (wait) for ages and then three (come) at the same time.
7. John was exhausted because he (work) in the garden all day.
8. I (not be) at work tomorrow. I’m taking the day off.
9. Did you remember (send) your aunt Mary a card when you (be) on holiday?
10. Sorry. I didn’t mean (stand) on your foot.

III. Supply the correct form of word in brackets. (15 points)

1. Peter’s ........got worse as he returned to wear glasses. (eye)
2. I’m not used to smoking. A few puffs on a cigarette make me feel quite....(light).
3. Apparently, eating fish and lots of vegetables greatly increases your life....(expect).
4. The thing I hate most about him is his ......... . (selfish)
5. The local TV company was stopping........to ask their opinion about the new shopping center.
(pass)
6. She was very ............to me when my husband died. (sympathize)
7. A lot of people keep up their English by listening to radio......... (broad).
8. You’d better read the government ..........on setting up a business abroad. (guide)
9. Global........., or “ the greenhouse effect”, is due to a build up of gasses in the stratosphere.
(warm)
10. I was born at home but most babies are born in hospitals ....... (now).
11. I make this.........for your birthday. (special)
103
12. The meeting ended and some questions remained ........ . (ask)
13. I have never known such a ........person. (quarrel)
14. The teacher explained his ideas with great............. . (clear)
15. The conservation of forests and water resources must be taken into ...... (consider)

IV. Find out one mistake in each sentence and correct them. (10 points)
1. People are taking the train to Paris, must go to platform three.
2. Having looking through my drawers, I found an album.
3. My team didn’t win despite of playing very well.
4. The reason he makes poor grade is because he never studies.
5. I’m going to try and get some sleep tonight.
6. It’s time for the children went to bed.
7. The window was dirty enough to see through.
8. Jim has got more many books than his brother
9. Let’s not say nothing about it till we hear the facts.
10. She borrowed $ 100 from me but she forgot returning it.

B.Reading :
V. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage with one suitable word. (15 points)
a. Dr. Martin Luther King won the Nobel Peace prize in 1964. Dr King was awarded the peace prize for helping
Americans change .....1.....laws against African-American people. He organized many ...2... mass demonstrations
throughout the Southern United States and in Washington. Dr King developed his ......3 through his own experience, as
well as through reading books by the American writer Henry David Thoreau and the Russian writer Lev Tolstoy.
He.....4....admired the example of Mahatma Gandhi, who had ...5 led a nonviolent revolution to free India of British rule.
At 35 years of age Dr King was the youngest man to ever receive the Nobel Peace prize.
b. For many young people sport is a popular part of school life and ......1 in one of the school teams and playing in
matches is very important. ......2......someone is in a team it means a lot of extra practice and often spending a Saturday or
Sunday away ......3.....home, as many matches are played then.
It .....4..... also envolve travelling to other towns to play against teams and then .....5.....on after the match for a meal or a
drink. Sometimes parents, friends or other students will travel with the team to support .....6.....own side.
When a school team wins a match, it is the whole school which feels proud ......7.....only the players. It can also mean that
a school ......8......well-known for being good at certain sports and pupils from that school may end up
playing .....9......national and international teams so that the school has some really ....10....names associated with it.
VI. Read the text and choose the best answers. (5 points)
“Oh, you’re so lucky living in Bath, It’s such a wonderful, lovely, historical place,” people say enthusiastically, and all
you can think of is the awful parking, the crowds of tourists, the expensive shops, the narrow-minded council, and the
terrible traffic....
Luckily, I don’t live in Bath but nearly ten miles away in a village called Limpley Stoke in the Avon valley. It
seems to be normal in the countryside these days for professional people who work in the town prefer to live in the
villages, this makes the housing so expensive that the villagers and agricultural workers have to live in the cheaper

104
accommodation in town, with the result that the farmers commute out to the farm and everyone else commutes in.
Certainly, there is nobody in the village could be called an old style villager. The people nearest to me include a pilot, an
accountant, a British Rail manager, a retired teacher... not a farm worker among them. But I don’t think there is anything
wrong with that- it’s just that the nature of villages is changing and there is still quite a strong sense of community here. A
lot of this sense of community comes from the Post Office, which is a center for all the gossip and information. I find out
what is going on while I am there, pretending to control my two-year-old son. My feeling is that if my son took the money
collected for the children, it would go directly where it was needed but they don’t see it like that.
Working at home I tend to wander round the village at times when other people are at the office, which has given
me a reputation for being incredibly lazy or unbelievably rich but I still don’t get enough time to look after the garden we
bought. My wife had a good idea for the first year. “ Let’s just leave it and see what comes up” There were some nice
plants among the weeds. She had a good idea for the second year as well. “Why don’t we leave it and see if it all comes up
again?” We did, and that is why we need to hire a full-time gardener this year.
1. What is the author’s attitude to Bath?
A. It is a wonderful place to live in B. It has far too many disadvantages.
C. He feels fortunate to live there D. It has many good shops.
2. The people who live in the village
A. tend to work on the farms
B. are mostly professionals who work in the town
C. are able to afford houses in the town
D. don’t like the old-style villagers.
3. It would appear from the text that the Post Office
A. sells a wide range of cards
B. is where most of the charity work is organized
C. is a place where villagers can talk to each other
D. sells a range of tinned food as well as stamps
4. The garden is not in good condition because
A. the author is too lazy to look after it
B. the author can’t afford to pay a gardener
C. the author’s no interest in it
D. nobody has worked on it for over two years
5. The author feels that living in the village
A. is better than living in Bath B. has a number of disadvantages
C. tends to be rather dull D. is something that everyone would enjoy.

VII. Choose the best answer to complete sentence. (25 points)

1. Amy hurriedly unwrapped her Christmas present to see what her parents......her.
A. bought B. were buying C. had bought D. would buy.
2. Human searched all over the house........could not find her notes.

105
A. but B. although C. however D. because.
3.The man........by the dustbin stopped us and asked us for some money.
A. stands B. stood C. standing D. was standing.
4. “ With.........do you wish to speak?” the receptionist asked.
A. what B. who C. whom D. which.
5.When Josephine reaches the age of twenty one, she will.......a large fortune left by her late grandfather.
A. come about B. come across C. come round D. come into.
6. Gopal .........currently......as an engineer in a big company.
A. will / working B. has / worked C. will / work D. is / working.
7. Seldom do we.......such an unusual bird in Singapore.
A. see B. saw C. seeing D. seen.
8. It takes about half an hour to travel.......here to the Jargon Bird Park.
A. over B. by C. through D. from.
9. It’s difficult to pay one’s bills when prices keep.......... .
A. rising B. growing C. gaining D. raising.
10. As soon as the fire bell rang everyone walked quickly downstairs and out of the building..........gathered in the car
park.
A. while B. then C. before D. to.
11. I don’t know him but he looks as if he..........be her brother.
A. can B. could C. would D. shall.
12. From the house, there a good....of the mountains.
A. vision B. sight C. picture D. view.
13. Before you start cooking, you should gather together all the necessary ........ .
A. components B. constituents C. elements D. ingredients.
14. His reaction took me.........surprise.
A. off B. for C. by D. in.
15. It’s........how difficult it is , considering how easy it looks.
A. surprising B. shocking C. starling D. stunning.
16. Minxian and I were told that the meeting place.......to room A.
A. had changed B. had been changed C. is changing D. is being changing.
17. I.....my old friend whenI was shopping down town yesterday.
A. came around B. ran into C. stopped by D. dropped in
18. I think the weather is......nice today. I don’t want to stay at home and watch TV.
A. very B. too C. so D. less
19. I’m going to the dentist to have a tooth........out.
A. washed B. seen C. rebuilt D. taken
20. I.......my boss’s work after he left.
A. got on B. pulled over C. ran over D. took over

106
21............the morning news, many houses on the island were destroyed.
A. According to B. In addition to C. In contrast to D. In spite of
22. Jack has a lot of clothes, but most of them are out of ........ .
A. age B. fashion C. order D. time
23. The police signaled the driver to........and stop.
A. pull over B. put in C. pass by D. pick up

24. Your room is messy. Please.......as much junk as possible and clean it up.
A. get rid of B. make clean up C. give out D. carry out.
25. Have you heard when the conference to select the site of the next World Auto Race will...........?
A. hold on B. take on C. take place D. hold place.
C. Writing :

VIII. a. Rewrite each of these

sentences in such way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it. (10 points)
1. People can sometimes be disappointed when they know each other well.
- It can ................................................................
2. I’m sure she didn’t do it on purpose.
- She can’t .............................................................
3. A child can not sit for 15 minutes.
- It’s.........................................................?
4. What time do we have to get up in the morning ?
- Could you............................................?
5. I’d like to make a phone call.
- I wonder ......................................
6. The patient recovered more rapidly than expected.
- The patient made ................................
7. My boss works better when he’s pressed for time.
- The less ............................................
8. We left quietly, so that we wouldn’t disturb the children.
- So as ............................................
9. Because time is constrained, I am not going deep into the analysis of this dimension.
- Due to ...........................................
10. I gave myself no concern about whether he will come to power or not.
- It makes no difference ..........................................
b. Rewrite each of these sentences in such way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it using the
word given. (5 points) (Do not change the word given)
1. Why are you interested in taking up a new hobby ?
- Why................................up a new hobby ? ( want )
2. “ Have you ever seen my gloves anywhere, Eric ?” asked Mrs. Noble.
107
 - Mrs. Noble asked Eric........................her gloves anywhere. ( seen )
3. “ I will complete the workonly if you pay me $ 500 extra,” said Frank.
- “ I will ........................you pay me $ 500 extra,” said Frank. ( not )
4. Robert has not had a job for two years.
- Robert has........................for two years. ( out )
5. The thief ran right past you so I’m sure you saw his face.
- The thief ran .........................his face. ( must )
I- (5 points)Write a passage ( about 150 words ) on the topic:
“ What can we do to protect the environment ?”
The end

108
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 67
QUESTION 3: Pick out the word that has the main stressed syllable different from the others(0.5 pt)

A B C D
1. government correspond benefit dormitory
2. unpolluted interactive inspiration communicate
3. nomination priority congratulate immediate
4. celebrate slavery opinion minimize.
QUESTION 4: Pickoutthe wordwhose underlinedsyllable ispronounceddifferently fromtheothers(0.5 pt)

A B C D
1. only most purpose smoke
2. chemical punishment agriculture fertilizer

3. expensive occasion pleasure television

4. worse world sword worm
QUESTION 5: Pick out the word that is of different topic from the others (0.5 pt)

A B C D
1. sunflower carnation blue-bell cauliflower
2. signature specialist inventor manager
3. liver kidney breathe stomach
4. poisonous valuable precious useful

QUESTION 6: Write the suitable form of the word in parentheses (0.5 pt)

1. He is quite an person. He plays a lot of sports (energy).

2. This building is miracle of (architect).

3. Most ghost stories are set in old houses or castles.(mystery)

4. The doctor gives the patient an injection to ease his pain and (anxious)

QUESTION 7: Write the correct tense and form of the verbs in parentheses (0.5 pt).

I arrived home last night and found that my house (1. flood). Someone forgot

(2. turn) off the bathroom tap, and the water has been pouring out the whole day. Before phoning the
plumber, I (3. check) to see that the electricity supply (4. turn) off, because I didn’t want there was a fire
as well as a flood.

109
QUESTION 8: Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given in such a way that they have the same
meaning as the first ones. (1 pt)

1. I asked someone to draw the plan for the living room. I had …

2. “Would you like to join a picnic?” She said to him. She invited …

3. This city had old buildings, but none can be found nowadays. There used …

4. Lan has no difficulty in making friends. Lan finds…

5. He prefers typing to writing by hand. He’d …

6. He left home six months ago. It’s …

7. A train leaves for Hue at eight o’clock every morning. There is …

8. Both of the chairs are uncomfortable. Neither of …

QUESTION 9: Match each half-sentence in column A with a suitable one in column B to build a complete
sentence (1 pt)

A B
1. Jeans are still used by people all over the world
nowadays.
2. Theearthquakein Kobein 1995 was sostrong
3. You will be able to see pictures of the Earth 16
times a day
4.Many people told that they had seen a plate-like
device
5.Many Vietnamese women often prefer to wear
modern clothing at work today
6. Everyone felt tired and hungry
7. Mr. Parker grows maize on his farm
8. My father reads and writes English
very well
A. which was thought to be a UFO.
B. but he can only speak it a little.
C. therefore students in the countryside
cannot easily get access to it
D. although they were made many centuries ago
E. so they sat down under a tree and had a snack
F. once your spaceship orbits around the Earth.
G. whenever they have free time
H. that more than 30,000 buildings were damaged and
5,000 people died.
I. because they are more convenient for them th
J.while his wife works part-time at a grocery
store in a nearby town.

QUESTION 10: Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word (1 pt)

The country is more beautiful than a town and pleasanter to live in. Many people think so and go to the
country for the summer holidays though they can’t live _(1)_ all the year around. Some have a cottage built in a
village so that they can go there whenever they can find the time.
110
 English villages are not all alike, but _(2)_ some ways they are not different _(3)_ each other. Almost
_(4)_ village has church, the round and square tower of which can be _(5)_ for many miles around. Surrounding
the church is the churchyard, where people were buried.

The village green is a wide stretch of grass, and houses or cottages are_(6)_ round it. Country life is now
fairly comfortable and many villages _(7)_ water brought through pipes into each _(8)_ . Most villages are so
close to some small towns that people can go there to buy what they can’t find in the village.

QUESTION 11: Read the passage then pick out one best option for your answer (1pt)

Every four to ten years something happens to the weather system of the Earth. Everything changes, and scientists
don’t know why. The low-pressure area moves toward the east, the high-pressure area is very weak, and the winds blow
toward the east. A great pile of warm surface water moves toward South America. People call this “El Nino“. It usually
happens at Christmas time, and El Nino is the Spanish name for the baby Jesus.

Usually the effects of El Nino are very mild. However, the one that started in 1982 was different from the other
recent ones. It had a very powerful effect on the world’s climate. It caused huge changes in the ocean currents. It caused
floods in some areas and droughts in others. There were terrible windstorms and huge ocean waves. These waves swept
houses into the sea. El Nino did billions of dollars worth of damage. Thousands of people lost their lives and thousands of
others were left homeless.

In 1983, the winds, ocean currents, and pressure areas started to become normal again. Meanwhile, scientists
throughout the world organized research to learn more about El Nino. They are using satellites and research boats to
observe the atmosphere and the ocean. It is a very complicated problem, but if the scientists of the world work together,
they should be able to learn the causes of El Nino. Then they will be able to predict what will happen and work to prevent
a repeat of the death and destruction of 1982-1983.

1. The weather system over the Pacific Ocean changes ...

A. every year B. every 4 to 10 years

C. every 10 years D. every 4 years

2. The reasons why the weather system changes ...

A. are known in advance by all scientists. B. are not mysterious to scientists today.

C. are still unknown to scientists nowadays D. are easy and simple to scientists today.

3. In the time of El Nino, the warm surface water moves ...

A. eastward B. westward

C. toward South Africa D. southward

4. The effects of El Nino are

111
 A. usually mild B. very violent

C. sometimes very powerful D. both A and C

5. The El Nino that started in 1982 was ...

A. the same as the other recent ones.

B. less powerful than the other recent ones.

C. more powerful and destructive than the other recent ones.

D. very powerful but caused no damage.

6. The word “El Nino” is the Spanish name for the baby Jesus because...

A. El Nino usually happens at Christmas time

B. it first happened in Spain

C. it first happened when Jesus was born.

D. Jesus used the Spanish name to call it.

7. Since1983, scientists all over the world...

A. have used satellites to study the oceans.

B. have used research boats to study the atmosphere.

C. have organized research to learn more about El Nino.

D. have helped people to recover the damage and loss from El Nino.

8. If scientists knew the causes of El Nino,...

A. they could stop it from the distance.

B. they could predict what would happen and helped to prevent the damage and loss.

C. they would work together to make it normal again.

D. they would work together to prevent the destruction of 1982-1983.

QUESTION 12: Writing (1.5 pts)

Write a short passage (about 120 to 150 words) on your plan and intention if you pass

112
the entrance exam into the gifted school. You can use these details as suggestions:

- subjects you will study hard - equipment for your studying

- how to use your time - in-school and after-school activities
- methods to study - other plans……

113
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 68

Chọn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại:

1. A. band B. inflation C. endangered D. landscapes

2. A. within B. fathom C. anthem D. with
3. A. honorable B. honesty C. historic D. heir
4. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage
5. A. climber B. barber C. number D. robber

Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành các câu sau:

6. Blue whales are considered.................species.
A. dangerous B. danger C. endangered D. endanger
7. Fax machines were a wonderful..................at the time.
A. inventive B. invention C. discover D. discovery
8. The villagers had to work hard in the fields all day and could hardly................ends meet.
A. work B. do C. make D. let
9. My mother is busy.............her housework.
A. at B. with C. on D. in
10. A computer is................of doing almost anything you ask it to.
A. able B. disable C. capable D. incapable
11. When I was young, my parents never let me.................out alone at night.
A. to go B. going C. went D. go
12. He was offered the job.................his qualifications were poor.
A. although B. in spite of C. because of D. because
13. Do you know the reason...................he didn’t marry her.
A. when B. where C. why D. which
14. I can answer the question.............you say is difficult.
A. which B. whom C. who D. whose
15. Bao Yen sings...................than this singer.
A. well B. better C. gooder D. more good
16. Harry is a sailor. He spends most of his life at............sea.
A. a B. an C. the D. No article
17. Without plants water would run................as soon as it falls.
A. of B. off C. out D. down
18. Paper money................for over a thousand years.
A. used B. is used C. has used D. has been used
19. She apologized.................late.
A. to arriving B. in arriving D. for arriving D. at arriving

114
20. Tom hasn’t been here.............you came here together.
A. for B. when C. since D. as

Cho đúng dạng của các từ trong ngoặc:

21. Trees, grasses, and other plant life play an important part in the (nature) circulation of water.
22. You may be surprised at the large (various) of animals that live in Nairobi National Park.
23. In fact, music as (entertain) has always been a big business.
24. This post office is equipped with modern (technical).
25. He has never had any accident. He drives (careful).
26. Despite the first meet, he talked with me in a (friend) way.
27. If we go on wasting water, there will be a (short) of fresh water in a few decades.
28. Music can express one’s (angry), love, hate or friendship.
29. What an unusual (combine) of flavors!
30. Do you like (act) film?

Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợpcho sẵn trong hộp để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau (có nhiều sự lựa
chọn hơn số đáp án cần điền):

A. is B. lakes C. most D.for

E. or F. search G. It H. of
I. many J. visitors K. visit L. animals

One of the (31) beautiful part of Britain is the Lake District. The Lake District is situated in the north-west of England.
(32) consists of high hills, mountains and , (33) course, lakes. There are sixteen (34) in all. The largest one (35) Lake
Windermere. Every year more than fourteen million people from Britain and abroad (36) the Lake District. They go
there to enjoy the fresh air and the scenery. Some go (37) a walk in the mountains (37) sail boats on the Lakes or
simply sit admiring the magnificent vies. Unfortunately, the region is becoming the victim of its own success in
attracting (39). There are so (40) people coming to the Lake District. They threaten to destroy the peace and quiet
which many are searching for there.

Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn đáp án đúng:

Stone soup
One day a man called at the house of an old woman. Most people did not like the old woman because she was selfish
and mean.
“I am very hungry,” the man said, “Can you give me something to eat?”
“I have little food in the house,” the old woman said “I can give you only a piece of bread.”
“Bread is better than nothing,” the man told her, and he went into the house.
The old woman cut a piece of bread and gave it to him.
115
“This bread is good,” he said. “But it will taste better with some soup”.
“I have no soup”, the old woman said.
“Can you make stone soup?” the man said.
“Stone soup? What is that?”
“It is easy to make. Take a stone from the garden. Wash it and put it in a pan of water. Boil the stone in the water.”
The old woman took a stone from the garden and washed it. Then she put it in a pan of water and boiled the water.
The man took a spoonful of the soup and tasted it. “Yes” he said, “this is a very good soup, but a few potatoes will
make it taste better”.
The old woman put two potatoes in the soup and boiled it again. The man tasted it.
“Much better” he said, “but a few onions will give it a stronger taste”.
The old woman put two onions into the soup and boiled it again.
The man tasted it a third time.
“Excellent”, he said, “I see you have a piece of chicken on the table. Put that into the soup and add a little pepper and
salf. It will make the stone soup perfect”.
The old woman put the piece of chicken into the soup and added a little pepper and salt.
“You are an excellent cook” the man said. “This is the best stone soup I have ever tasted. Now I can eat the bread you
gave me”.
41. Why did the man visit the old woman’s house?
A. He liked the old woman.
B. He knew the old woman very well.
C. The old woman was not really selfish and mea.
D. He wanted some food.
42. What did the old woman give him at first?
A. A piece of bread B. Nothing
C. A stone D. Some hot water
43. What was the stone soup made of at first?
A. A stone B. A stone, hot water and a piece of bread.
C. A stone and hot water D. Hot water
44. What was in the stone soup at the end of the story?
A. A stone and some water
B. A few potatoes and some water.
C. A few potatoes, some onions and chicken, and a stone
D. A stone, some water, a few potatoes, some onions, chicken, pepper and salt.
45. What kind of a man was he?
A. Greedy B. Foolish C. Clever D. Hard to please

Viết lại các câu sau, bắt đầu bằng từ gợi ý, giữ nguyên nghĩa của câu:

116
46. It takes Lan 1 hour a day to finish her homework.
Lan spends……………………………………………………………………………………………………
47. The castle destroyed by fire last night was built over 200 years ago.
The castle which…………………………………………………………………………………………….
48. She had someone repaint her house last Sunday.
She had her………………………………………………………………………………………………….
49. The last time Tom came here was in 2000.
Tom hasn’t…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
50. I am not a rich businessman and I can’t afford to buy an expensive car.
If……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
51. How often do you milk the cows on the farm?
How often are……………………………………………………………………………………………….
52. Although he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.
In spite……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
53. It is necessary for you to study English well.
Studying……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
54. “Do you want to join us?” Mary said to Tom.
Mary asked……………………………………………………………………………………………………
55. Tom’s new school is bigger than his old one.
Tom’s old………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Chọn đáp án đúng điền vào các chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau:
English is the (56) important in the world today. A very large (57) of people understand and use English in many (58)
of the world.
Indeed English is a very useful language. If we (59) English we can go to any place or country we like. We shall not
find it hard to (60) people understand what we want to say.
English also helps us to learn all kinds of subjects. Hundreds of books are (61) in English every day in many countries
to teach people many useful things. (62) English language has therefore helped to spread ideas and knowledge to all
the corners of the world. There is no subject that cannot be (63) in English.
As English is used so much everywhere in the world, it has helped to make the countries in the world more (64). The
leaders of the world use English to understand one another. The English language has therefore helped to spread better
understanding and friendship among countries of the world.
Lastly, a person who knows English is respected by people. It is for all these (65) that I want to learn English.

56. A. most B. mostly C. chiefly D. best

57. A. few B. deal C. amount D. number
58. A. countries B. place C. sites D. scenes
59. A. realize B. say C. speak D. tell

117
 60. A. get B. let C. persuade D. make
61. A. published B. wrote C. print D. made
62. A. A B. An C. That D. The
63. A. recognized B. realized C. known D. taught
64. A. friend B. friendly C. friendship D. friendliness
65. A. reasons B. causes C. effects D. results

Cho đúng dạng của động từ trong ngoặc:

66. The last student (leave) the classroom must lock it.
67. I (not see) him since June.
68. How many cigarettes your father (smoke) a day?
69. He (not know) how to dance when he (be) six years old.
70. A: Someone broke into our house last night.
B: I’m sorry. I forget (lock) it before going to bed.
71. He is the only man (invite) to the party tonight.
72. I (see) a strange man (follow) her when I (walk) on the street last night.

Tìm và sửa lỗi sai trong các câu sau:

73. According to the graduate catalog, student housing is more cheaper than housing off campus.
A B C D
74. Despite of many attempts to introduce a universal language, notably Esperanto and Idiom
Neutral, A B C D
the effort has met with very little success.

75. She has been studying English since she was six, so she speaks English fluent.
A B C D
76. Many efforts have been done to protect endangered species.
A B C D
He refused to comment before he had seen all the relevant informations.
A B C D

118
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 69

PART II - Choose the word A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
11. A. rubbish B. uniform C. umbrella D. thumb
12. A. appear B. weather C. bread D. headache
13. A. project B. belong C. woman D. concert
14. A. think B. though C. mother D. these
15. A. eraser B. baseball C. suitcase D. waterfall
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

PART III- Choose the best answers to completes each sentence.

1. Hoa coins and stamps since she was six.
A. was collecting B. has collected C. collected D. will collect
2. His brother is a boy. He always tells a joke.
A. handsome B. humorous C. sociable D. energetic
3. Do you mind if I your car to work?
A. drive B. driving C. to drive D. drove
4. They are that their son won the championship.
A. delighted B. pleasing C. sad D. interesting
5. My sister regretting Mai’s glasses yesterday.
A. to break B. broken C. breaking D. break
6. Hoa dances more than her classmates.
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautify
7. They will hold a meeting in the large room the morning of next Sunday.
A. in B. on C. at D. of
8. Minh loves playing chess his sister enjoys skipping in their free time.
A. when B. because C. while D. during
9. One hundred dollars an big amount of money for her.
A. is B. are C. were D. is being
10. Don’t overheat the victim blankets or coats.
A. on B. for C. with D. from
11. We are going to a small plane to Ha Long Bay this weekend.
A. drive B. ride C. take D. give
12. They as well as Mai in the field at this time last Sunday.
A. was working B. were working C. has worked D. have worked
13. Thanks Alexander Graham Bell’s invention, I can communicate with each other easily.
A. for B. from C. on D.to
14. We must the environment from the pollution every day.
119
A. save B. protest C. protect D. waste
15. In our opinion, there are a lot of differences two twins.
A. from B. without C. with D. between
16. If you your work, let’s play volleyball with them in the garden.
A. finish B. are finishing C. have finished D. will finish
17. Have a picnic with in the mountain tomorrow.
A. Hanh and I B. Hanh and me C. I and Hanh D. me and Hanh
18. Study is no restricted to just one location.
A. longer B. long C. longest D. the longest
19. My son was hit a stick while he was working in the field.
A. by B. with C. without D. out
20. Nam and Manh have played badminton for two hours, but of them are tired.
A. none B. both C. neither D. all
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
16. 17. 18. 19. 20
PART IV - Put the correct form of the words:
9. Joanne wants to become a in the future. (science)
10. Many rural areas in Viet Nam have been in the last few years. (urban)
11. The book was so that we didn’t want to read it. (interest)
12. There are a lot of in the competition. (contest)
13. Linda’s made the party less exciting. (absent)
14. He didn’t win the championship, so he felt very . (hope)
15. Because of his , they failed the exam. (lazy)
16. Vinamilk company has served customers a lot of recently. (produce)
17. Tet holiday is one of the most important for Vietnamese people. (celebrate)
18. Laura loves all of Vietnamese dishes, Nem. (special)
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
PART V - Find and correct a mistake in each sentence:
1. The boy was enough intelligent to solve that problem.
2. The girl helped me with the needlework yesterday is my classmate.
3. They asked their friends not play soccer in the road.
4. Hanh is the same weigh as my sister.
5. It is careless for you to leave your book on the train.

120
 6. My brother used to going to the movies with our father.
7. Hoa asked me if I could have a picnic with her in the country or not.
8. Most of monkeys both in the forest and in the zoo are interesting in bananas.
9. It takes Nam thirty minutes going to school on foot everyday.
10. Not only Ha but also her friends was present in my fifteenth birthday party.
Your answers:
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
Part VI- Choose the most suitable answer A, B, C, or D to complete the following passage.
Air pollution is caused (1) ill health in human beings. In a lot of countries, there are (2)
limiting the amount of smoke factories can produce although there is not enough (3) on the effects of smoke on
the atmosphere. Doctors have (4) that air pollution causes (5) diseases. The gases from the exhausts
of cars (6) also increased air pollution in most cities. The (7) of petrol produces a poisonous gas, which
is often collected in busy streets circled by high buildings. Children (8) in areas where there is a lot of lead in the
atmosphere can not think as (9) as other children, and are clumsy when they (10) their hands.
11. A. from B. on C. over D. of
12. A. laws B. ideas C. problems D. regulations
13. A. news B. article C. information D. newspaper
14. A. agreed B. pointed C. disagreed D. proved
15. A. lung B. heart C. liver D. stomach
16. A. had B. have C. has D. having
17. A. water B. lead C. gas D. exhaust
18. A. lived B. live C. to live D. living
19. A. quick B. slowly C. quickly D. slow
20. A. touch B. use C. handle D. collect
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

PART VII - Read and fill a suitable word in each blanket:

Christmas is always held (1) December the twenty fifth every year. Every family in England decorates a
Christmas tree and puts (2) in the middle of the living room. And Santa Claus plays an important (3)
in this festival. There is a poem to relate him. In 1823, the patron saint of children, Saint Nicholas appeared in a poem
(4) A Visit Saint Nicholas. The character in the poem (5) a fat jolly man who wore a (6) suit
and gave children (7) on Christmas Eve. The poem, which was (8) by Clement Clarke Moore, an

121
American professor, became popular (9) the USA. Santa Claus is based (10) the description of Saint
Nicholas in this poem.
Your answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Part VIII- Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.
1. It is over two years since they left their homeland. (They haven’t........................................)
2. “How many cars are there in front of your house, Mai?” I said (I asked...............................)
3. No one introduced me to newcomers in the festival. (I.........................................................)
4. The food was too bad for the children to eat. (The food was so............................................)
5. It’s no use persuading her to join in that activity. (There is no..............................................)
6. I am on the fifth page of the essay I am typing. (So far.......................................................)
7. The dog keeps stealing my socks. (The dog is......................................................................)
8. Hoa found it easy to translate this poem into French. (Hoa had no......................................)
9. Collect all of dirty clothes by 8 o’clock tomorrow morning. (Let all....................................)
10. Mary is the most graceful girl at school. (No girl.................................................................)
Your answers:
1. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
2. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
3. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
4. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
5. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
6. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
7. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
8. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
9. ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
........
10 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
. ........

122
--------------- END ---------------

123
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 70

II. Choose the word or phrase that best complete each unfinished sentence below or substitutes for the underlined
words or phrases.
1. He is looking forward to.............to England .
A. travel B. travelling C. be travelling D. A and B
2. Margaret is a good ............. He can type 60 words per minute.
A. typer B. type C. typist D. typewriter.
3 hot today.
A. A sun B. The sun C. A sun's D. The sun's
4. What is your teacher............?
A. like B. alike C. liking D. does like.
5. A..........is the person who sells flowers.
A. florist B. chemist C. vendor D. chauffeur
6. If you want to have a table made , you must call a ..........
A. mechanic B. plumber C. carpenter D. fortune-teller
7. My dress is very different...........yours.
A. with B. from C. as D. towards
8 beautiful flowers!
A. What a B. What C. How D. So
9...................happens, I shall stand by you.
A. Whatever B. What C. Which D. That
10. Ha Noi is..............capital of Vietnam.
A. an B. a C. the D.x
11. This town is not an interesting place to visit, so.............tourists come here.
A. a few B. few C. a little D. x
12. Nobody is ready to go,....................?
A. isn’t he B. is he C. are they D. aren't they
13. He has little spare time.
A. free B. occupied C. busy D. filled
14. John's a handsome guy.
A. kind B. good C. good-looking D. interesting
15. I don’t like to work for my wife's mother.
A. mother of my wife B. mother of my wife's
C. mother-in-law D. mother of mine
III. Read the text and then decide which word below best fit each space.Circle the letter you choose for each
question.(1 ps)
Jeans are very popular with young people all (1)...........the world. Some people say that jeans are the "uniform" of
(2) ............ But they haven't always been popular. The story of jeans started (3)............two hundred years ago. People in
124
Genoa, Italy made pants. The cloth (4) ...........in Genoa was called "jeans". The pants were called "jeans". In 1850, a
salesman (5) ..........California began selling pants made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6)...............they were so
strong, "Levi's pants" became (7) ........ with gold miners; farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)............; Levis began
making his pants with blue cotton (9).............called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and Europe
began (10).........jeans. Young people usually didn’t wear them.
1. A. in B. on C. over D. above
2. A. youth B. young C. younger D. youngest
3. A. lots B. much C. most D. almost
4. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
5. A. in B. on C. at D. with
6. A. Although B. But C. Because D. So
7. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
8. A. late B. later C. latest D. last
9. A. cloth B. clothing C. cloths D. clothes
10. A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. worn
IV. Read the passage carefully, then choose the best answer. ( 0,5 ps )
It is very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us to chew our food. They also help us to look nice.
How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamed covering of the tooth. This happens after germs
and bits of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into blood,
and we may feel quite ill.
How can we keep our teeth healthy?. Firstly, we ought to visit our dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our
teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way.
Unfortunately, many people wait until they have toothache before they see a dentist.
Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day- once after breakfast
and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.
Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice,
raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals.
They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.
1. Good teeth help us to ................
A. be nice B. have a good eyesight.
C. chew our food D. be important
2. When food and germs collect in a small crack, our teeth ............
A. become hard B. begin to decay.
C. send poison into the blood. D. makes us feel quite ill.
3. A lot of people visit a dentist only when ..............
A. their teeth grow properly B. they have holes in their teeth
C. they have toothache D. they have brushed their teeth.
4. We ought to try clean our teeth ...............

125
 A. once a day B. at least twice a day
C. between meals D. before breakfast.
5. We shouldn’t eat a lot of ...............
A. red rice B. fresh fruit
C. fish D. chocolate.
V. Read the passage carefully, then fill in each blank a suitable word to complete this passage(1 ps
Television now ................. (1) such an important role in so many people lives that it is essential for us................(2) try
to decide whether it is good or bad. First of all, television is not only a convenient source of
entertainment,.but..........................(3) a rather cheap one. For a family of our, for example,it is more convenient as well as
cheaper to sit comfortably at home than to go ..................(4) There is no transport to arrange.They don’t........................(5)
to pay for expensive seats at the theater or in the.................(6) All they have to do is to turn a switch, and they can see the
plays, films of every kind, not to mention political discussions and the latest exiting football match .Some people,
however, say that this is just where the danger is. The TV viewers need to do nothing. He doesn’t even use his legs. He
makes no choice. He is completely passive and has everything presented to him. TV, people often say, informs one about
current events, the latest developments in science and politics, and presents an endless series of programmes. The most
farway countries and the strangest customs are brought into one’s living-room.Yet, here again there is a danger. We get to
like ............... (7) TV so much that it begins to dominate our lives,and we don’t have....................(8) to talk to each other
and do other things.There are many arguments for and...................(9) TV. I think we must understand that TV in itself is
neither good..................(10) bad. TV is as good or as bad as we make it.
VI. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. ( 1ps)
1. Over the years, he ....................... thousands of stamps. (collect)
2. I' ll never forget ....................... her for the first time. (see)
3. It is difficult to get used to ....................... with chopsticks. (eat)
4. Would you like some coffee? I just ....................... some. (make)
5. Look at those black clouds. It ....................... (rain)
6. That house ....................... in 1996. (rebuild)
7. This bike ....................... for more than six years. (use)
8. He should know how ......the lift, but if he doesn't you'd better......him. (use) / (show)
9. The kids ....................... when the bell rang. (sleep)
VII.Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences. (1 ps)
1. The ............students often play soccer or basketball. (energy)
2. A fairy appeared and ................................changed her old clothes. (magic)
3. Her father soon died of a ...........................heart. (break)
4. "The Lost Shoes" is one of the ........................stories I like best. (tradition)
5. Trung and his brother like .......................movies very much. (act)
6. ..............., dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. (fortunate)
7. There are three trains ...................... from Hanoi to Lao Cai. (day)
8. This temple was built by the local .................... over 100 years. (inhabit)

126
 9. What is your ......................................for designing this house? (suggest)
10. You must make a quick ......................... about who winsthe contest. (decide)
VIII. There is a mistake in the sentence. Find the mistake and correct it. (1 ps)
1. The climate in Vietnam is different than that of England .
2. The boys said they have to bring home medals.
3. Surface is many cheaper than airmail.
4. The bicycle is such old that I don’t want to use it.
5. Tom asked me to help him because he was doing his homeworks.
6. My father has retired three years ago and he is now living on his pension.
7. Singapore is one of the country of Association of South East Asian Nations.
8. I’ll help you. I’m sure you aren’t enough strong to lift it on your own.
9. These vegetables should be washed and boil before we serve them.
10. In the past, Jeans wore mostly by working people.
IX. Use the following sets of words and phrases to write complete sentences.( 1ps)
1. This video film / be/so / interesting / I/ see/ twice/.
.....................................................................................................................................................
2. It / difficult/ learn English / without/ good dictionary.
.....................................................................................................................................................
3. He / learn/ English / two years now.
.....................................................................................................................................................
4. She /used/ stay / her uncle/ when / be / a child.
.....................................................................................................................................................
5. A note/ write/board / Mai / yesterday.
.....................................................................................................................................................
6. Have / vacation / abroad / be / interesting
....................................................................................................................................................
7. Vinh / always / forget/ his homework
.....................................................................................................................................................
8. Ballpoint pens / use / widely/ than / fountainpens.
.....................................................................................................................................................
9. We / not / see her / since / leave/ university.
.....................................................................................................................................................
10. Brother / very good/ repair / household / appliances
.....................................................................................................................................................
X. Complete the second sentence with the same meaning. (1 ps)
1. “Have you ever been to My Son, Mrs Blake?”, Nam said
 Nam
asked . ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .....................................................

127
 2. We started living here fifteen years ago.
 We
have ........ ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................................
.
3. Trung's parents gave him a microcomputer on his birthday
Trung ....... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .......
............
4. He has never played a computer game before.
 This
is ................ ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..............................................
5. Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon.
 Nga is
looking.............. ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ................................
6. He is too old to have more children.
 He is
so ...................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ....................................
7. "I'm very busy. I'll ring you tomorrow," Susan said to me.

Susan .... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..............
......
8. Their teacher is making them study hard.
 They
are ..... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ....................................................
9. This cheque has not been signed

No................................ ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... ....................................
.....
10. She cooks well.
She
is ................................... ..................................... ..................................... ..................................... .................................
ENGLISH PRACTICE 71

II. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others
1. a. hard b. carry c. card d. yard
2. a. try b. why c. heavy d. dry
3. a. cool b. food c. look d. flood
4. a. Thursday b. those c. thirteenth d. theatre
5. a . attended b. wanted c. needed d. looked
III. Supply the correct verb forms/ tense:

128
 1. They (watch) their favorite TV programmes at the moment.
2. Mary and John are neighbors. They ( know) each other for a long time.
3. They ( arrive) in New york yesterday?
4. I haven’t met him since he ( move ) to Ho Chi Minh City..
5. My mother is tired enough ( cook) tonight.
6. The teacher asked me ( not make) noise in class.
7. The boys like ( play )
games but hate doing lessons.
8. His doctor advised him
up smoking.
( give)
9. Look at those black clouds. It( rain) .
10. This is the first time I (be) to Ha Noi.
11. Will you wait a minute while I (look) through the text ?
12. “ I hear you’ve bought a new house.” - “Yes, I ( move ) in next week”
13. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain)
14. The film ( begin) at 7.30 or 8.00 this evening ?
15. Mai (telephone) you when she comes back.
16. The pens ( produce ) by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
17. “Do you mind if I sit here ?” – “ I ‘d rather you ( sit ) over there”
18. The price ( become ) more and more expensive these days.
19. Mr Binh ( know) how to drive a car although he ( not learn) it yet.
IV. Give the correct forms of these words 10pts
1. Bell experimented with ways of transmitting ……........over a long distance. (SPEAK)
2. The tiger wanted to see the farmer's .................. (WISE)
3. The scouts do the ...................................work . (VOLUNTEER)
4. Nowadays, scouting is popular ........................ (WORLD)
5. After his parents died, he was sent to an……….….….. (ORPHAN)
6. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very ………..……. . (SOCIAL)
7. Cook the meat in the ……………………..for at least 30 minutes. (STEAM)
8. My friend, Nga plays the piano……………………. (BEAUTIFUL).
9. “The lost shoe” is one of the …………………. stories I like best. ( TRADITION)
10. Our teacher always………………………. us to work hard. (COURAGE)
V. Rewrite the sentences, keep the meaning unchanged
1. It’s a long time since we became close friends.
 We
have……………………………..........................................................................…………………………………
2. No one is more intelligent than her in our school.
 She…………………………………..........................................................................………………………………
……
3. ‘Can I borrow your bike, Nga?’, Nam asked.
129
  Nam asked Nga ………………….................................................................………………………………………..
4. Lan is 1.60m tall and Hoa is 1.60 tall, too.

Lan …………………………………………………………………..........................................................................…..
5. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges.
 Apples are not……………………………………….................................................................……………………..
6. He’d rather play golf than tennis.
 He
prefers……………………………………………...................................................................…………………….
7. “You shouldn’t translate each sentence into Vietnamese,” my brother told me
My brother told …………………………………...............................................................………………..………....
8. When did you start playing the piano?
 How
long...................................................................................................................................................................... ?
9. Your younger brother is too weak to lift that box
Your brother is not……………………………................................................................……..….…………………
10. Hung is interested in collecting stamps

Hung’s………………………………………............................................................................………………………
…..
VI. Read the passage and fill in each blank with a suitable word. 10pts
My day usually (1)…………. at six thirty. I get up and do some exercises for about fifteen minutes. Then I take my
shower. After that I (2)……………dress and have breakfast with my family. At seven thirty I leave (3)..............school. I
generally take the bus to school. I catch the bus near my house and then (4)...................from the bus -stop to school. It
(5)…………….about thirty minutes to get to school. My first class is at eight thirty and I usually (6).................school at
three. Sometimes I stay (7)…………..to have a game of volleyball or to work in the library. I usually watch TV for a
(8)………………. Then I start my homework. I have dinner at seven o’clock. After that I often (9)................more
homework to do. Sometimes I watch TV or go (10)...................with friends after dinner. I generally go to bed at around
ten thirty.
VII. There are 11 mistakes in the following paragraph. Underline the mistake then correct it. Write your answer in
the table below. 10pts
In 1783, two French brothers build the first balloon to take people into the air. One hundred and twenty years lately, in
1903, the Wright brothers built the first plane with an engine and flied in it . This was in the United States. Then, in 1918,
the US Post Office begun the first airmail service. Aeroplanes changed a lot in the next thirty year. Then, in 1950s,
aeroplanes became many faster because they had jet engines. In 1976, Concorde was building in the UK and France. It is
the faster passenger plane in the world and it can flying at 2500 kilometers an hour, so the journey in London to New
York is only four hours. Today millions of people travel on aeroplane, and it is difficult to think of a world without them.
0. build  built

130
VIII. Use the following words and phrases. Make all the necessary changes and additions to write complete and
meaningful sentences. 20pts
1. Those buses / not going / airport / neither / taxis.
…………………………………………………………………
2. You / not / want / sell / house last year ?
…………………………………………………………………
3. He / stop / smoke / save / money .
…………………………………………………………………
4. My brother / not drive / carefully / I.
…………………………………………………………………
5. My mother/ said/ seen/ this kind/ film/ ago.
…………………………………………………………………
6. It / difficult / prevent / people / park here.
…………………………………………………………………
7. Question/ too difficult/ them/ answer.
…………………………………………………………………
8. Tom/ turn/ radio/ in order/ hear/ result/ football/ between 3.00/ 4.00 pm/ last Sunday
…………………………………………………………………
9.This / be/ first time/ I/ be/ Paris
…………………………………………………………………
10. While/ Carol/ discuss/ Math exercise/ Dennis/ we/ arrive/ at 11 pm yesterday.
…………………………………………………………………

131
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 72

SECTION ONE: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Question 1: Choose the best option.

1. By the end of the next month, we...............our English course.

A. have completed B. will be completed C. will have completed D. completed

2. It was.................we could not go out .

A. so cold that B. such cold that C. very so cold D. too cold that

3.....................you have no keys, you ‘ll have to get back before I go out.

A. If B. Although C. Unless D. As

4. I really prefer just about anything..................watching TV.

A. from B. or C. than D. to

5. Gold......................near San Francisco in 1848 and the gold rush started the following year.

A. has been discovered B. discovered C. was discovered D. is discovered

6. We have a party tonight and Daisy is worried about ………..

A. what to wear B. which wearing C.that she wears D. these wearing

7 behalf of everyone working here, I would like to say thank you.

A. In B. On C. For D. From

8. The car burst into but the driver managed to escape.

A. heat B. flames C. fire D. burning

9. I don't think that red dress her.

A. cheers B. goes C. suits D. agrees

10. Last summer, we had..........holiday in Spain.

A. a two week’s B. a two – weeks C. two – week D. a two – week

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

132
 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Question 2: Use the correct form of the words given in brackets to fill in the blanks in each sentence.

11. He is engrossed in doing ( SCIENCE).......................research.

12. They entered the areas without ( PERMIT) ……………..

13. He wants (WIDTH).........................his knowledge of the subject.

14. What makes the computer a (MIRACLE)........................device ?

15. The architecture in the downtown area is a successful (COMBINE)....................of old and new.

16. I really don’t think he has the (ABLE)........................to do this job.

17. Thank you for a very (ENJOY)............................evening.

11. 12. 13. 14.

15. 16. 17.

Question 3: There is one mistake in each sentence. Find and correct them.

18. She is very lazy. She almost never help her mother with the household chores.

19. Her father told her take the dog for a walk after breakfast.

20. What would happen if the temperature is warmer?

21. When it was first establish in 1973, it consisted of only two hectares of land.

22. It's difficult for me decide whether I should accept the job or not.

23. If he fails the final exam, he wouldn't be able to graduate.

24. Music plays an importance part in our life.

25. I am in grade 12 and I am below a lot of study pressure.

26. My close friend's responsibility is cook the meals for the whole family.

27. I don't know the name of the woman whom I spoke on the phone last night.

Mistake Correction Mistake Correction

133
134
 18. 23.

19. 24.

20. 25.

21. 26.

22. 27..

SECTION TWO: READING

Question 4: Read the following passage and fill each gap with ONE suitable word.

A DOCTOR
A doctor who worked in a village was very annoyed because many people (28) to stop him in the street
and ask (29) his advice. In this way, he was never paid for his services, and he never managed to earn much
(30) . He made up (31) mind to put an end to do this. One day, he (32) stopped by a
young man (33) said to him, “Oh, doctor, I’m so happy to see you. I’ve got a severe pain in my left side”. The
doctor pretended to be interested (34) said, “Shut your eyes and stick your tongue (35) of your
mouth”. Then he went away, leaving the man standing in the (36) with his tongue hanging out and a large crowd
of people laughing (37) him.

28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

33. 34. 35. 36. 37.

Question 5: Read the passage bellow and then choose a suitable word A, B, C or D to fill in each blank.

In 1903 the Wright brothers (38) the first powered flight in history at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina. This
(39) was chosen because of its (40) , which would lift the plane like a kite. The first attempt lasted only
twelve seconds and covered a (41) of less than a wing span of the largest airplanes of (42) aircraft. Soon the
Wrights and other inventors and pilots were busy (43) the airplane. They
made much longer flights and even put it into some (44), military plane (45) use. In 1909 the Wrights delivered the
first, . the United States Army. As early as 1914, a plane had begun to carry (46) on
daily flights, and in 1918 regular (47) service was started between Washington and New York.

38. A. do B. did C. made D. make

39. A. scene B. site C. area D. space
40. A. winds B. air C. atmosphere D. steam
41. A. length B. distance C. width D. height
135
42. A. new B. now C. modern D. recent
43. A. improving B. increasing C. progressing D. advancing
44. A. true B. practical C. realistic D. theoretical
45. A. by B. with C. for D. to
46. A. customers B. passengers C. clients D. patients
47. A. air-mail B. flight-mail C. plane-mail D. helicopter-mail

238. 39. 40. 41. 42.

43. 44. 45. 46. 47.

Question 6: Read the passage and choose the best answer.

They called New York “the Big Apple”. Maybe it is not exactly like an apple, it’s certainly very big. There are too
many people, that’s the problem. The streets are always full of car and trucks, you can never find a place to park.

If you have enough money, you can take a taxi. New York cabs are yellow. They look all the same. But the drivers
are very different. Some were born and raised in New York, but many are newcomers to the United States. A few drive
slowly, but most go very very fast. Cab driving is difficult job. It can be dangerous too. Thieves often try to steal the
drivers’ money. Drivers sometimes get hurt.

If you don’t want to take a taxi, you can go by bus or you can take the subway. The subway is quick and it’s cheap,
but parts of it are old and dirty. Lights don’t always work and there are often fire on the track. On some subway lines,
there are new, clean, silver trains. But you can’t see the color of the old trains easily. There is too much dirt and too much
graffiti, inside and out side.

48. What is the problem in New York ?

A. it has too many aples B. it is too big
C. it looked like an apple D. it is too crowded
49. What does a cab mean ?
A. a truck B. a bus C. a taxi D. It is too crowded
50. Cab drivers in New York……………..
A. can be dangerous B. look the same
C. can be attacked by thieves D. were all born in New York
51. The world “track” can best be replaced by ………….
A. roadway B. station C. light bulb D. train
52. Subways in New York ………….
A. are quick but dirty B. have no lights C. are clothes D. often cause fires

48. 49. 50. 51. 52.

136
 SECTION THREE: WRITING

Question 7: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence
printed before it.

53. “If I were you, I would help him to study better.”

 She advised .......................................................................................................................... ..........................

54. He prefers tea to coffee.

 He’d rather ............................................................................................................................. ..........................

55. When did you last ride a bike?

 How long.............................................................................. ......................................................................

56. The trip was so interesting that we couldn’t forget it.

 It............................................................................................…………......................................................

57. John finds astronomy very interesting

 John is .........................................................................................................................................
58. I’m quite happy to look after the baby for you.

 I don’t mind ..................................................................................................................................

59. We haven’t seen one another for a long time

 We stopped ……………………………………………………………........................................

60. Someone broke into John’s flat last week.

 John’s………………………………………………....................................................................
Question 8: Write a paragraph to tell about your recent journey. (About 150 words)

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

137
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................

138
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 73

SECTION A: PHONETICS
I- Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words in each group
1. a. fun b. sun c. bury d. under
2. a. cold b. circus c. call d. count
3. a. wide b. like c. hide d. little
4. a. have b. face c. trade d. place
5. a. bank b. value c. cash d. safe
II- Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words.
1. a. national b. engineer b. figure d. scientist
2. a. social b. electric b. contain d. important
3. a. money b. annual c. metal d. design
4. a. convenient b. dependent c. deposit d. different
5. a. provide b. combine c. service d. account

SECTION B: LEXICO - GRAMMAR

I - Choose the best answer to complete each sentences
1. Her parents were very...........because she was out so late that night.
a. responsible b. sorry c. worried d. overcome
2. After a lot of difficulty, he............to open the door.
a. managed b. succeeded c. obtained d. realised
3. I have been looking for this book for month, and...........I have found it.
a. at last b. in time c. at the end d. at present
4. My employer’s.........of my work does not matter to me at all.
a. meaning b. belief c. opinion d. expression
5. The purpose of the examination was to..........the students’ knowledge of the subject.
a. try b. inspect c. prove d. test
6. I’ll have to.........to you, otherwise he will hear.
a. shout b. say c. whistle d. whisper
7. As soon as the fire bell rang everyone walked quickly downstairs and out of the building.............gathered in the car
park.
a. while b. then c. before d. to
8. There’s...........to be frightened of the dog; he’s quite harmless.
a. a fear b. no fear c. no need d. any reason
9. After closing the envelope, the secretary..........the stamps on firmly.
a. licked b. sucked c. stuck d. struck
10. The teacher.............them the answer to the question.
a. explained b. told c. said d. discussed
139
11. These shops have goods for sale at … prices
a. attraction b. attracted c attract d. attractive
12. My brother is interested in doing...........research.
a. scientific b. science c. scientist d. scientificial
13. If there weren’t the pull of the earth, everyone.......of the same weight.
a. would be b. is c. will be d. are
14. Besides electricity, Faraday also made lots of.......in the field of chemistry.
a. discovers b. inventions c. invents d. discoveries
15. Mike was absorbed …… his work and didn’t notice me coming in.
a. with b. in c. at d. by
II- Find a mistake in the sentences and correct
1. His parents were disappointed about his grade in the math exam.
2. The word “lovely” is an adverb derived from the noun “love”
3. My city is famous with beautiful landscapes.
4. Our teacher is a man who never destroys his promise.
5. Don’t litter! We must keep the room cleanly and tidy.
6. Jim has two sisters, both of them are married.
7. This ring must be expensive. It is made by gold.
8. While you had been out, Tom came to see you.
9. We don’t have to take the test again, have we?
10. Her little brother insisted to go out by himself.
III- Put the words in the brackets into correct form
1. This coffee is too......... to drink. HEAT
2. I really don’t think he has the ........ to do this job. ABLE
3.The professor explained his ideas with great ......... CLEAR
4. Do you know what the .......... of river is ? DEEP
5. He is a very ........... carpenter. SKILL
6. He .......... to hit me if I didn’t hand over my money. THREAT
7. He drives so...........that he is sure to have an accident. CARE
8. I am ......... he will succeed in his chosen career. CONFIDENT.
9. No one with a recent.........record will be considered for this job. CRIME
10. We have decided to interview only the best six.......for the job. APPLY
SECTION C: READING COMPREHENSION
I- Fill each gap in the passage with one word or phrase from the box
Firstly, moreover, in contrast, first of all, on the other hand,
in conclusion, however, in addition, on the whole, as a result
Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. 1...., in reality, it has both its
advantages and disadvantages.

140
 There are certainly many advantages to living in the country. 2....... we can enjoy peace and quiet. 3...., people
tend to be friendlier and more open. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is safer for young children. 4......,
there are drawbacks to life outside the city. 5....., because there are fewer people, we are likely to have fewer friends. 6.....,
entertainment is difficult to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services
means that it is harder to find work. 7. . ., we may have to travel a long way to work, which can be extremely expensive.
8......., it can be seen that the country is more suitable for some people than others. 9..., it is often the best place for
those who are retired or who have young children. 10...., young, single people who have a career are better provided for in
the city.
II- Fill each gap with a suitable word
In the thirteenth-century Wales there was a handsome young prince called Llewellyn. He was very fond 1……..
hunting and often 2…………. to go out into the forests and mountains with his favorite hunting-dog, 3............name was
Grelert. 4…….day, however, he left Gelert 5…….home to guard his baby son who was only a 6..........months old. In the
evening when the prince returned 7…….hunting he saw that his house was 8…….. a terrible mess. The furniture 9…….
been knocked 10………… and there blood on the walls. He could not find his baby son. Then he saw his dog Gelert
11……. toward him, covered in blood. The prince 12……… that the dog had attacked and killed his son. Prince
Llewellyn became violently angry, 13 his sword and killed the dog with one blow.
However, when he looked around his house more carefully he found his son lying under a chair, alive
14……..well. Then he saw the dead body of a huge wolf. He realised that Gelert had 15…….his son’s life 16……….
fighting and killing the wolf. The prince was horrified 17………the mistake he had 18.............and when he buried his dog
he built 19………enormous pile of stones to mark the spot, which can 20..............be seen today. He never went hunting
again.
III- Choose the best answer:
Money is something we all take for granted in our lives. Some of us may wish we had more of it but we all recognise it
when we see it, whether in the form of coins, notes or cheques. It is difficult to imagine how people managed without
money. In the earliest periods of human history, people used to exchange goods directly. They would exchange things
they had plenty of for things that they were in need of. For example, they might offer food for tools. This method of
exchange, which is known as “barter”, has many disadvantages. Certain goods may be difficult to carry, they may not last
long, or may be impossible to divide into smaller units. It can also be difficult to know the worth of something compared
with other goods.
According to historians, the first money, in the sense we understand it today, consisted of gold coins produced about
2,500 years ago. Gold, being a very precious metal, was a suitable material. The introduction of gold coins was acceptable
to everyone and they were still being used at the beginning of this century, although they have now been replaced by
paper money and coins made of ordinary metals.
1. In the old days, people exchanged………..
a. what they needed for what they had b. food for tools
c. what they had for what they needed c. goods for money
2. “barter” is a system of exchange in which ………
a. food is exchanged for tools b. no money is used

141
c. money is used to buy things d. goods are difficult to carry
3. Direct exchange of goods is ……. because some gods may be too big to carry.
a. advantageous b. precious
c. impossible d. disadvantages
4. According to historians, the first money was ………
a. made of paper b. made of gold
c. made of coins d. made of 2000 years ago
5. Modern money is made of ……….
a. gold b. paper or gold
b. ordinary metals d. paper or ordinary metals

SECTION D: WRITING
I- Rewrite the following sentences without changing meaning
1. You damaged my bicycle, John!” said Margaret. Margaret accused …….
2. It is one hundred years since the birth of D.H.Lawrence, the famous novelist.
D.H Lawrence…….
3. John Speke failed to find the source of the River Nile.
John Speke didn’t succeed……
III. Maria didn’t apply for the job in the library and regrets it now.
Maria wishes……
III. Helen wanted to know the name of Shirley’s hairdresser’s.
Helen said, “Shirley, where…..
III. This furniture is so old that it’s not worth keeping.
This is…..
III. Handicapped people find shopping in supermarkets difficult.
It’s…..
III. Why don’t you meet to discus the pay offer?
I suggest….
III. Without this treatment, the patient would have died.
If he….
III. Although he didn’t speak Dutch, Bob decided to settle in Amsterdam.
In spite ……
II- Complete the following sentences
1. It/ difficult/ get there on time
7. When we/ there/ train/ already leave/ station.
1. You/ interested/ listen/ pop music/ classical music?
10. How long/ it/ you/ get/ your school/ bus?
3. If/ it/ fine/ tomorrow/ we/ fishing

142
III- Write about 150 to 200 words to give your own opinion on the following topic:
“Physical exercises are very useful to our health”

143
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 74
SECTION A: PHONETICS
I- Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the other words in each group
1. a. fun b. sun c. bury d. under
2. a. cold b. circus c. call d. count
3. a. wide b. like c. hide d. little
4. a. have b. face c. trade d. place
5. a. bank b. value c. cash d. safe
II- Pick out the word that has the stress pattern different from that of the other words.
1. a. national b. engineer b. figure d. scientist
2. a. social b. electric b. contain d. important
3. a. money b. annual c. metal d. design
4. a. convenient b. dependent c. deposit d. different
5. a. provide b. combine c. service d. account

SECTION B: LEXICO - GRAMMAR

I - Choose the best answer to complete each sentences
1. Her parents were very...........because she was out so late that night.
a. responsible b. sorry c. worried d. overcome
2. After a lot of difficulty, he............to open the door.
a. managed b. succeeded c. obtained d. realised
3. I have been looking for this book for month, and...........I have found it.
a. at last b. in time c. at the end d. at present
4. My employer’s.........of my work does not matter to me at all.
a. meaning b. belief c. opinion d. expression
5. The purpose of the examination was to..........the students’ knowledge of the subject.
a. try b. inspect c. prove d. test
6. I’ll have to.........to you, otherwise he will hear.
a. shout b. say c. whistle d. whisper
7. As soon as the fire bell rang everyone walked quickly downstairs and out of the building.............gathered in the car
park.
a. while b. then c. before d. to
8. There’s...........to be frightened of the dog; he’s quite harmless.
a. a fear b. no fear c. no need d. any reason
9. After closing the envelope, the secretary..........the stamps on firmly.
a. licked b. sucked c. stuck d. struck
10. The teacher.............them the answer to the question.
a. explained b. told c. said d. discussed

144
11. These shops have goods for sale at … prices
a. attraction b. attracted c attract d. attractive
12. My brother is interested in doing...........research.
a. scientific b. science c. scientist d. scientificial
13. If there weren’t the pull of the earth, everyone.......of the same weight.
a. would be b. is c. will be d. are
14. Besides electricity, Faraday also made lots of.......in the field of chemistry.
a. discovers b. inventions c. invents d. discoveries
15. Mike was absorbed …… his work and didn’t notice me coming in.
a. with b. in c. at d. by
II- Find a mistake in the sentences and correct
1. His parents were disappointed about his grade in the math exam.
2. The word “lovely” is an adverb derived from the noun “love”
3. My city is famous with beautiful landscapes.
4. Our teacher is a man who never destroys his promise.
5. Don’t litter! We must keep the room cleanly and tidy.
6. Jim has two sisters, both of them are married.
7. This ring must be expensive. It is made by gold.
8. While you had been out, Tom came to see you.
9. We don’t have to take the test again, have we?
10. Her little brother insisted to go out by himself.
III- Put the words in the brackets into correct form
1. This coffee is too......... to drink. HEAT
2. I really don’t think he has the ........ to do this job. ABLE
3.The professor explained his ideas with great ......... CLEAR
4. Do you know what the .......... of river is ? DEEP
5. He is a very ........... carpenter. SKILL
6. He .......... to hit me if I didn’t hand over my money. THREAT
7. He drives so...........that he is sure to have an accident. CARE
8. I am ......... he will succeed in his chosen career. CONFIDENT.
9. No one with a recent.........record will be considered for this job. CRIME
10. We have decided to interview only the best six.......for the job. APPLY
SECTION C: READING COMPREHENSION
I- Fill each gap in the passage with one word or phrase from the box
Firstly, moreover, in contrast, first of all, on the other hand,
in conclusion, however, in addition, on the whole, as a result
Living in the country is something that people from the city often dream about. 1...., in reality, it has both its
advantages and disadvantages.

145
 There are certainly many advantages to living in the country. 2....... we can enjoy peace and quiet. 3...., people
tend to be friendlier and more open. A further advantage is that there is less traffic, so it is safer for young children. 4......,
there are drawbacks to life outside the city. 5....., because there are fewer people, we are likely to have fewer friends. 6.....,
entertainment is difficult to find, particularly in the evening. Furthermore, the fact that there are fewer shops and services
means that it is harder to find work. 7. . ., we may have to travel a long way to work, which can be extremely expensive.
8......., it can be seen that the country is more suitable for some people than others. 9..., it is often the best place for
those who are retired or who have young children. 10...., young, single people who have a career are better provided for in
the city.
II- Fill each gap with a suitable word
In the thirteenth-century Wales there was a handsome young prince called Llewellyn. He was very fond 1……..
hunting and often 2…………. to go out into the forests and mountains with his favorite hunting-dog, 3............name was
Grelert. 4…….day, however, he left Gelert 5…….home to guard his baby son who was only a 6..........months old. In the
evening when the prince returned 7…….hunting he saw that his house was 8…….. a terrible mess. The furniture 9…….
been knocked 10………… and there blood on the walls. He could not find his baby son. Then he saw his dog Gelert
11……. toward him, covered in blood. The prince 12……… that the dog had attacked and killed his son. Prince
Llewellyn became violently angry, 13 his sword and killed the dog with one blow.
However, when he looked around his house more carefully he found his son lying under a chair, alive
14……..well. Then he saw the dead body of a huge wolf. He realised that Gelert had 15…….his son’s life 16……….
fighting and killing the wolf. The prince was horrified 17………the mistake he had 18.............and when he buried his dog
he built 19………enormous pile of stones to mark the spot, which can 20..............be seen today. He never went hunting
again.
III- Choose the best answer:
Money is something we all take for granted in our lives. Some of us may wish we had more of it but we all recognise it
when we see it, whether in the form of coins, notes or cheques. It is difficult to imagine how people managed without
money. In the earliest periods of human history, people used to exchange goods directly. They would exchange things
they had plenty of for things that they were in need of. For example, they might offer food for tools. This method of
exchange, which is known as “barter”, has many disadvantages. Certain goods may be difficult to carry, they may not last
long, or may be impossible to divide into smaller units. It can also be difficult to know the worth of something compared
with other goods.
According to historians, the first money, in the sense we understand it today, consisted of gold coins produced about
2,500 years ago. Gold, being a very precious metal, was a suitable material. The introduction of gold coins was acceptable
to everyone and they were still being used at the beginning of this century, although they have now been replaced by
paper money and coins made of ordinary metals.
1. In the old days, people exchanged………..
a. what they needed for what they had b. food for tools
c. what they had for what they needed c. goods for money
2. “barter” is a system of exchange in which ………
a. food is exchanged for tools b. no money is used

146
c. money is used to buy things d. goods are difficult to carry
3. Direct exchange of goods is ……. because some gods may be too big to carry.
a. advantageous b. precious
c. impossible d. disadvantages
4. According to historians, the first money was ………
a. made of paper b. made of gold
c. made of coins d. made of 2000 years ago
5. Modern money is made of ……….
a. gold b. paper or gold
b. ordinary metals d. paper or ordinary metals

SECTION D: WRITING
I- Rewrite the following sentences without changing meaning
1. You damaged my bicycle, John!” said Margaret. Margaret accused …….
2. It is one hundred years since the birth of D.H.Lawrence, the famous novelist.
D.H Lawrence…….
3. John Speke failed to find the source of the River Nile.
John Speke didn’t succeed……
4. Maria didn’t apply for the job in the library and regrets it now.
Maria wishes……
5. Helen wanted to know the name of Shirley’s hairdresser’s.
Helen said, “Shirley, where…..
6. This furniture is so old that it’s not worth
keeping. This is…..
7. Handicapped people find shopping in supermarkets difficult.
It’s…..
8. Why don’t you meet to discus the pay offer?
I suggest….
9. Without this treatment, the patient would have died.
If he….
10. Although he didn’t speak Dutch, Bob decided to settle in
Amsterdam. In spite ……
II- Complete the following sentences
1. It/ difficult/ get there on time
7. When we/ there/ train/ already leave/ station.
1. You/ interested/ listen/ pop music/ classical music?
10. How long/ it/ you/ get/ your school/ bus?
3. If/ it/ fine/ tomorrow/ we/ fishing

147
III- Write about 150 to 200 words to give your own opinion on the following topic:
“Physical exercises are very useful to our health”

148
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 75
I. ChooseonewordwhoseunderlinedpartispronounceddifferentlyfromtheothersbycirclingA,B,CorD.(5pts)
1. A. action B. national C. partial D. question
2. A. tidal B. sight C. describe D. cinema
3. A. connect B. comfort C. computer D. contest
4. A. cough B. though C. rough D. tough
5. A. pleased B. erased C. increased D. amused

II. Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from the others by circling A, B, C or D. (5 pts)
1. A. medical B. restaurant C. remember D. government
2. A. household B. homework C. garbage D. throughout
3. A. electrical B. interesting C. necessary D. beautifully
4. A. celebrate B. consider C. expression D. criteria
5. A. partner B. between C. visit D. program

III. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences by circling A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
1. - Mary: “Is 11 o’clock alright?” - Tom: “ .”
A. Yes, that’s fine B. No, I don’t want to go
C. Wait a minute D. Sounds interesting
2. Typhoons, floods or droughts can easily a harvest.
A. finish B. destroy C. provide D. defeat
3. You should pay to what the instruction is saying.
A. attendance B. intention C. convention D. attention
4. My friends usually enjoy my of humor.
A. sense B. kind C. means D. form
5. - Mother: “Could you do me a favor?” - Kate: “ .”
A. No, thanks. I’m fine B. Yes, that’s kind of you
C. Yes, sure D. Yes, thank you
6. Practising English anywhere you can is a way to better your speaking skill.
A. speak B. speaking C. to speak D. for speaking
7. Soak some old newspapers in a of water overnight.
A. pair B. bunch C. bucket D. tube
8. Mrs. Thanh: “ you give the book to me, please?” - Mai: “Of course.” .
A. Will B. Shall C. Do D. Should
9. The winners are the first ones a fire.
A. make B. makes C. making D. to make
10. Children may drink or eat chemicals and drugs they look like soft drinks and candy.
A. until B. because C. although D. so that

149
IV. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition. (5 pts)
1. We should cover the burned area a thick sterile dressing.
2. They fell love each other almost immediately and were married in a few weeks.
3. Next month I’m going to Scotland a short holiday.
4. Their parents are very proud their results.
5. What is the difference “clean up” and “clean out”?
6. We are going to hold a discussion recycling.
7. The boy fell his bike and hit his head the road.
8. Santa Claus is based the description of Saint Nicholas.

V. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in capital letters. (10 pts)
1. In 2013, the World Water Week will be held under the theme “Water -Building Partnerships”.
(COOPERATE)
2. , dark clouds soon appeared and it began to rain. (FORTUNE)
3. Laura is the most person in our group. (BEAUTY)
4. Many of the older generation were there. (REPRESENT)
5. She has cut herself, and it is quite badly. (BLOOD)
6. His health was seriously affected and he suffered from constant . (SLEEP)
7. Bao is kind and generous to everyone. (EXTREME)
8. I’m pleased to hear that you had an Christmas vacation. (ENJOY)
9. This knife is - it can cut everything. (USE)
10. The Scouting Association is the largest youth organization in the world. (VOLUNTEER)
VI. Put the sentences (A – J) in the correct order (1 – 10 ) to make a meaningful conversation. (5 pts)
A. Goodbye.
B. Yes, can you come at ten to three on Wednesday afternoon?
C. What name is it, please?
D. Yes, that’s fine.
E. It’s Tom Smith.
F. Yes, can I make an appointment with doctor Wall, please?
G. No, I’m sorry, I can’t. What about the evening?
H. Good morning. Can I help you?
I. Thank you Mr. Smith. Goodbye.
J. Doctor Wall isn’t here in the evening on Wednesday, I’m afraid. I can put you in at half past six on Thursday
evening.
Your answers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

150
VII. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences. (10 pts)
1. How many times you (be) to London this year? 
2. The two girls (play) chess over there are my classmates. 
3. We must take an umbrella. It (rain). 
4. The guests (arrive) while I (still / cook). 
5. The rice-cooking festival (hold) every two years. 
6. I often (climb) trees when I was a little girl. 
7. Two miles (be) enough for her to go jogging every morning. 
8. I’m very bored. My mother always (complain) about her housework. 
9. Fred would like (admit) to the college. 

VIII. Each of the following sentences contains one error. Underline and correct it. (5 pts)
1. We won’t get to the airport in least than 30 minutes. 
2. Your grandfather and I are delighting that you passed your English exam. 
3. People use first-aid in order for ease the victim’s pain and anxiety. 
4. We believe that she feels very badly about her mistake. 
5. The big present is wrapped in red papers is five dollars. 

IX. Fill in each numbered space with ONE appropriate word. (10 pts)
Youth Month 2013 launched nationwide
(1) February 28th, over 1,500 young people gathered at a ceremony to kick off Youth Month 2013 in the
central province of Thua Thien Hue under the theme “Youth Action for an urban civilised lifestyle”.
At the (2) , 500 youngsters volunteered to (3) more than 400 units of blood to the Hue Central
Hospital. Hundreds of Youth Union members took part in propagation to (4) public awareness on environmental
protection, traffic safety, and urban civilisation.
For the entire month of March, activities will (5) directed to motivate young people’s participation in
diverse activities, (6) giving feedback to the Draft Amendment of the 1992 Constitution, building a civilised
lifestyle, protecting the environment (7) urban landscape.
There will be “Green Sunday” and “Volunteering Saturday” with intensive activities to (8) up the
surroundings, remove illegal advertising posters, eliminate black spots of pollution. The Youth Month was first launched
in 2004 and has become (9) annual event for the youth, which aims (10) increase young people’s
responsibilities to the community and the nation.
Your answers: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
7. 8. 10.
6. 9.

X. Read the passage below and then circle the correct answer A, B, C or D. (10 pts)
Have you ever been to Britain? I’ve dreamed of going there (1) I was a little girl and finally, (2) the spring
of 2012, it happened. I was there three weeks and (3) much of that time soaking up the culture, history, and

151
scenery of this incredible island. I visited several districts in England, Wales and Scotland and even (4) a site trip
to Ireland. Every place I went to seemed to be more interesting and more beautiful (5) the last.
The tour I was with began in London. Of all the sights I saw there, the Tower of London was the most (6) . The
Tower is a building complex of incredibly rich history.
Also on the Thames are the Houses of Parliament and, of course, the clock tower housing “Big Ben”. I saw so many
landmarks I can hardly remember them all. Although it was just a glimpse of London I did, (7) , get a chance to
see all the (8) famous places.
After (9) of days in London we traveled to the south of England stopping to visit Stonehenge. If you don’t know
about Stonehenge there are a couple of links on my links page that will (10) you to sites that can fill you in.
1. A. for B. while C. since D. because
2. A. on B. in C. at D. to
3. A. spent B. took C. did D. used
4. A. did B. got C. spent D. made
5. A. then B. as C. with D. than
6. A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interestingly
7. A. at first B. at all C. at least D. at that
8. A. more B. much C. most D. many
9. A. few B. some C. a couple D. little
10. A. reach B. take C. make D. send

XI. Read the following text then choose from the list A-F the best sentence to fill each of the spaces. There is one
extra sentence which you do not need. (5 pts)
I have recently become very worried about my 15-year-old son, Nick. Although he was never brilliant at school,
he used to get reasonable good marks. (1) .
He used to be such a good swimmer that he won several prizes. But now he has given up training. And instead of
neat clothes he used to wear, all he ever puts on is the same pair of shabby of old jeans and a dirty sweatshirt.
(2) . Nick was in the kitchen. The radio was so loud that he didn’t hear me come behind him. My handbag
was on the table. (3) .
We had a terrible row. Finally, he broke down and confessed everything. He has been going every day to a big
amusement arcade near his school and playing electronics games with nick names like Space Warrior and Alien Invaders.
I had always thought they were harmless. (4) .
He has promised he won’t go there again, but I think he’s too addicted to stop. (5) . What can I do to help
him?
A. But now I realize that he’s so hooked on them, he’ll even steal from his own mother in order to pay for
the habit.
B. Even if he wanted to, he couldn’t - and he doesn’t .
C. I often leave it there so that I won’t forget it when I go out.
D. He had taken some money out of it and was just about to put it in his pocket.

152
 E. But that isn’t all. Last Sunday, I got up earlier than usual.
F. But now his work has become so bad that his teachers say he is just wasting his time there.
Your answers: 1.
2. 3. 4. 5.

XII. Rewriteeachofthefollowing sentences sothatitmeans thesame asthefirstone, beginningwith thegivenwords. (10 pts)
1. “You shouldn’t lend him any more money,” Mrs. Tuyet said to Nga.
 Mrs. Tuyet advised .
2. Everyone was surprised to see Geoff leave the party early.
 To .
3. It was so late that nothing could be done.
 It was too .
4. Is this the best price you can offer?
 Can’t you ?
5. I don’t go to church every Sunday any longer.
 I used to .
6. I sent my friend a letter in London last week.
 A letter .
7. I last saw him when I was a student.
 I haven’t .
8. “Don’t forget to bring your passports with you when you go abroad.”
 She reminded .
9. Smoking is not allowed in the ward.
 Would you ?
10. He failed the exam because of his laziness.
 Because he .
XIII. Use the given word to write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the
original sentence. Do not change the form of the given word. (5 pts)
1. I wanted to finish my homework, so I stayed up late last night. (as)
 I stayed .
2. The thick fog prevented me from driving to work. (made)
 The thick fog .
3. Nick hasn’t been to Vietnam before. (time)
 This is .
4. Mr. Lam teaches English. Mr. Hai teaches Math. (subject)
 Mr. Lam doesn’t .
5. I’d rather not see him tomorrow. (want)
I .
XIV. Use the given suggestions to complete sentences. (5 pts)

153
1. Instead / reuse / plastic bags / we / use / cloth bags.

154
 .
2. Will / you / have / look / house / me / while / I / be / holiday?
 ?
3. We / hope / give / more / green / color / town / and / earn / money / group.
 .
4. “Friends of the Earth” / be / organization / protect / planet.
 .
5. It / brave / him / jump / river / save / child.
 .

ENGLISH PRACTICE 76

I. Select A, B, C or D only to indicate the word whose bold and underlined part is pronounced differently from the
rest.
1. A. looked B. watched C. stopped D. carried
2. A. bath B. father C. theater D. health
3. A. danger B. angry C. language D. passage
4. A. whole B. when C. where D. while
5. A. improvement B. equipment C. comment D. development
II. Choose the best option A, B, C or D to complete the following questions
6. She went to market without anything.
A. buy B. to buy C. bought D. Buying
7. she plays the piano!

155
 A. How well B. How good C. What well D. What good
8. The new shopping mall is quite the present shopping area.
A. different from B. the same C. like to D. similar
9. There were flowers that I couldn’t dicide what to buy.
A. so many B. so few C. so little D. so much
10. Of my parents, my father is
A. the stricter B. the strictest C. strict D. stricter
11. Would you cleaning the floor for me?
A. like B. please C. mind D. rather
12. I’ve never seen such an interesting
A. performing B. performer C. performance D. performed
13. I’m sorry. I’m not to help you lift the table.
A. enough strong B. too strong C. strong enough D. enough strength.
14. I usually go to work by bus, but and then I use my motorbike
A. again B. once C. now D. ever
15. There are not jobs for all of us.
A. so B. such C. too D. enough
III. Complete the following questions with the correct preposition.
16. She isn’t here the moment.
17. Warm clothes protect us bad weather.
18. What do you often do weekends.
19. We haven’t seen him last month.
20. He had an accident and was taken hospital.
21. We regarded him a famous doctor.
22. You’re better ask the information desk.
23. He borrowed $ 100 his father
24. “ Hamlet” is Shakespeare.
25. Jane fell her bike and hit head on the road
IV. Fill the blanks with the right form of the CAPITAL words provided in the right column.
26. Their children have quite characters. DIFFERENCE
27. What is the correct of this word? PRONOUNCE
28. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more COMFORT
29. She is one of the greatest to appear in this theater. PERFORM
30. My house is on the top of a hill. It’s very there in the fall WIND
31. It is to eat too much sugar and fatty food. HEALTH
32. During his the family lived in Cornwall CHILD
33. Bell demonstrated his invention. SUCCESS
34. Every day, there are two from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. FLY

156
35. , dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. SUDDEN
V. Give the correct form of the verb in brackets.
36. Will you wait a minute while I (look) through the text ?
37. “ I hear you’ve bought a new house.” - “Yes, I ( move ) in next week”
38. Look at those black clouds. It ( rain)
39. The film ( begin) at 7.30 or 8.00 this evening ?
40. Mai (telephone) you when she comes back.
41. The pens ( produce ) by Thien Long Company are usually cheap and good.
42. “Do you mind if I sit here ?” – “ I ‘d rather you ( sit ) over there”
43. The price ( become ) more and more expensive these days.
44, + 45. Mr Binh ( know) how to drive a car although he ( not learn) it yet.

VI. Complete the following passage by choosing the best option, A, B, C or D.

For many people, traveling by plane is an exciting experience. Others, however, find the whole idea quite terrifying, (46)
flying is no more dangerous (47) any other form of travel and some experts say it is considerably safer. It
is known, however, that most accident occurs (48) taking off and landing when a (49) decisions are
vitally important.
The people, (50) job is to look (51) the passengers, the stewards and stewardesses play an
important part in helping passengers to (52) safe and comfortable. Indeed for many passengers being (53)
such care of is all part of the total experience. (54) other form of travel involves waiting for people in quite the
same
(55) , with food, drink, newspapers, magazines, music, and even video films.
46- A. although B. too C. and D. because
47- A. than B. as C. then D. with
48- A. while B. during C. for D. through
49- A. leader’s B. chief ’s C. driver’s D. pilot’s
50- A. whose B. which C. their D. that
51- A. for B. up C. after D. round
52- A. feel B. rest C. experience D. lie
53- A. given B. kept C. shown D. taken
54- A. Any B. No C. All D. Not
55- A. way B. kind C. sort D. part
VI. Listen to the the following passage and complete the numbered blanks with one word you hear.
When I (56) a child I used to go to (57) my grandmother. I thought her house was very
(58) as a palace and the garden seemed bigger than a park. (59) I grew up , the house and
garden seemed (60) but I still loved visiting the (61) lady. There were so many
beautiful things in the house. Sometimes, I played (62) the doll’s house which was older than grandmother
herself. At (63) times, I looked (64) books which were (65) interesting than my
children’s book at home.
157
VIII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find it by choosing A, B, C or D.
66. Have you ever seen a painting of Picasso yet ?
A B C D
67. “ Do you think anyone saw us ?” she told
nervously. A B C D
68. The plays writing by Shakespeare are very popular in the
world. A B C D
69. The employer said that he would give them a two – day trip to Phu Tho next week.
A B C D
70.My sister is studying very hard in order to pass the exam and getting scholarship at university. A B
C D
IX. Rewrite the sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first given.
71. Peter spent three hours repainting his house.
-> It
72. Old car tires are recycled to make shoes and sandals.
-> People
73. We arrived too late to see the film.
->. We didn’t
74. “Do you know to speak English?” He asked me.
->. He asked me
75. The last time we met each other was ten years ago.
-> We haven’t

======== The End =======

158
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 77

B. LEXICO-GRAMMAR (4.0/10)
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. ancient B. delicious C. participate D. special
2. A. worked B. helped C. watched D. naked
3. A. position B. bottle C. product D. opposite
4. A. tidy B. prize C. written D. final
5. A. event B. end C. market D. festival
II. Choose the word that differs from the rest in the position of the main stress.
1. A. decorate B. prepare C. however D. tradition
2. A. collect B. festival C. explain D. design
3. A. participate B. unsuitable C. competition D. activity
4. A. wonderful B. traditional C. arrangement D. attractive
5. A. harvest B. perform C. council D. ancient
III. Choose the best option to complete each sentence.
1. I will return you the book as soon as I reading it.
A. finishing B. finish C. finished D. will finish
2. He is getting married a famous film star this weekend.
A. with B. to C. for D. after
3. The heavy rain has caused in many parts of the country.
A. storms B. droughts C. typhoon D. floods
4. Deaf-mutes can speak hear.
A. both/ and B. either/ or C. neither/ nor D. not only/ but also
5. They from Canada to America to find work.
A. started B. demonstrated C. delivered D. emigrated
6. Doctor insists for a few days.
A that he is resting B. his resting C. him to rest D. that he rest
7. The number of cars on the road .
A. increase B. is increasing C. are going to increase D. are increasing
8. bacon and eggs every morning.
A. I am used to eat B. I used to eating C. I am used to eating D. I use to eat
9. The team really looks good tonight because the coach had them every night this week.
A. practice B. to practice C. practiced D. the practice

159
10. The road to the sea is very rough.
A. goes B. to go C. going D. is going
IV. Each of the following sentences has one mistake. Identify and correct the mistakes.
1. Keep the cheese freshly by wrapping each one individually.
A B C D
2. What is the most important thing in really life?
A B C D
3. Da Lat is known like a city of pines, waterfalls and flowers.
A B C D
4. The river bank was covered by weed.
A B C D
5. The harder he tried the worst he danced before the large audience.
A B C D
6. A flower growing in the garden is more beautiful than a flower stood in a vase.
A B C D
7. A five - thousand - dollar reward were offered for the capture of the escaped criminals.
A B C D
8. In the mid-nineteenth century, an Englishman had someone designed a Christmas card.
A B C D
9. His illness is probably because stress.
A B C D
10. Jack asked his boss could he have a day off.
A B C D
V. Supply an appropriate form of the words in CAPITALS.
WEIGH Every woman nowadays seems to want to lose (1). It has become almost a
DAY (2)topic of conversation.
END
Otherwise sensible women spend hours in (3)argument about what to eat. Newspaper
DISCUSS
articles are eagerly read and radio and TV (4)carefully listened to. There is so much
AVAIL
information (5)it is no wonder people get confused.
Women who are slimming can never enjoy a meal without being afraid of
their diet. And when they have lost a few pounds are they really any
ORGANIZE
. Is it really a fact of life that slim women are the only really (8) ones? No, in some
HAPPY
parts of the world a husband would be(9)to be seen with a thin wife. Nevertheless, if a
ATTRACT
woman really has a slimming problem, there is only one
SHAME
(10)to make: Eat Less
DECIDE
C. READING (2.5/10)

160
I. Choose the most suitable answer from the four options marked A, B, C, or D to complete each of the numbered
gaps in the passage below. .
In the waters around New York City is a very small island called Liberty Island. On Liberty Island there is a very
special statue called the Statue of Liberty. It is one of the most (1) sights in the world.
The Statue of Liberty was a gift (2) the people of France to the people of the United States. The statue was
made by a French (3) named Fredric Auguste Bartholdi. The inner support system was designed by Gustave
Eiffel, the same man who made the famous Eiffel Tower in Paris.
Liberty, of course, (4) freedom, and the Statue of Liberty was given to the United States to (5) the
one-hundredth anniversary of U.S independence from England. The statue was built in France, (6) apart piece by
piece, and the rebuilt in the United States. It was opened to the (7) on October 28, 1886.
(8) you might expect, the statue is very big. Visitors can ride an elevator from the (9) to the bottom
of the statue. If they want to, they can then walk up the 168 steps to reach the head of the statue where they can look out
and enjoy the beautiful (10) of the city of New York.
1. A. well-known B. celebrated C. famous D. notorious
2. A. from B. by C. of D. for
3. A. sculpture B. sculptor C. carver D. potter
4. A. indicates B. points out C. clarifies D. means
5. A. organize B. commemorate C. celebrate D. hold
6. A. taken B. brought C. broken D. torn
7. A. humans B. crowd C. people D. public
8. A. So B. Like C. As D. Thus
9. A. surface B. ground C. soil D. level
10. A. sight B. view C. scene D. scenes

II. Complete the passage with the suitable words.

Learning a language is, in some way, like (1) how to fly or play the piano. There (2)
important differences, but there is a very important similarity. It is this: learning how to do such things needs lots (3)
practice. It is never simply to “know” something. You must be able to “do” things with what (4)
know. For example, it is not enough simply to read a book on (5) to fly an aeroplane. A (6)
can give you lots of information about how to fly, but if only read a book and then try to (7)
without a great deal of practice first, you will crash and kill (8) .The same is true of (9)
the piano. So you think it is enough simply to read about it? Can you play the piano without having lots of
(10) first?

II. Read the following directions on medicine and ointments, and then write true (T) or false (F) for each
sentence below.
III.

161
 PARATECIL TABLETS
For headache, colds and influenza
Dose: (Unless told otherwise by a doctor)
Adults and children over 12 years: one to two tablets
Take the tablets three or four times daily every four hours.
Don’t continue to take the tablets for more than three days. If you do not get
better after this time, see your doctor.
Do not take more than the dose.
Keep the tablets in a safe place because they can be dangerous to young
children.
ANTI-STING
For insect bites and stings. Help to prevent pain and itching.
IMPORTANT: Use on the skin only. Rub gently on the skin two or three times
daily for up to three days. Keep out of the reach of children.
If there is no improvement within three days, see your doctor.

Write T or F:
1. Take two Paratecil tablets every four hours for up to three days.
2. Use Anti-sting for mosquito bites.
3. All adults and children with headache, cold and influenza can take one or two
Paratecil tablets.
4. You can swallow Anti-sting to help prevent pain.
5. Don’t take Paratecil tablets for longer than three days.

D. WRITING (2.5/10)
I. Complete these sentences in such a way that they remain unchanged from the original ones.

1- The last time I saw her was in 2005.

I
haven't .................................................................................................... .................................. .................................................
...
2- He is writing a book on biology.
 A book on
biology ...................................................................... .................................. ...............................................................
3- Going swimming in the summer is interesting.

It ................................................................................................... .................................. ...........................................................
.........

162
4- He was punished by his mother
 His
mother.......................................................................... .................................. ..........................................................................
5- “Don’t play video games too much, Minh"Mr Ha said.
 Mr Ha
asked ..................................................................... .................................. ............................................................................
6- Tom is not as tall as Mary.

Mary......................................................................................... .................................. ...............................................................
..........
7- How is the weather ?
What’s..................................................................................... .................................. .............................................................
..............
8- “Please turn down the radio for me,” said my father.
 My father
asked............................................................................ .................................. .................................................................
9- Many trees are cut down to make paper.

They.... .......................................................................................... .................................. ..........................................................
.........
10- She cleaned the house.Then she went to the market.

After................. ............................................................................. .................................. ..........................................................
.........
II. Write a passage.
Many people want to have a life in the city, others like the countryside. What is your favorite place to live? Give some
details in about 90 to 100 words to support your idea? These guidelines will help you:
- Where do you want to live? Why
- How is the life there? (The environment/people......)
- How do people earn their living?
- How do you feel living there?

163
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 78
Part 1. Choose the correct word or phrase underlined to complete the sentences:
1. Mai can’t take part in the volleyball game because she doesn’t cook / didn’t cook/ hasn’t cooked / has cooked
dinner for her parents.
2. The woman is keen of / in / on / with about her daughter.
3. She wondered how / whose / which / what her father looked like then.
4. He tried everykey in turn but no / neither / any / none fitted.
5. I wish my mother had lived / has lived / would live / lived together with us this weekend.
6. The boys used to playing / play / played / plays football in my back garden.
7. Her blouse is the same color like / so / from / as mine.
8. Every one in my company has never talked to you about that, has she / has every one / hasn’t she / have they?
9. The weather was awful, because / so / if / but they had to go to work by bus.
10. When we had heard / were hearing / hear / heard the alarm, all of us ran out of the building.

Part 2. Choose one word from the list given to fill in each of the gaps in the text below. Each word is used once only:
dying example about know dead smoking dangerous
plane do usually drinking motorbike
People ….(1) that climbing is a dangerous activity, but what ….(2) the danger in our everyday lives? Many
activities that we can be dangerous, and some are much more ….(3) than the others. Did you know, for ….(4), that the
risk of death through riding was 1 in 1,000? People ….(5) think that traveling by ….(6) is dangerous, but the risk of dying
in an accident is only 1 in 25,000! The two most dangerous things that we can ….(7) in our daily lives are riding a
motorbike and smoking. The risk of death from a ….(8) accident is 1 in 500, but ….(9) is the worst. The risk of ….(10)
from lung cancer is 1 in 200.
Yo ur answer here:
1. ............................ 2. ………………… 3. …………………….
4. …………………. 5. …………………. 6. …………………….
7. …………………. 8………………….. 9. ……………………..
10. ………………

Part 3. Supply the correct form of the words in brankets:

1. The Internet has ….. developed and become part of our life. ( increase )
2. The articles in that newspaper are quite ….. . ( inform )
3. Lan talked aloud when the teacher was teaching us. she was ….. . ( think )
4. The children living in this village are very ….. . ( study )
5. When you take an exam, you are an ….. . ( examine)
6. They moved to a ….. area in the north-east of the country. ( mountain )
7. We must learn about keeping the environment ….. . ( pollute )
8. People use the Internet for many purposes ; however, it has ….. . ( limit )

164
 9. The novels ….. in the 1990’s are the best-sellers in many countries in the world. (write )
10. Lan is looking for some ….. information to finish her essay. ( far)
Your answer here:
1. ……………………………… 2. ………………………….
3. ……………………………… 4. …………………………
5. ………………………………. 6. …………………………..
7. ………………………………. 8. …………………………..
9. ……………………………….. 10. ………………………….

Part 4. Read the passage and decide if the following statements are (T) True or (F) False:
The country is more beautiful than a town and pleasant to live in. Many people think so and go to the country for the
summer holidays though they can not live there all the year round. Some have a cottage built in a village so that they can
go there whenever they can find the time. English villages are not all alike, but in some ways they are not very different
from each other. Almost every village has a church, the round or square tower of which can be seen for many miles
around. surrounding the church is the churchyard, where people are burried. The village green is a wide stretch of grass,
and houses or cottages are around it. Country life is now fairly comfortable and many villages have water brought through
pipes into each house. Most villages are so near some small town that people can go there to buy anything they can’t find
in the village shops..
1. Many people spend their summer holidays in their own cottages in the country.
2. English villages also go to the country whenever they have time.
3. Many people think it’s pleasant to live in the country
4. There is a church in almost every village.
5.The church is tall and you can see it from a long distance.
6. After dying, people are burried in the churchyard.
7. Villagers depend on wells or rivers for drinking water.
8. Almost villages are close to small towns ..

Part 5. Rewrite each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence
printed before it.
1. “ Don’t poke your nose into my affairs,Mary.” Her elder brother said.
- > Her elder brother asked……………………………………………………………
2.Why don’t we collect all the wastes in the box?
- > What ………………………………………………………………………….
3.Mai is nine years old. Nga is fifteen years old.
- > Mai is…………………………………………………………………………………
4. It is over two years since Mr. David last talked about his uncle.
- > Mr. David hasn’t ………………………………………………………………………
5. They were re-decorating a new building in the heart of the city.

165
 - > A new building …………………………………………………………………
6. Mai forgot your telephone number, didn’t she?
- > Mai didn’t...........................................................................................................?
7. The man arrived at the station too late to meet his aunt.
- >The man didn’t ……………………………………………………………………
8. They repaired that motorbike for half an hour.
- > It took ………………………………………………………………………
9. American grapes are the most expensive kind of fruit in our town.
- > No kinds of
fruit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………
10. Peter can make modern robots when he has free time.
- > Peter is …………………………………………………………………………..………

Part 6. Use the words given to complete the following sentences:

1. boys / proud / balls / make / rubber / themselves.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. thanks / television / people / enjoy / interesting programs / inexpensive way.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
3. they / teach English / students / Quang Trung secondary school / ten years.
……………………………………………………………………………………………..
4. bridge / build / center / town/ when / Mary / come / last night.
………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Long / want / communicate / friends / means of e-mail / Internet.
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
Part 7. Match the word or phrase in column A with its definition in column B:

A B
1. order a. a person who is in a particular area of work or study
2. specialist b. a unit of information stored in computers, equal to 8 BITS
3. refer to c. as a whole
4. byte d. organize or arrange something
5. in general e. describe or be connected to something

Your answer here:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

166
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 79
I. Circle the letter A, B, C or D in each sentence before the word that has the underlined part pronounced
differently from the rest. ( 1pt)
1. A. sunbathe B. write C. facsimile D. surface
2. A. lunar B. cruel C. tutor D. produce
3. A. chemistry B. headache C. character D. challenging
4. A. typhoon B. look C. afternoon D. cartoon
5. A . tradition B. question C. production D. pronunciation
II. Choose the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences. Write your answers in the table
below(1pt)
1. It’s at least a month since........................John.
A. I last seen B. I have last seen C. I last see D. I last saw
2. I think I’ll buy this pair of shoes. They................me really well.
A. fit B. are fitting C. have fit D. are fitted
3. I’ll tell my uncle all the news when I................him.
A. will see B. am going to see C. see D. shall see
4. Our neighbours are very.......................on camping holidays.
A. interested B. fond C. eager D. keen
5. She kindly offered to...................me the way to the station.
A. explain B. show C. direct D. describe
6. Thank you very much.....................the Christmas gift .
A. of B. with C. for D. about
7. It is raining outside, and Tom brought his umbrella with him.........he wouldn’t get wet.
A. so as to B. in order C. so that D. in order to
8. I found it difficult to eat with chopsticks. But now I....................with them.
A. used to eat B. am used to eating C. use to eat D. am used to eat
9. I think Egypt is a.........................country.
A. fascinate B. fascinated C. fascination D. fascinating
10. We had a party last night. I........................spend all morning clearing up the mess.
A. must have B. have been to C. have had to D. have must
ANSWERS:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

III. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete sentences (1pt)
11. Huy makes friends very easily because he is very......................( SOCIAL)
2“The lost shoe” is one of the..............................stories I like best. ( TRADITION)
3Our teacher always.....................................us to work hard. (COURAGE)
4The tiger wanted to see the farmer's...................(WISE)
5The scouts do the ................work (VOLUNTEER)

167
6 Bell demonstrated his invention. (SUCCESS)
7. , dark clouds appeared and it began to rain. (FORTUNATE)
8. Every day, there are two from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh city. (FLY)
9. Thank you for your………………...… (KIND)
10. Thomas Watson was bell’s …………… , wasn’t he? (ASSIST)

IV. Read the following passage and choose the best answer(1pt)
Footprints on the moon
Long ago a lot of people thought the moon was a god. Other people thought it was a light in the sky. And others thought
it was a big ball of cheese!
Then telescopes were made. And men saw that the moon was really another world. They wondered what it was like.
they dreamed of going there. On July 20, 1969, that dream came true. Two American men landed on the moon. Their
names were Neil Armstrong and Edwin Aldrin. The first thing the men found was that the moon is covered with dust. The
dust is so thick that the men left footprints where they walked. Those were the first marks a living thing had ever made on
the moon. And they could stay there for years and years. There is no wind or rain to wipe them off. The two men walked
on the moon for hours. They picked up rocks to bring back to earth for study. They dug up dirt to bring back and they set
up machines to find
out things people wanted to know. Then they climbed back into their moon landing craft.
Next day the landing craft roared as the two men took off from the moon. They joined Micheal Collins in the spaceship
that waited for them above the moon. Then they were off on their long trip back to earth. Behind them they left the plains ,
the tall mountains of the moon and they left the machines they had set up. Above all, they left their footprints that may last
forever.
1. This story tells .....................
A. about the first men to walk on the moon.
B. how men found footprints on the moon.
C. what the men brought back from their trip to the moon.
D. who had left footprints on the moon before the two men landed there.
2. A telescope ........................
A. makes balls of light seem brighter.
B. turns the moon into another world.
C. makes many of men’s dreams come true.
D. makes faraway things seem closer.
3. The men brought rocks and dirt from the moon because..........
A. they wanted something to show they were there.
B. people wanted to use them to learn about the moon.
C. they wanted to keep them as souvenirs.
D. they might sell them to scientists.
4. The Americans’ machines will most likely stay on the moon until ..............

168
 A. someone take them away.
B. a storm covers them with dust.
C. rain and wind destroy them.
D. they become rusty and break to pieces.
5. The next people who go to the moon most likely could ...................
A. find that the machines have disappeared.
B. leave the first set of footprints on the moon.
C. find the places where Armstrong and Aldrin walked.
D. find that dust has wiped off the two men’s footprints.

V. Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word (1pt)

We have an alarm-clock. It was ...(1)... in 1867. It was a Swiss make. My father likes ...(2). . .very much because it is a
present ...(3)... Mr. Anderson, a friend of ...(4)... . Mr. Anderson ...(5).... my grandfather ...(6). . .his 80th birthday. It always
keeps good ...(7)... .
...(8)... to it, we never get ...(9). . .late.
It has a good sound when it ...(10). . .the time. It is a preciuos thing in our family.
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….

6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………

VI. Complete the sentences using the correct form of the verbs in the brackets (1pts)
1. I (give) a nice gift when I was fourteen.
2. This letter must (type) before the director leaves here for London.
3. Why you (not work)? It’s 8.30 now?
4. Look! Those dogs and cats (feed) by the little girl.
5. She said she (pick) me up at the airport the following morning.
6. Do you mind if I (use) your computer for some minutes?
7. Nothing (give) to you if you don’t obey me.
8. Would you mind if I (sit) next to you?
9. She told me (not smoke) in her room.
10. I know you have lived in this house for a long time. When your father (buy) it?
ANSWERS:
1………………. 2……………….. 3……………….. 4………………… 5……………….

6………………. 7………………. 8………………. 9………………… 10………………

VII. Rewrite the sentences so that it has the same meaning as the sentence printed before (1pt)
1. Has anyone asked you for your opinions?

169
 Have you.......................................................................................................?
2. I’ll only help you if you promise to try harder.
Unless........ ....................................................................................................
3. Susan is better at mathematics than Sarah.
Sarah..... .........................................................................................................
4. It’s two months since I last had a good night’s sleep.
I ...................... ..............................................................................................
5. They’re going to built a new hospital in my home town.
A new ..........................................................................................................
6. “ I must go home before noon,” said Mrs. Nga.
Mrs. Nga .....................................................................................................
7. “ Children, don’t play soccer here,” said the old man to the children.
The old man......... .......................................................................................
8. Ba is too short to reach the top shelf.
The top shelf.............................................................................................
9. It is difficult for Tom to anwer the questions.
Tom finds..................................................................................................
10. Let’s go out for a walk.
Why.......................................................................................................?
VIII. Each sentence below contains an error, underline and write the correct one in the space. 0 is done as an
example. (1pt)
0. My brother are a teacher. 0. is
1. I go to see her if I have enough time. 1.
2. It is not easy do that difficult work. 2.
3. He drove such fast that he won the race. 3.
4. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend. 4.
5. When she came, I read her letter. 5
6. It’s dangerous to drive fastly in busy streets. 6.
7. The bicycle is so expensive for me to buy. 7.
8. Dave is a friend of mine. I knew him for a long time. 8.

IX. Complete the following sentences by using the suggested words. (1pts)
1. Although / Nam / I / has / quite / different / characters, we / be / close / friend .
…………………………………………………………………………………………
2. My grandmother / used / tell / us / folktales / when / we / small.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Lan / get / good / marks / because / she / work / hard / final exam.
…………………………………………………………………………………………

170
4. Alexander Graham Bell / born / Edinburgh / Scotland / nineteenth century.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
5. My father / be home / before / seven / because / want / see / 7 / o’clock news.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
6. That / very / kind / you / help / me / this math problem.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
7. We / raise / funds / by / collect / waste paper / and / break / glass.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
8. What / you / do / when / I call / the phone?
…………………………………………………………………………………………
9. This work / have to / finish / before / five o’clock.
………………………………………………………………………………………
10. If / she / not invite / birthday party / I / not / go.
………………………………………………………………………………………

ENGLISH PRACTICE 80

Question 1:
a- Choose the word whose underlined part is pronouced differently from that of the others in each group.
1. A- thank B- than C- month D- youth
2. A- advantage B- adventure C- advertise D- addtion
3. A- main B- complain C- curtain D- entertain
4. A- good B- noon C- soon D- food
5. A- sing B- morning C- long D- angry

b- Supply the correct form of the verb in brackets:

1. When we (see) ……....................... them last night, they (sing)................................in the hall .
2. We (wait)….......................… for you when you (get)...............................back tomorrow.
3. They (not come)….......................… home until they (see)...............................everything.
4. What did you think the children (do)……....................... when we (get)...............................home last night?
5. I’m sure the letter won’t arrive in time unless it (send)...............................by air.
171
Question 2 :
a- Fill each blank with correct form of the word given in capital letters.
1. He was ……...............…. when he did the test badly. HOPE
2. We started our trip on a beautiful …......…… morning. SUN
3. I enjoyed the book very much, because it was so …........…….. READ
4. What time do you …...........…….. start work ? USE
5. I really don’t think he has the ….......……. to do this job. ABLE
6. He was very ….......…. of the work he had done. PRIDE
7. Thank you for a very …….......… evening. ENJOY
8. Their ….........…. has lasted a lifetime. FRIEND
9. He cycled …............…… and had an accident. CARE
10. She has one of the biggest …….…...................in Britain. COLLECT

b- Correct the wrong form of verbs in the following sentences.

1. I enjoyed to listen to her song.
2. The breaking glass was still on the floor.
3. He walked away without to look back.
4. Most of people inviting to dinner were old friends.
5. We’re looking forward to visit London.

Question 3: Read the text below then choose the right sentence a, b, c or d.
Do you like seasons?
The four seasons in Britain are very different. Read about what Daniel and Fiona think about winter, spring,
summer and autumn.
Daniel
Autumn is very beautiful time of the year. The leaves on the trees go brown, red and yellow and they go down. I
love to watch it ! We play in the parks a lot but we wear warm clothes, because the days get cold. School starts again in
autumn, at the beginning of September. I don’t like school !
Summer is the time for me! School finishes in July and we can play in the parks all the time. Sometimes it is very
hot. People are happier and they talk with their friends and go for a walks more. The days are very long. In July, for
example, it gets dark only about 10 o’clock. It’s very difficult to go to sleep at night!
Fiona
It’s very cold in winter! Sometimes, we have a lot of snow and we can make snowmen. I don’t like winter because
we can’t go for a walks very much. We wear thick clothes and in our house it sometimes gets cold. When we come
home from
school at 4 o’clock, it is already dark. I don’t like it at all! But there is one good thing about winter - Chirismas!

172
 After the long winter, sprong is great! There are new leaves on the trees and the birds start to sing. We can go for
long walks again and play in the park. The days are longer and it doesn’t get dark until about six o’clock. It’s much
warmer but it rains a lot and the days are very windy.
1. a- Daniel likes autumn because the trees are beautiful.
b- Daniel likes autumn because school starts in September.
c- Daniel doesn’t play in the park in autumn because the days are cold.
d- Daniel goes to school with great pleasure.
2. a- School in Britain finishes in May.
b- Daniel doesn’t like to meet his friends in the park in summer.
c- People in Great Britain sometimes have hot summers.
d- In July it is dark at nine.
3. a- Daniel always goes to sleep at eight in summer because the days are shorter than in winter.
b- It is always very hot in Britain in summer.
c- Daniel doesn’t like autumn at all !
d- In summer Daniel is happier than in autumn because he doesn’t go to school.
4. a- Fiona makes snowmen every day in winter.
b- Fiona likes to go for walks with her friends.
c- Fiona doesn’t like winter because it is cold in winter.
d- It never gets cold in Fiona’s house.
5. a- Winters are short in Britain.
b- Fiona comes home in the afternoon.
c- Fiona doesn’t like winter at all !
d- It never snows in Great Britain.
6. a- Fiona likes spring very much.
b- Fiona likes dark winter days.
c- It gets dark at 5 in the afternoon in spring.
d- In Great Britain it doesn’t rain much in spring.

Question 4: Complete the sentences with at / in.

1. Hamid works …….. a restaurant...............Oxford.
2. We live...............number 32 Redland Road now.
3. We had a wonderful week.................Madrid.
4. The accident happened because the driver didn’t stop..............the traffic lights.
5. There’s a supermarket...............the end of the street.
6. We had a great fun last night..............Mick’s party.
7. Are there any fish...........this river ?
8. It’s too cold to go out. I’m staying...............home tonight.

173
Question 5: Fill in each blank with one suitable word.
1. Quiet please! The headmaster would like to.........................a few words.
2. You are late; we’ve been waiting for you............................eight o’clock.
3 he is wrong, almost everyone admires him.
4. I don’t think I’ve lent you this book before,............................I ?
5. Many people find...........................difficult to give up smoking.
6. I don’t know..............................to call him, Mister or Doctor.
7. We must find him,..........................he is.
8. If I had today.........................., I would go to the seaside.
9. Practice..............................perfect.
10. The book I am talking about is that...........................on the second shelf.

Question 6: Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. It isn’t necessary to finish the work today.
You
don’t ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. John finally managed to get a job.
John finally succeeded ……………………………………………………………………………...………………….
3. That’s the last time I go to that restaurant.
I
certainly …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. “I advise you to take a holiday,” the doctor continued.

You’d …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
…
5. If you don’t rest yourself you really will be ill.

Unless ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…
…

ENGLISH PRACTICE 81
PART ONE: PHONOLOGY
I. Choose the word whose bold part is pronounced differently from the others in each group.
Write your answer A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
1. A. absent B. campus C. label D. relax
174
 2. A. claimed B. walked C. laughed D. helped
3. A. there B. they C. than D. thing
4. A. hard B. honor C. house D. hand
II.Choose the word whose main stress position is placed differently from the others in each group.
Write your answer A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
1. A. finish B. revise C. prefer D. produce
2. A. purpose B. entrance C. music D. typhoon
3. A. interesting B. necessity C. pollution D. environment
4. A. excellent B. popular C. efficient D. beautiful

PART TWO: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR

I. Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each of the following sentences.
Write your answer A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
1. Auld Lang Syne is a song is sung on New Year’s Eve.
A. which B. when C. whom D. where
2. Jeans are very with young people all over the world.
A. favorite B. suitable C. popular D. famous
3. Tornadoes are storms which pass overland below a thunderstorm.
A. funnel-shaped B. circle-shapedC. tropical D. Snow
4. take the train instead of the bus. It’s faster and more reliable.
A. Why not B. Why don’t C. How about D. Let’s
5. She was very tired. , she tried to finish the game.
A. Although B. So C.And D. However
6. Passover is celebrated in Israel and by all people.
A. English B. Vietnamese C. Japanese D. Jewish
7. I suggest using showers instead of baths because baths use twice showers.
A. more water than B. less water than C. As much water as D. fewer water than
8. She is a good singer. She sings .
A. beauty B. beautify C. beautiful D. beautifully
II. Choose the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets to complete each sentences.
Write your answers on your answer sheet.
1. My sister advised me this book. (to read/reading/read)
2. She said that she an English exam the following week. (had/would have/will have)
3. In 1995, a huge earthquake the city of Kobe in Japan. (strike/struck/to strike)
4. She never goes to school late, ? (does she/is she/doesn’t she)
5. Paul is not used to on the right. (drive/driving/drove)
6. 6 The authors spent 6 years his best novel. (to write/writing/wrote)
7. Little Jane to the zoo by her brother. (is often taken/often takes/has often taken)
8. What when he came to your house yesterday? (were you doing/are you doing/did you do)

175
176
 9. If it tomorrow, we will go on a picnic. (not rain/will not rain/does not rain)
10. the room, he said hello to us. (Enter/Entering/To enter)
III. Fill in the blank in the following sentences with ONE suitable preposition.
Write your answers on your answer sheet.
1. Mary was very impressed the beauty of Hue.
2. What do usually have breakfast?
3. He still keeps in touch us.
4. Malaysia is divided two regions, East Malaysia and West Malaysia.
5. We’ll have a meeting 8 am and 10 am tomorrow.
PART THREE: READING
I. Fill each blank in the following passage with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
English is a very useful language. If we (1) English, we can go to any countries we like. We will not find it hard to
make people understand (2) we want to say.. English also (3) us to increase our knowledge as hundreds on
various subjects are (4) in English everyday. It has helped to spread ideas and knowledge to all corners of the
(5) . And above all, the English language has help to build better friendship and understanding (6) countries
of the world.
II. Read the passage and decide whether the following statements are true or false.
Write your answers on your answer sheet.
May people still believe that natural resources will never be used up. Actually, the world’s resources are limited. Nobody
knows exactly how much fossil fuel is left. However, we should use them economically and try to find out alternative
source of energy. According to Professor Marvin Burnham of the England Institute of Technology, we have to start
conserving coal, oil and gas before it is too late and nuclear power is a potential alternative.
However, many people do not approve of using nuclear power because it is dangerous. What would happen if there were a
serious nuclear accident? Radioactivity causes cancer and may badly affect many future generations.
Therefore, while scientists are trying to find out other sources of energy, the most important thing for us to do now is to
use our natural resources as economically as we can.
1. Natural resources will never run out.
2. We don’t know exactly how much fossil fuel is left.
3. According to Professor Marvin Burnham, solar energy will be one of the alternatives to fossil fuels.

4. All people agree that nuclear power is a dangerous source of energy.

5. Radioactivity is very harmful to health.
6. Natural resources should be used as much as possible.

PART FOUR: WRITING

I. Finish the second sentence in such a way that is similar to that of the original one.
Write your answers on your answer sheet.
1. People should stop experiments on animals.
=> Experiments……………………………………………………….

177
2. “Can you lend me some money, Mary?” he asked.
=> He asked…………………………………………………………….
3. My sister has worked in the factory since 2001
=>My sister started…………………………………………………
4. I’m sorry I can’t go to the party tonight.
=> I wish…………………………………………………………………..
II. Use the suggested words to write complete sentences. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
1. It/take/half an hour/get/home village/bus.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………
2. We/not see/him/long time.

=> ……………………………………………………………………………

178
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 82

I. Choose the word A, B, C or D whose underlined part is pronounced different from the others:

1. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage

2. A. dimension B. expansion C. confusion D. tension
3. A. increase B. ink C. pink D. thank
4. A. germ B. gesture C. gene D. gear
5. A. manufacture B. mature C. pasture D. nature
6. A. late B. chocolate C. latex D. lady
7. A. continents B. purchase C. forecast D. houses
8. A. university B. ugly C. nun D. umbrella
9. A. toured B. astonished C. rubbed D. erased
10. A. Switzerland B. zoo C. New zealand D. amaze

II. Choose the best answer A, B, C, or D to complete each sentence:

1. We saw many soldiers and tanks were moving to the front.

A. that B.which C.who D.whom

2. You really shouldn’t buy that car. I know the engine is fine, but most of the bodywork has been away
by rust.
A. eaten B. dissolved C. crumbled D. erased
3. It was in this house .
A. where I was born B. in which I was born
C. that I was born D. I was born in
4. When his daughter returned after midnight for the third time, Henry decided to down the laws and
refused to allow her out at all.
A. set B. put C. hand D. lay
5. When they could put the noise no longer, they banged on their neighbour’s door.
A. back B. in for C. up with D. off
6. We had to get a bank loan when the money finally .
A. gave in B. gave out C. gave off D. gave over
7. He lost his job no fault of his own.
A. by B. with C. through D. over
8. It was a hot day, and many people were their way to the beach.
A. taking B. hitting C. making D. setting
9. Jo was shocked when I disagree with her. She’s so used to getting her own .
A. way B. mind C. opinion D. views

179
10. Last year Matt earned his brother.
A. twice more than B. twice as much as
C. twice as many as D. twice as more as
11. Busy he was, Bob’s father still played with him.
A. like B. though C. although D. however
12. Joanna has only one eye; she lost years ago after falling on some broken glass.
A. another one B. other C. other ones D. the other
13. - “You won the first prize, Kathy!”
-” ”
A. You are kidding! B. You’re welcome
C. Congratulations! D. Well done!
14. It turned out that we rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed by several hours.
A. hadn’t B. should have C. mustn’t have D. needn’t have
15. Looking down at the coral reef, we saw of tiny, multi-colored fish.
A. swarms B. flocks C. shoals D. teams

III. Choose the underlined part A, B, C or D that needs correction:

1. Had the teacher realised that the students couldn’t understand him, he would speak louder.
A B C D
2. Nobody seems to know to add or subtract without his or her pocket calculator anymore.
A B C D
3. If they took their language lessons seriously, they would be able to communicate with the locals now.
A B C D
4. Neither of the men arresting as terrorists would reveal information about his group.
A B C D
5. Little they knew in 1929, when the first T.V broadcast began, that it would have such an impact on
A B C D
people’s everyday’s lives.

IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer A, B, C or D for each question below:

The word laser was coined as an acronym for Light Amplification by the stimulated Emission of
Radiation. Ordinary light, from the Sun or a light bulb, is emitted spontaneously, when atoms or molecules get
rid of the excess energy by themselves, without any outside intervention. Stimulated emission is different
because it occurs when an atom or molecule holding onto excess energy has been stimulated to emit it as light.

180
 Albert Einstein was the first to suggest the existence of stimulated emission in a paper published in
1917. However, for many years, physicists thought that atoms and molecules always were much more likely to
emit light spontaneously and that stimulated emission thus always would be much weaker. It was not until after
the Second World War that physicists began trying to make stimulated emission dominate. They sought ways
by which one atom or molecule could stimulate many others to emit light, amplifying it to much higher powers.

The first to succeed was Charles H. Townes, then at Columbia University in New York. Instead of
working with light, however, he worked with microwaves, which have a much longer wavelength, and built a
device he called a “maser”, for Microwave Amplification by the Stimulated Emission of Radiation. Although
he thought of the key idea in 1951, the first maser was not completed until a couple of years later. Before long,
many other physicists were building masers and trying to discover how to produce stimulated emission at even
shorter wavelengths.

The key concepts emerged about 1957. Townes and Arthur Schawlow, then at Bell Telephone
Laboratories, wrote a long paper outlining the conditions needed to amplify stimulated emission of visible light
waves. At about the same time, similar ideas crystallized in the mind of Gordon Gould, then a 37-year-old
graduate student at Columbia, who wrote them down in a series of notebooks. Townes and Schawlow published
their ideas in a scientific journal, Physical Review Letters, but Gould filed a patent application. Three decades
later, people still argue about who deserves the credit for the concept of the laser.

1. The word “coined” could best be replaced by

A. created
B. mentioned
C. understood
D. discovered
2. The word “intervention” can best be replaced by

A. need
B. device
C. influence
D. source
3. The word “it” refers to

A. light bulb
B. energy
C. molecule
D. atom

4. Which of the following statements best describes a laser?

181
 A. A device for stimulating atoms and molecules to emit light
B. An atom in a high-energy state
C. A technique for destroying atoms or molecules
D. An instrument for measuring light waves
5. Why was Towne’s early work with stimulated emission done with microwaves?

A. He was not concerned with light amplification.

B. It was easier to work with longer wavelengths.
C. His partner Schawlow had already begun work on the laser.
D. The laser had already been developed.
6. In his research at Columbia University, Charles Townes worked with all of the following EXCEPT

A. stimulated emission
B. microwaves
C. light amplification
D. a maser
7. In approximately what year was the first maser built?

A. 1917
B. 1951
C. 1953
D. 1957
8. The word “emerged” is closest in meaning to

A. increased
B. concluded
C. succeeded
D. appeared
9. The word “outlining” is closest in meaning to

A. assigning
B. studying
C. checking
D. summarizing
10. Why do people still argue about who deserves the credit of the laser?

A. The researchers’ notebooks were lost.

B. Several people were developing the idea at the same time.
C. No one claimed credit for the development until recently.
D. The work is still incomplete.

182
V. Choose the word A, B, C or D which best fits each gap of the passage:

Public awareness of the value of recycling materials such (1) plastic, paper, and glass is increasing daily
in all corners of the globe. In some countries these efforts are being (2) by the local governments and in others,
by individuals. Participation in these programs is at an all-time high.

In the small town of Truro in eastern Massachussetts, for example, space in the local landfill has run out; therefore,
residents have had to think of new ways to (3) of their trash. With no room for items such as newspapers,
bottles, , and old lumber at the landfill, local residents have come up with many (4) programs to recycle
and/ or reuse what was once (5) of as only trash. For instance, yard waste such as leaves and grass which used to
be thrown in the landfill is now broken down and made (6) compost used by local people as fertilizer in
their gardens. In addition, (7) plastics, newspapers, bottles and cans are sold to a recycling company,
thereby bringing in revenue for the town. The most popular local innovation, though has been the founding of a “swap
shop”. This is a building to which people bring their unwanted clothing, books, and toys so that others who need them can
(8) them.

Since there is so much (9) in all the recycling programs, the dump is seen as a place to meet with
friends and neighbours and catch up on local news. There is even an annual September evening “dump dance”, where
locals dance to live music and have picnics by candlelight at the dump. This has become a high light of the summer
vacation season.

As humankind continues to (10) and the population grows, recycling efforts become even more
important. These efforts must continue so that we will soon see new innovations and ideas concerning the use of recycled
materials.

1. A. like B. as C. alike D. with

2. A. initiated B. introduced C. brought D. participated
3. A. disapproved B. dispose C. discard D. throw
4. A. improved B. reforming C. innovative D. progressed
5. A. thought B. considered C. regarded D. believed
6. A. of B. by C. from D. into
7. A. wasted B. circulating C. recyclable D. reproductive
8. A. bring B. take C. steal D. offer
9. A. participation B. fertilization C. approval D. distribution
10. A. A. fertilize B. survive C. exist D. reproduce

VI. Give the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the sentences:

1. British Airway apologized for the (CANCEL) of the 20,000 flights to Bangkok.
2. I don’t believe him. His story is very (CONVINCE) .
3. The police said that they were awaiting further (DEVELOP) .
183
 4. I couldn’t help it. The accident was (AVOID) .
5. Many people were buried (LIVE) after the earthquake.
6. His busy schedule made him completely (ACCESS) to his students.
7. He works for UNESCO in a purely (ADVISE) role.
8. The sun and moon are often (PERSON) in poetry.
9. I’ve never known such a (QUARREL) person.
10. When I have to wait a long time I start to feel (PATIENCE) .

VII. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word:

The world of dreams

Most people feel that when they dream, they are carried off to another world. (1) the contrary, dreams are
often connected to our daily lives.

(2) our whole mind is filled with something, when we are either very upset (3) when we are in
good spirit, a dream will present (4) reality in symbols. It is often said that we benefit (5)
dreams because they help the spirit to heal itself when things (6) wrong. Dreams are therefore a kind of escape,
almost a holiday from (7) life, with its fears and responsibilities. It is, however, a strange (8) of
holiday because whether we have a wonderful time or whether it turns (9) to be a nightmare, we quickly
forget it. Most dreams disappear forever (10) you are one of those people disciplined enough to write them
down as soon as you wake up.

VIII. Rewrite these sentences beginning with the words given so that the new one has a similar meaning as the
sentence preceded:

1. My boss works better when he’s pressed for time.

-> The less time …………………………………..

2. I was very sorry I wasn’t able to see him off at the station.
-> If only ………………………………………….

3. It’s impossible that we stayed at the same hotel, in that case.

-> We ……………………………………………

4. They will not officially declare independence until next year.

-> No ……………………………………………….

5. It’s more than a fortnight since anyone saw Julian.

-> Julian was ………………………………….

184
IX. Rewrite each sentence containing the word in capitals and the meaning stay unchanged. The given word must
not be altered in any way:

1. Rosa found the heat quite intolerable. BEAR

> ….………………………………………..

2. His arrival was completely unexpected. TOOK

> …………………………………………..

3. My bank manager and I get on together very well. TERMS

> …………………………………………..

4. You can avoid tooth decay by brushing your teeth regularly. PREVENT
> …………………………………………..

5. Local residents said they were against the new traffic scheme. DISAPPROVAL
> ………………………………………….

185
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 83

I. Find the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others (1 point).

1. A.pardon B. hard C. parent D. park

2. A.rose B. cover C. nose D. over
3. A.stage B. manage C. village D. baggage
4. A.supply B. supermaket C. support D. suppose
5. A.blood B. mood C. moon D. soon
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

II. Find the word whose stressed partten is different from the others in each group (1 point).

1. A. weather B. unique C. highland D. ladder

2. A. experience B. hurricane C. volcano D. material
3. A. dependence B. prepare C. prediction D. forecast
4. A. tidal B. ancient C. amount D. heavy
5. A. tropical B. commercial C. disatrous D. extensive
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

III. Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) which best completes each sentence (3 points).

1. It's wonderful here tonight! It's I have ever enjoyed a garden party.
A. a long time B. the first time C. time D. several times

2. I don't know French, so I cannot read letters French.

A. of B. in C. by D. about

3. It’s kind you to help me get the problem .

A. for / up B. to / over C. of/ over D. with / along

4. He’s always busy. He has time to enjoy himself.

A.a lot of B.a little C.little D.much

5. I’ll never forget he has told me.

A.which B. when C. where D. what

6. " I thought that the tour began at 3:00.” - "Oh no, you're It began at 1:30 "
A. too much late here B. here too much late C. here much too late D. too much here late

7. The following day she felt well to go to work.

A. sufficient B. sufficiency C. suffice D. sufficiently

186
8. He drives so fast that I am afraid one day he will somebody crossing the street.
A. crash down B. knock down C. turn over D. run across

9. He got an excellent grade in his examination the fact that he had not worked particularly hard
A. on account of B. because C. in spite of D. although

10. It was only he told me his surname that I realised that we had been to the same school .
A. then B. until C. as soon as D. when

11. People think that an apple is good for you.

A. in a day B. for a day C. for every day D. a day

12. People prefer watching TV these days listening to the radio.

A. more than B. rather than C. than D. to

13. Not until home that he had taken someone else's bike.

A. he got/ he realized B. he got/ did he realize

C. did he get/ he realized D. he got/ he did realize

14. Alice: “What shall we do this weekend?” Carol: “ ”

A. I went out for dinner. B. Oh, that’s good.

C. Let’s go out for dinner. D. No problem.

15."Never say that again, ?"

A. won't you B. do you C. don't you D will you

1. 4. 7. 10. 13.
2. 5. 8. 11. 14.
3. 6. 9. 12. 15.

IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the parentheses ( 2 points)

A. Thompson (1- catch) the ball, we would have won the game.
B. Don’t worry. We ( 2-finish) the report by 11 o’clock.
C. Fred was pleased (3- admit) to the college.
D. I regret (4-tell) that the sight- seeing tour has been cancelled because of the bad weather
E. Everyone (5-know) what they have to do, don’t they ?
F. Your pronunciation seems incorrect . It needs (6-practise) more often .

187
G. ( 7-Not disturb ) the sleeping baby,we walked out of the room silently .
H. He (8-drive)
downtown yesterday when he (9-realize) that he (10-leave)

his driving license at home.

1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

V. Read the following passage and fill in each blank with a siutable word (1 point).

When you ...(1)... a tree, you are helping your environment in many ways. Your tree will provide a home and food
for other creatures. Birds may build ...(2)... in the branches. The flowers will provide honey for bees and the fruit or nuts
may ...(3)... birds and other small animals. Your tree will hold the soil in place. This will help stop erosion. In addition,
your tree will provide shade in summer. You can watch your tree ...(4)... up and some day you ...(5) your children or even
grandchildren the tree you planted.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

VI. Read the following passage and decide which option A, B, C or D best fits each sentence (2 points).

My home is in the air - I do an enormous amount of traveling. It is a fast life and (1) of work, but I like it
and that is the only way (2) me.

Everything is tiring - music, traveling - but what can I do? I am not (3) to complaining. It is hard to
imagine now (4) I will ever be very long in one place. My home town is on the Caspian Sea. There is sea, wind,
sun and (5) many tourists and hotels. I have my own flat with four or five rooms, but I am seldom there. If I am
there for a day or two I prefer to (6) with my mother and grandmother. They live in a small house, (7)
it is very comfortable and my mother cooks for me. I like good, simple food.

I have no wife, no brothers or sisters and my father (8) when I was seven. He was an engineer and I don't (9)
him very well. He liked music very much and wanted me to (10) a musician.

1. A. most B. full C. complete D. more

2. A. for B. to C. in D. by
3. A. wanted B. taken C. used D. known
4. A. and B. so C. while D. that
5. A. far B. too C. much D. more
6. A. stay B. go C. do D. spend
7. A. but B. since C. even D. which
8. A. killed B. gone C. passed D. died
9. A. know B. remember C. remind D. see

188
10. A. become B. turn C. develop D. grow

189
 1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

VII. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for the questions from 1 to 10. (2 points )

To date, Canada has produced only one classic children’s tale to rank with Alice’s Adventures in wonderland and
the works of Mark Twain; this was Lucy Maud Montgomery’s Anne of Green Gables. Lucy Maud Montgomery was born
in Clinton, Prince Edward Island. Her mother died soon after her birth, and when her father went to Saskatchewan to
assume a business position, she moved in with her grandparents in Cavendish, Prince Edward Island. There she went to
school and later qualified to be a teacher.

Montgomery wrote the Anne books while living in Cavendish and helping her grandmother at the post office. The
first of the books, Anne of Green Gabbles, was published in 1908, and in the next three years she wrote two sequels. Like
Montgomery, the heroine of the book is taken in by an elderly couple who lives in the fictional town of Avonlea, and
Montgomery incorporated many events from her life in Cavendish into the Anne books.

In 1911, Montgomery married Evan Macdonald and the couple soon moved to Ontario, where she wrote many other
books. However, it was her first efforts that secured her prominence, and the Anne books are still read all around the
world. Her novels have helped create a warm picture of Prince Edward Island’s special character. Several movies, a
television series, and a musical play have been based on her tales, and today visitors scour the Island for locations
described in the book.

1. The main purpose of this passage is to...

A. show the similarities between Montgomery’s life and that of her fictional character Anne.

B. contrast Canadian children’s literature with that of other countries.

C. provide a brief introduction to Prince Edward Island.

D. introduce Montgomery and her Anne books.

2. According to the passage, Montgomery was raised primarily...

A. by her grandparents B. in an orphanage

C. by her mother D. by her father
3. Approximately when did Lucy Maud Montgomery write the two sequels to her book Anne of Green Gables?

A. From 1874 to 1908 B. From 1911 to 1913

C. From 1908 to 1911 D. From 1913 to 1918
4. The word “elderly” in line 8 is closest in meaning to

A. kindly B. old C. friendly D. sly

5. In the Anne books, the main character lives in...
190
191
 A. the town of Cavendish B. the town of Avonlea
C. Saskatchewan D. Ontario
6. Which of the following can be concluded from the passage about Anne books?

A. They were not as successful as Montgomery’s later works.

B. They were influenced by the works of Mark Twain.

C. They were at least partially autobiographical.

D. They were not popular until after Montgomery had died.

7. Ontario was the place where

A. Montgomery wrote other books B. Montgomery got married

C. Montgomery wrote two sequels D. Montgomery became famous
8. The word “prominence” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to...

A. excellence B. reputation C. effort D. permanence

9. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “character” in paragraph 3?

A. a person in a novel B. nature

C. a written symbol D. location
10. All of the following have been based on the Anne books EXCEPT...

A. a television series B. movies

C. a play D. a ballet
1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

VIII. Give the correct form of the words in brackets. (2 points)

1. Visitors complained about the (organize) in the old museum.

2. When Jenny made up for the play, she was (recognize) .

1."Time of our lives" was the (office) song of the World Cup 2006.

4. Tom was accused of stealing some (confidence) documents.

5. The cost of (admit) to the show is quite reasonable.

4. I watch the news everyday because it very (inform)

7. I (sleep) this morning and was late for school.

192
8. He hoped the (employ) agency would find him a job.

5. Our school has a lot of (qualify) teacher

10. I don’t like your (child) behavior.

1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

IX. Choose the underlined word or phrase in each sentence that needs correcting (2 points)

1. Polar winters are(A) length(B), dark, and cold enough(C) to kill most(D) plants.

2. People with an exceptionally(A) high intelligence quotient may not be the best(B) employees since they become bored
of(C) their work unless the job is constantly changing(D).

3. The normally(A) force of gravity(B) at the Earth’s(C) surface is(D) called 1 g.

4. There are not many(A) people which(B) adapt to(C) a new culture without feeling some disorientation at first(D).

5. CAT scanners are used(A) not only for detecting conditions(B) but also for observation(C) the effects of therapy(D).

6. A desire(A) to eradicate irregular(B) spellings in English can being(C) traced(D) back to the sixteenth century.

7. Ninety- seven percent(A) of the world’s(B)water is salt water is(C) found in the oceans(D) of the Earth.

8. I’ll(A) be there(B) soonest(C) as I can(D).

9. Hardly I could(A) make out(B) what(C) the message was(D).

10. Alexander Graham Bell was(A) twenty -nine during(B) his(C) basis telephone patent was granted(D)in 1876.

1. 3. 5. 7. 9.
2. 4. 6. 8. 10.

X. Finish each of the following sentence in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before
it (2 points)

1. They couldn't trace who had supplied the information in the first place.

 The person..................................................................................................................................................

2. I have never seen such a mess in my life!

 Never in .....................................................................................................................................................

193
3. His parents made him study hard for his exam.

 He was made.............................................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t seen my father for one month.

The last time................................................................................................................................................

5.You must park your car in the right place, otherwise the police will give you a ticket.

Unless .........................................................................................................................................................

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. Using the word given in block
letters, and this word MUST NOT be changed in any way. (2 points)

1. The bridge was so low that the lorry couldn’t go under it. (SUCH)

.....................................................................................................................................................................

2. I'm sorry now that I asked her to stay. (WISH)

 ....................................................................................................................................................................

3. Alice is too young to stay at home alone. (ENOUGH)

.....................................................................................................................................................................

4. He thinks doing the same work every day is boring. (IT)

......................................................................................................................................................................

5. She cooks better than her sister does. (DOESN'T)

.....................................................................................................................................................................

194
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 84
PART TWO: PHONETICS
I. Choose one word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others by circling A, B, C, or D:
(5  0,2=1,0 pt)
11. A. ancient B. delicious C. participate D. special
12. A. worked B. helped C. watched D. naked
13. A. position B. bottle C. product D. opposite
14. A. tidy B. prize C. written D. final
15. A. event B. end C. market D. festival
II. Choose the word whose stress pattern is different from the others (5  0,2=1,0 pt)
16. A. decorate B. prepare C. however D. tradition
17. A. collect B. festival C. explain D. design
18. A. participate B. unsuitable C. competition D. activity
19. A. wonderful B. traditional C. arrangement D. attractive
20. A. harvest B. perform C. council D. ancient
PART THREE: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR
I. Circle the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences: (15 0,2=3,0 pts)
21. Last summer we went on a three.................tour including San Francisco, Los Angles and Las Vegas.

A. centers B. cities C. towns D. center

22. Why did you lend him that book? I.................................it.

A. am still reading B. was still reading

C. still read D. still reading
23. On the island of Alcatraz, there is a famous.............................., where criminals are kept.

A. house B. flat C. accommodation D. prison

24. When you have a blister, prick it with a very clean..................and then put a plaster on it.

A. needle B. scissors C. stick D. knife

25. Trucks and trains are used to carry farm......................to the city.

A. products B. production C. work D. cottage

26.Most of the goods.................................in this factory are exported.

A. make B. making C. made D. to make

27. Some of the new horror movies are............................because they are so realistic.

195
 A. frightening B. frighten C. frightened D. being frightened

28. When I arrived, there was a big red car.........................outside the house.

A. park B. parked C. parking D. parks

29. A numbers of questions were ………………..in the discussion..

A. raised B. made C. done D. found

30. Soft ducks feathers..........................to make pillows.

A. will be used B. are used

C.are going to be used D. are using

31. We spent a week..................................our house.

A. repaint B. to repaint C. repainted D. repainting

32. After………….……. the conditions I decided.......................for the competition.

A. hearing/not entering B. hear / not enter C. to hear/ not to enter D. hearing/ not to enter

33. The only man-made............................can be seen from the Moon is the Great Wall of China.

A. house B. building C. structure D. sky scraper

34. The teacher was very strict. Nobody dared.....................during his lesson.

A. talk B. to talk C. talking D. talked

35. Harry said to Mary, “Do you have time to help me?”

Harry asked Mary..........................................time to help him.

A. does she have B. if she has C. did she have D. if she had

II. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions: (7 0,2=1,4 pts)

36. He went to England..............order to learn English.

37. Thank you.....................your letter of invitation.

38. When I don’t know the meaning of a word I look it................in the dictionary.

39. Life in the countryside is always a struggle....................nature.

40. You have to keep all dangerous objects....................children’s reach.

196
41. The headmaster was ill so David went....................his place.

42. This text is too long I can’t learn it..................heart.

III. Write the correct form of the words given in capital letters: (7  0,2=1,4 pts)

43. I think ………………….games are good for our health. (DOOR)

44. Pedestrians should walk on the ………………, not in the street. (WALK)

45. Tam and I played for the school football team. We were..................................(TEAM)

46. Our school has been making.............................for the upcoming sports contests. (PREPARE)

47. A special chemical is used to ………………..the wood pulp. (WHITE)

48. To play computer games all day is an …………….…….habit. (HEALTH)

49. Can you see any …………………between these two calculators? (DIFFERENT)

IV. Supply the correct form of the verbs in the brackets: (6  0,2=1,2 pts)

50. The river Nile (flow).........................into the Mediterranean sea.

51. The river (flow)..............................very fast today, much faster than usual.

52. Can you help (do)............................the washing up?- I hate it.

53. The gate (lock)................................at 6.30 pm every day.

54. When we met Binh and Huong yesterday, we (walk)....................................through the park.

55. Your poem should (write)............................in English.

PART FOUR: READING

I. Read and circle the best option A, B, C or D to complete the passage: (10 0,2=2,0 pts)
Are you “green” enough?

Thanks (56)…………….the Internet,we are now living in a global village. We have more information about other
countries (57) ……………….ever before. We know as much about the situation in Africa (58)………………….in the
USA, pollution which (59)........................in one country will affect other countries, too.

For example, nuclear power is not dangerous only for one country (60)............................is an international problem. If
we do not take action soon, the possibility of a nuclear (61) ………………….is very real. We should all recycle our
(62)……………….not hope “green” people will do it for us. Some people think (63)..........................resouces will go on
forever, but they (64)………………… . We all have an obligation (65)............................our environment.
197
 56. A. to B. for C. of D. from

57. A. as B. than C. more D. all

58. A. than B. as well C. as D. more than

59. A. produces B. producing C. is produce D. is produced

60. A. but B. and C. or D. so

61. A. event B. happening C. disaster D. incident

62. A. rubbish B. garbage C. waste D. all are correct

63. A. nature B. natural C. man-made D. artificial

64. A. will B. shan’t C. won’t D. may

65. A. to protect B. protect C. protecting D. protected

II. There is a mistake in each following sentence. Find and correct it:

(5  0,2 = 1.0 pt)

Eg: 0. I haven’t saw my grandmother for two years. 0/ seen

66. The explanation that our teacher gave us was different than the

A B
66. ->
one you gave us.

C D

67. Almost everyone has heard the more famous Olympic saying

A
67. ->
“Stronger, Higher, Faster”.

B C D

68. I strongly believe that friends plays a very important role in

A B C
68. ->
our life.

198
199
 69. It is a festival in which people have their bulls to fight against

A B C D 69. ->

each other.

70. If I am Trang, I would be very angry with you.

70. ->
A B C D

III. Read the passage and fill the suitable words in the blank: (10  0,2=2 pts)
As a student I have to learn a lot of subjects and English is one of them. We have English lessons (71)…………………
Tuesday and Friday mornings. My English class (72)………………..very big with 50 students (73)
……………….different cities in Viet Nam. My teacher often gives us a lot of homework so I try (74)………………..it
carefully before I go to class. In class, I listen to the teacher attentively, answer the teacher’s (75)……………………..in
English and practise English (76)…………………my classmates. I think (77)………………..isn’t easy to learn English
because you speak it in one way and write it in the (78)…………………..way. That is why at first I found it difficult
to learn English. But day after day, thanks (79) our teacher’s help and my great effort, I have made some progress in
my English now and I hope that
one day I can read English books in the originals and communicate (80)................................English well.

PART FIVE: WRITING

I. Rearrange the words to make meaningful sentences: (5  0,2 = 1.0 pt)
81. protect/can/the/fruit/life/and/vegetables/shelf/Packaging/of/some/.

…………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………82.
be/for/drinks/bottles/and/shampoo/starting/used/plastic/is/for/a/to/range/of/Recycled/.

…………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………83.
in/saves/Using/manufacture/of/material/energy/considerable/less/the/amounts/.

…………………………………………………..………………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………

84. The/more/that/we/manufacturers/refills/will/more/likely/it/is/use/the/range/increase/the/.

200
…………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………85.for/the/Recycling/materials/natural/helps/important/raw/and/con
serve/future/habitats/ protects/.
…………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………………………
…………………………………………………………II. Complete the second sentence, using the word given in
brackets so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence. Do not change the words given in any way:
(5  0,4=2,0 p)

86. We had to wait two hours for Donald.

-> Donald kept……………………………………………..………….............................................................................

………………
……..

87. “Have you been out at all this evening, Mr. Johnson?” The detective asked.

-> The detective wanted to find out.....……………………...............................................................

…………………......................

88. Does he know enough French to work as a translator?

-> Is his………………………………………………………………...............................................................................
…………
…………….?

89. A Spanish architect designed our house.

-> Our
house……………………………… ...........................................................................................................................................
......

90. This is my first visit to Hue, the ancient capital city in Viet Nam.

-> This is the first time……………………..…………………….….................................................................

…………………………..

III. Write a thank-you letter about 100 - 120 words to your friend. Invite your friend to go to somewhere. Arrange
to contact your friend:

(don’t show your name, your school or your village): (2.0pts)

201
 The end

ENGLISH PRACTICE 85

I. Circle the letter A, B, C or D before the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently
from the rest. (1,25pts)
1. A. promised B. hopped C. booked D. burned
2. A. though B. ought C. thought D. bought
3. A. hard B. carry C. card D. yard
4. A. try B. why C. heavy D. dry
5. A. cool B. food C. look D. flood
II. Circle A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences . (5,75pts)
1. The teacher told him up late.
A. to not stay B. to stay not C. to stay not D. not to stay
2. My father is good at English.
A. speaking B. spoken C. speak D. to speak

202
3. We are all that you passed your English exam. Congratulation!
A. relieved B. afraid C. delighted D. certain
4. “ to come and have dinner with us?” “I’d love to but I’m very busy”.
A. would you mind B. could you please C. Would you like D. Do you enjoy
5. I am very in the information you have given me.
A. concerned B. interested C. surprised D. worried
6. Can you tell me where ?
A. she does B. does she C. she is D. is she
7. You have to work for the coming exam.
A. hardly B. more hardly C. more hard D. hard
8. I saw her the flowers in the garden.
A. watering B. watered C. be watered D. is watering
9. They had their luggage by the porter.
A. carry B. carrying C. to carry D. carried
10. She often spends her weekend through pleasant open countryside.
A. travel B. traveling C. to travel D. to traveling
11- My brother is studying hard...........................pass the exam.
A. for B. in order to C. so to D. so
that 12- We have studied.............seven o'clock.
A. for B. at C. since D.
to 13- He was born in England. English is his .................................
A. mother tongue B. first language
C. foreign language D. A and B are
correct 14- It's dangerous...............in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D.
swam 15...................to America yet ?
A. Were you B. Have you ever been C.Were you been D. Are
you 16- The boy was.................by the dog
A. bite B. bit C. bited D.
bitten 17- My father used.............me to school.
A. took B. taking C. to take D.
take 18- Would you mind.............for a few minutes?
A. to wait B. waiting C. wait D. be waiting
19. My aunt speaks English very ................................
A. good B. well C. goodly D. best
20. We have math on Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday; It means we have math...........a week.
A. once B. twice C. three times D. four times
21. Lan promises to.............................her best in learning English.

203
 A. try B. make C. work D. learn
22. The manager asked me..............................for him outside his office.
A. wait B. waiting C. to wait D. waited
23. She hasn’t written to me ........................................
A. already B. yet C. never D. any longer
III. Give the correct form of the bold words in parentheses. (2,5pts)
1. This book has a lot of information. It’s very . (use)
2. You’ll meet the tour guide on your at the hotel. (arrive)
3. Our post is delivered except for Saturday ( day)
4. Ha Long Bay was by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site. (recognition)
5. Relax for some minutes and you’ll feel more . (comfort)
6. His parents are very of him. (pride)
7. “The lost shoes” is one of the stories I like best. (tradition)
8. The from Hanoi to London was delayed in two hours. (fly)
9. I’m sure that I have connected the printer . (proper)
10. Each of my friends has a character. (differ)

IV. Each sentence below contains an error, underline and write the correct one in the space. 0 is done as an
example. (2pts)
0. My brother are a teacher. 0. is
1. I go to see her if I have enough time. 1.
2. It is not easy do that difficult work. 2.
3. He drove such fast that he won the race. 3.
4. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend. 4.
5. When she came, I read her letter. 5
6. It’s dangerous to drive fastly in busy streets. 6.
7. The bicycle is so expensive for me to buy. 7.
8. Dave is a friend of mine. I knew him for a long time. 8.
V. Give the correct form of the bold verbs in parentheses. (2pts)
1. The dictionaries (1. buy ) yesterday.
2. While my mother and I (2. watch ) a film on T V last night, our
aunt in the USA (3. phone ).
3. My friend (4. not/visit ) me since he (5. move ) to another town.
4. We (6. already/ finish ) our work.
5. My English (7. get ) better and better.
6. You should practise (8. speak ) English everyday.
7. How long you (9. wait ) for me?
8. It was a nice day, so we decided (10. go ) for a walk.

204
VI- Complete the following sentences based on the given cues.(2pts)
1- How long / it / take you / get / school ?
.....................................................................................................................................
2- He / not interested / buy / new / house.
.....................................................................................................................................
3- I / play badminton / Nam / when / my friends / come.
.....................................................................................................................................
4- I / bored / doing / same thing / day after day.
.....................................................................................................................................
5- Marie Curie / born / Poland / 1867
.....................................................................................................................................
6- We ought / use/ cloth bags/ instead / reuse/ plastic bags.
.....................................................................................................................................
7- We / have / wonderful/ time / moment / SaPa.
.....................................................................................................................................
8- Could / give me / information ?
.....................................................................................................................................
VII. Read the passage then answer the questions below.(2pts)
Nam moved to this neighborhood last year. Nam and his family lived in a big city before coming here. On the first
days, he didn’t like the life in the country because there was not much to do.
However, after a short time he has changed his mind. He now likes his new neighborhood very much because the air is fresh, the
food is delicious and the people are friendly. There are a lot of things he can do in his free time such as going swimming, going
fishing, going boating. He doesn’t want to live in a big city anymore.
1. When did Nam move to this neighborhood?
....................................................................................................................................
2. Did he like the life in the country on the first days?
......................................................................................................................................
3. Why does he like his neighborhood now?
......................................................................................................................................
4. Does he want to live in a big city now?
.....................................................................................................................................
VIII. Complete the 2nd sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the fist (2,5pts).
1. The children are too young to be in class 6.
→The children are not....................................................................................................
2. "Eat more fruits and vegetables", the doctor said to her
→The doctor told............................................................................................................
3. We began to study English 5 years ago.
.We have ...................................................................................................................

205
4 “Can you wait for me here, Jerry?”
Tom told......................................................................................................................
5. A dog is bigger than a cat.
 A cat isn’t as..............................................................................................................
6. The coffee is so hot that I can’t drink it.
 The coffee is too .......................................................................................................
7. The ladder isn’t very long. It doesn’t reach the window.
 The ladder ....................................................................................................................
8. The weather was fine. We could go camping.
 The weather .............................................................................................................
9. I often went boating when I was young.
 I used to..........................................................................................................................
10. We built this house in 1975.
This house ....................................................................................................................

206
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 86

I/ LANGUAGE FOCUS:
Part 1. Choose and circle the word (A, B, C, or D) that best completes each sentence: (4pts)
1. The weather is warm enough for us
A. going out B. to going out C. go out D. to go out
2. Bell started with ways of transmitting speech.
A. experiment B. experimenting C. to experimenting D. experimented
3. She is too to speak and laugh in front of other people.
A. shy B. active C. humor D. interested
4. He finally the decision to go abroad.
A. came up B. came C. came with D. came up with
5. The women sang the song
A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautifully D. beautifuly
6. There is on TV tonight.
A. an action movie interesting B. a action movie interesting
C. a interesting action movie D. an interesting action movie
7. Tell me
A. why do you like coffee and bread?
B. why you like coffee and bread.
C. why do you like coffee and bread.
D. why you like coffee and bread?
8. What is Mary doing, mom? – She is looking at in the mirror.
A. her B. hers C. she herself D. herself
9. I can’t remember when I was young.
A. what life was like B. how life was like
C. what life was D. how life was
10. He was a Scotsman although he later Canada.
A. moved B. emigrated to C. lived to D. born in
11. Mary used to do all the chores still ten years old.
A. when she is B. because she is
C. when she was D. because she was
12. She is speaking because she is having a sore throat.
A. soft B. softly C. well D. fast
13. Could you me a favor? – How can I help?
A. give B. make C. do D. bring
14. How long here? – Since last year.
A. do you live B. did you live
C. have you live D. have you lived
207
 15. The rope is the snake.
A. as long as B. long than C. so long as D. is much longer
16. Can I speak to Mary, please? – Please .
A. wait the phone B. hold on C. stay there a minute D. keep the phone
17. TV is bringing not only information entertainment.
A. and also B. and C. but also D. also but
18. Let’s go home now. It’s and darker.
A. darker B. was darker C. gets darker D. getting darker
19. My mother believes that my brother is than me.
A. well B. better C. best D. good
20. I don’t want much sugar in my coffee. Just please.
A. a little B. little C. few D. a few

Part 2. Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one: (2pts)
1. The tickets can be bought on line.
2. She is so short that she can not reach the top of the wardrobe.
3. Peter and Mark are excellent soccer players.
4. Tom said to Jane: “Can you help me with my pronunciation?”
5. She is a good English speaker.
6. It isn’t safe to climb high mountains alone in the winter.
7. Tom started learning English in 1990.
8. He last met my sister last summer.
9. Hue is not as big as Ho Chi Minh City.
10. How long have you studied medicine?

Part 3. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals. (2pts)
1. Sugar is not an food because we need it to live. HEALTH
2. The nurse wanted to know Nga’s and weight. HIGH
3. Mr. Hung has a very tooth. PAIN
4. Last year Mr. Hoang drove very . CARE
5. This room is very . COMFORT
6. What is the correct of this word? PRONOUNCE
7. More and more young people want a university . EDUCATE
8. When I go to the library, I sit and read about things. WONDER
9. The most popular at recess is talking. ACT
10. A fairy appeared and changed her old clothes. MAGIC
Part 4. Each line of the following passage contains one mistake. Correct the mistake and write your answers in the
space provided: (2pts)

208
 Ex: I haven’t saw your brother for two months. 0. seen
Nam is a student. This year he had a very interested summer holiday. He traveled 1.
with him schoolmates to a mountainous area in Hoa Binh Province. They gone there 2.
to help make a road through a forest among two villages. “It was very difficult 3.
because there had no water to drink and no shops where we could bought food,” said 4.
Nam. “It was also very cold and wet in the mountains. It is one of the wetter places in 5.
the country.” Nam stayed in the mountains since six weeks. It was hard work, but he 6.
says it was the best thing he has ever did. He is hoping to return next year to do any 7.
more work there. 8.
9.
10.

Part 5. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space: (2pts)

his died other story novel

leaving by most family wrote
One of the first novels in the history of literature was written in England in 1719. It was Robinson Crusoe
(1) Daniel Defoe.
Daniel Defoe was born in London in the (2) of a reach man. When Daniel was a schoolboy, he began to
write stories. After (3) school he worked in his father’s shop and (4) articles for newspapers.
Defoe visited many countries and met many people. That helped him much in (5) writings.
In 1719, when Defoe was sixty years old, he wrote the (6) Robinson Crusoe which made him famous. Defoe
used in his book a true (7) about a sailor who lived on an island for four years. Robinson Crusoe in
Defoe’s novel lived on an island for twenty-eight years. People liked the novel in England and in many (8)
countries. Daniel Defoe wrote other books but his novel Robinson Crusoe is the (9) famous. Defoe was not a
rich man where he (10) in 1731.
I/ READ:
Part 1. Read and answer the questions: (2pts)
Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers.
Many are adults. Some learn at school, others studies by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language
in film, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people
must work hard to learn another language.
Learning other language! Learning English! Why do all these people want to learn English? It is not difficult to
answer that question. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their
own language and Math…and English. (In England or America or Australia many boys and girls study their own
language, which is English and Math and other language, perhaps French or German or Spanish)

209
 Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies
because of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English because they want to
read newspapers or magazines in English.
Answer the questions:
1. According to the writer, who learns English?
2. Where do the students learn English?
3. Is it easy to answer the question “Why do all these people learn English?”?
4. Why do teenagers learn English?
5. According to you, why do you learn English?
Part 2. Read the passage below and write T if it is true and F if it is false for the following sentences: (2pts)
Even before it is born, a baby has small teeth under its gums. At about the age of six months, its first tooth starts to
grow. Before the young child is three years old, it has twenty small teeth. Between the ages of six and twelve a second
set of teeth form in the gum below the first teeth and push them out.
1. A baby has teeth under its gums even before its birth.
2. A baby’s first tooth appears as soon as it is born.
3. Three-years-old child has twenty tiny teeth.
4. A child’s second set of teeth appear before it is six years old.
5. A child’s second teeth begin to grow while the child still has its first teeth.
III. WRITE:
Write a paragraph (about 100 words) about your neighborhood: (4pts)
These questions may help you.
Where do you live?
What does your house look like?
What can you see from your bedroom
window? How far is it from your home to
school?
How do you get to school?
What are there in your neighborhood?
What things in your neighborhood do you like best?
Why? What do you think about your neighborhood?

THE END
(Good luck to you)

210
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 87
PART II. PHONETICS

Choose one word that has a different stress position from the others. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding
word or phrase on your answer paper.

6. A. cartoon B. open C. paper D. answer

7. A. computer B. shortage C. village D. teacher

8. A. important B. community C. organize D. diseases

9. A. education B. geography C. occupation D. information

10. A. relative B. cinema C. continue D. suddenly

PART III. LEXICAL – GRAMMAR

I. Choose from the four options given (marked A, B, C and D) one best answer to complete each sentence.

1. Your hair is long. It needs .......................

A. cut B. cutting C. to cut D. had cut

2. You.......................forget what I told you. It is very important.

A. must B. have to C. can't D. mustn't

3. I think it's high time for the children.......................to bed .

A. go B. went C. going D. to go

4. You have never been to Ha Noi,.......................?

A. haven't you B. did you C. didn't you D. have you

5. I have a.......................sister.

A. seven years old B. seven-years - old C. seven- year - old D. seven year olds

6. I'd rather you.......................that.

A. do B. don't do C. won't do D. didn't do

7. We are now wet. You.......................the raincoats with you.

A. should bring B. should have brought C. must bring D. have to bring

211
8. They are looking forward.......................Tet holiday.
A. to have B. having C. to having D. have

9. That was a.......................ceremony.

A. prepared-well B. prepare-well C. well-prepared D. well-prepare

10. I object to.......................like this.

A. be treating B. treating C. being treated D. have been treated

11. My mother often gives me advice.......................water.

A. to save B. how to save C. on how to save D. with how to save

12. My dog as well as my cats.......................twice a day.

A. eat B. eats C. has eaten D. have eaten

13. Do it right now,.......................?

A. do you B. aren’t you C. will you D. don’t you

14. We’ll go out as soon as it.......................raining.

A. has stopped B. is stopping C. stop D. will stop

15. Take this cake and cut it into eight.......................pieces.

A. same B. like C. alike D. equal

II. Fill in each gap in each sentence with the correct form of the word in capital letters.

1. After many years of failure, Edison finally......in inventing the light bulb. SUCCESS

2. The accident happens because of driving...... CARE

3. He believed in his ......to jump down from the fourth storey without getting hurt. ABLE

4. You must pass the ......exam to attend the course. WRITE

5. Many people like him because of his ...... GENEROUS

6. The media help increase the ......of sports and games. POPULAR

7. The ......of forests has brought about floods recently. DESTROY

8. An ......man has stolen all our money. KNOW

9. The ......of this factory are widely consumed in this country. PRODUCE

10. Viet Nam declared its ......on September 2nd 1945. DEPEND

212
III. There are ten mistakes in this paragraph. Find them out and correct them.
Line 1 Summer in England is the better season of all. The sky is clear and blue. The sun shines
Line 2 brightly. But it is not pleasant to go out at noon because of the sun dazzles our eyes. The
Line 3 air is generally dry. It is very pleasant taking a walk in the morning when the country is
Line 4 cool, or again on the evening when the sunshine is not so heat, and the moon raises
Line 5 above the horizon. How beauty it is in summer in the countryside. There high in the sky,
Line 6 there has the moon which sheds it’s silver light together with thousand of little stars
Line 7 twinkling and twinkling.
Line 8

PART IV. READING

I. Read the following passage then choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B, C and D) to complete
the numbered blanks in the passage.

LEARNING HOW TO LEARN

There is usually one important (1) .................. missing from most school timetables. Very few students are (2) ................
how to organize their learning and how to (3).................the best use of their time. Let’s take some simple examples. Do you
know how to (4).............up words in the dictionary?, and do you understand all the information the dictionary contains? Can you
(5) ..................... notes quickly, and can you understand them (6)...............? For some reason, many schools give learners no help
with these matters. Teachers ask students to (7)...................pages from books, or tell them to write ten pages, but don’t explain
(8)………..….… to do it. Learning by heart can be useful, but it is important to have a genuine (9).................of a subject. You
can (10)........................a lot of time memorizing books, without understanding anything about the subject!

1. A. theme B. book C. subject D. mark

2. A. taught B. learnt C. educated D. graduated

3. A. take B. give C. get D. make

4. A. find B. look C. research D. get

5. A. do B. send C. take D. revise

6. A. after B. afterwards C. lastly D. at last

7. A. concentrate B. remind C. forget D. memorize

8. A. how B. what C. why D. it

9. A. information B. success C. understanding D. attention

10. A pass B. waste C. tell D. use

II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only ONE word in each space.

213
 Computers play an important role in our everyday lives, sometimes without us even realizing it. Consider the use (1)
computers in both shops and offices. Big shops especially chain stores with branches all over the country, have to deal
with very large amounts of information.

Theyhavetomake(2) that there are enoughgoodsontheshelvesforcustomerstobuy; theyneedtobe(3) to

re- order before stocks (4) out, to decide which things are selling well and (5) on. All these processes (6) performed
quicklyandefficientlybycomputers.

A (7) of office work in the past involved information on paper. (8) it had been dealt with by people, the
paper was put (9) for future reference. This way of working was (10) particularly easy or fast. A computerized
system is much more efficient.

III. Read the following passage carefully and choose the best answer to each question.

The culture of Vietnam is one of the oldest in the Southeast Asia region. Although Vietnam lies geographically
in Southeast Asia, long periods of Chinese domination and influence has resulted in the emergence of many East
Asian characteristics in Vietnamese culture, and generally Vietnam is said to be a part of the East Asian cultural sphere,
known widely as Chinese cultural sphere.

Despite considerable foreign influence, Vietnamese people have managed to retain many distinct customs.
While Chinese culture has the largest influence on traditional Vietnamese culture, there is also a much smaller
influence from the Cham and later Western cultures, most notably of France, Russia and the United States. In term
of prehistory, most Vietnamese historians consider the ancient Dong Son Culture to be one of the defining aspects
of early Vietnamese civilization.

Vietnam’s population in 2006 was 84,402,966, with a population density of 253 people per km2. Most people live
in or near the densely populous Red River or Mekong deltas. Due to the nation’s southward expansion throughout its
history, along with the different climate and environment met by the settlers as they moved further south, slightly different
regional cultures began to emerge, most notably between Northern and Southern Vietnam.

1. The culture of Vietnam .

A. is the youngest in Asia B. does not get any Asian characteristics

C. was influenced by that of China D. was greatly dominated by that of Western

2. Which culture has not affected the Vietnamese one?

A. Of the United States B. Of the United Kingdom

C. Of Russia D. Of France

3. Vietnamese people .

A. cannot keep their own culture in their daily life

214
B. have many diverse nation customs

C. highly appreciate the Western influence on their culture

D. failed to retain the native customs

4. Through history, Vietnam expended to the .

A. south B. north C. east D. west

5. Which statement is true?

A. The North and the South of Vietnam have the same regional cultures.

B. The Mekong delta is more populous than the Red River one.

C. Red River delta is densely populous.

D. Vietnamese people do not like living in the deltas.

PART V. WRITING

I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means exactly the same as the sentence printed before it.

1. If we can solve the problem soon, it will be better for all concerned.

The sooner.................................................................................................................

2. I would prefer you to deliver the sofa on

Friday. I would rather
3. We've run out of tea.
There
4. Susan was too excited to sleep.
Susan was
5. Robert has not had a job for two years.
Robert has been
II. Write a passage of 150 – 200 words
It is better for children to grow up in the countryside than in a big city. Do you agree or disagree? Use
specific reasons and examples to develop your essay.

The end

215
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 88
B- PHONETICS ( 2 points)
PART1: .Choose the word which has the underlined part pronounced differently from that of the others. Write
your answer in the right box below.
11. A. classical B. composer C. answer D. serious
12. A. humans B. dreams C. concerts D. songs
13. A. honesty B. hair C. honor D. hour
14. A. spoon B. wool C. noon D. bamboo
15. A. excursion B. further C. burial D. turtle
YOUR ANSWERS:
11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

PART2: Choose one word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. Write your answer in the right
box below.
16. A. musician B. museum C. competent D. computer
17. A. conversation B. isolation C. traditional D. situation
18. A. capital B. activity C. different D. opera
19. A. affect B. effective C. expand D. charity
20. A. family B. probably C. animal D. minority
YOUR ANSWERS:
16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

C- VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR (7 points)

PART1: Choose the best answer from the four options to complete each sentence below. Write your answer in the
right box below.
21. My mother is busy...................her housework.
A. at B. with C. on D. in
22. It was....................a difficult question that we couldn’t answer it.
A. so B. such C. very D. too
23. I don’t think Frank is old.........to stay at home alone.
A. so B. too C. enough D. even
24......................all our careful plans, a lot of things went wrong.
A. Although B. Because C. Because of D. In spite of
25. I’d like to introduce you to Mrs. Chi,.........husband you used to work with.
A. whom B. whose C. which D. who
26. You said the test was too difficult,......................?
A. weren’t you B. wasn’t it C. didn’t it D. didn’t you
27. “Why are you driving so fast?” – “I’m...............................”

216
 A. must be hurry. B. in hurry C .in a hurry D. hurrying
28. When we realized we were .............danger, many people screamed............panic.
A. in- in B. in- at C. of- on D. at- in
29. The building............ he lives...................is very old.
A. which-in B. where-in C. where-on D. that-within
30...................that boy my younger brother, I would give him a lesson.
A. Were B. Even if C. In case D. Since

YOUR ANSWERS:

21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

26. 27. 28. 29. 30.

PART2: Find a mistake in the underlined parts A, B, C or D. Write your answer in the right box below.
31. When living in the countryside, Tom used to going swimming with his friends.

A B C D

32. The farmers had to work hardly in the field all day.

A B C D

33. I advise you starting looking for a flat at once.

A B C D
34. Unless we leave a bowl of water under the sun, it will evaporate.

A B C D

35. The students seemed very nervously before the final exam .

A B C D

36. We don’t allow passengers smoking in this part of the building .

A B C D

37. When he was a college student, he learned to play tennis, to ski, and swimming.

A B C D

38. The book writing by Jack London is very popular in the world

A B C D

39. Would you like going on an excursion with my class?

217
 A B C D

40. Have the students be told about the changes of their timetable yet?

A B C D

YOUR ANSWERS:
31. 32. 33. 34. 35.
36. 37. 38. 39. 40.

PART 3: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word. Write your answer in the right box below.
Many years (41)........................... there lived a king who (42).................................very rich and powerful, but he
always felt ill and unhappy. One day his doctor said (43) .......................... him, “There is only (44) .................................
thing that will help you well and happy. You must wear the shoes of a man who (45)..................................never unhappy”.

The king asked hundreds of the men who (46) ........................ happy. They all said they (47) .........................................
sometimes happy and sometimes (48)........................................At last he met a poor fisherman who said he was happy
from (49)......................................till night. “Give me your shoes quickly”, the king said. The fisherman laughed. “I am
sorry,” he answered. “I never had a (50).....................................of shoes in my life.”

YOUR ANSWERS:

41. 42. 43. 44. 45.

46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

PART4: Write the correct form of each bracketed word in the numbered space provided in the column on the right. (0)
has been done as an example.
0. He didn't feel happy because he worked............(SUCCESS) 0. unsuccessfully
51. We all looked . . . . . . . .(HEALTH)............after the summer holiday. 51.
52. The children are more . . . . . . .(INTEREST)..................in cartoons.
53 . . .(FORTUNE)..........................., the weather was so bad that we 52.
couldn’t go out.
54. I hope there won’t be too much . . .(DIFFICULT)..................in getting a 53.
work permit.
55. I really don’t think he has the ……(ABLE)...................to do this job. 54.

55.

D- READING (3 points)
PART1:.Choose the best answer from the four options to complete each of the numbered blanks in the
following passage. Write your answer in the right box below.

218
 Diego Armando Maradona was born on October 30, 1960, in Villa Fiorito, province of Buenos Aires, Argentina .He
was (56)........... in an underprivileged family and spent his adolescence playing football in the street of his(57)........... .
He made his debut at the(58)................ of 16 and throughout his professional career he played 692 (59)..............
games scoring 352 goals. He played 90 games for the Argentina National Team and scored 33 goals, 8 of (60)..............
were in world cups.
His first team was called Estrella Roja (Red Star) and was (61)..........by his father for the neighborhood boys. One of
the players was Gregorio “El Goyo” Carrizo,(62)............ played in the lower divisions of Argentinos Juniors, and who
helped Diego to be part of the team called “Los Cebollitas” (the small onions).With only 14 years of age, he(63)...........the
public at his first game with the team and gained (64).......... and respect as a player. With “Los Cebollitas” he (65).........a
winning spree of over one hundred games.
56. A. risen B. raised C. grown D. shown
57. A. neighborhood B. colleagues C. friendship D. popularity
58. A. old B. oldest C. elderly D. age
59. A. office B. officer C. official D. officially
60. A. it B. that C. which D. what
61. A. found B. founded C. set D. fixed
62. A. who B. that C. he D. whom
63. A. enjoyed B. fascinate C. interested D. astonished
64. A. famous B. reputation C. achievement D. strength
65. A. kept B. played C. held D. napped

YOUR ANSWERS:

56. 57. 58. 59. 60.

61. 62. 63. 64. 65.

PART2: Read the passage below and choose the best answer for the questions from 66 to 70. Write your answer in
the right box below.
An English man living near Sheffield recently had a most unlucky day’s fishing. He was standing on a low bridge
when he had the misfortune to knock his tin of bait into the river. Leaning over the side of the bridge, he tried to hook the
tin and pull it out of the river. As he did so, his car keys fell out of his pocket and disappeared in the water.
Feeling thoroughly annoyed with himself and his luck, the fisherman leant over the bridge to try to see where his keys
had gone. As he did so, the bridge collapsed and he fell into the river. This was the last straw .The fisherman crawled out
of the river and went back to his car. There he discovered that he had locked the doors and could not get in. His anti-thief
had immobilized his car. There was nothing left for him to do but walk sadly home.
66. How did the tin of bait get into the river?
A. The passage does not say. B. The fisherman knocked it in accidentally.
C. It was probably blown in by the wind D. It fell in when the fisherman fell in.
67. When did the fisherman first lean over the bridge?
219
A. When it broke. B. When his keys fell in.
C. When the tin of bait fell in. D. A few minutes after he first started fishing.
68. What was the last straw, according to the passage?
A. Having to walk home B. Being unable to get into his car.
C. The loss of his car keys. D. The collapse of the bridge.
69. What is the meaning of “misfortune”?
A. bad luck B. good luck C. accidentally D. a clumsy act
70. What is the meaning of “thoroughly”?
A. slightly B. at last C. through D. extremely

YOUR ANSWERS:

66. 67. 68. 69. 70.

E: WRITING ( 3 points)
PART1: Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the
original sentence. Start with the word(s) provided.
71. If I don’t leave now, I’ll miss the train.
 Unless.....................................................................................................................................
72. He had a flu because he went out in the rain last night.

 Had…………………………………………………………………………..………………

73. It was such a boring film that he fell asleep.

The film………………………………………………………………………………………

74. “If I were you I wouldn’t trust Diep”, Lan’s mother told her.

Lan’s mother advised………………………………………………………………………..

75. They turned the heating on because the weather was very cold.

 Because of……………………………………………………………………………………

PART2: Use the following sets of words and phrases to write a letter from Jenny to Diana.
Diana,
76. Thank you /much/your letter/arrive/few days ago.
........................................................................................................................................................
77. It/be lovely/hear/you.
........................................................................................................................................................
78. I/be sorry/I not write/such /long time/but I/be very busy.
........................................................................................................................................................
220
79. As you know/we buy/new house/September.
........................................................................................................................................................
80. It/be/very bad condition/and it need/a lot /work.
........................................................................................................................................................
81. We finish/most/ it now/and it look/very nice.
........................................................................................................................................................
82. Peter and I/decide /give/house-warming party/May 3rd
........................................................................................................................................................
83. You think/you/able/come?
……………………………………………………………………………………………………
84. Please give me/ring/let/ know /you/make it.
........................................................................................................................................................
85. I/really/look forward/see you again.
........................................................................................................................................
Love,
Jenny
The end

221
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 89

QUESTION 3: Pick out the word that has the main stressed syllable different from the others(0.5 pt)

A B C D
1. government correspond benefit dormitory
2. unpolluted interactive inspiration communicate
3. nomination priority congratulate immediate
4. celebrate slavery opinion minimize.
QUESTION 4: Pickoutthe wordwhose underlinedsyllable ispronounceddifferently fromtheothers(0.5 pt)

A B C D
1. only most purpose smoke
2. chemical punishment agriculture fertilizer

3. expensive occasion pleasure television

4. worse world sword worm
QUESTION 5: Pick out the word that is of different topic from the others (0.5 pt)

A B C D
1. sunflower carnation blue-bell cauliflower
2. signature specialist inventor manager
3. liver kidney breathe stomach
4. poisonous valuable precious useful

QUESTION 6: Write the suitable form of the word in parentheses (0.5 pt)

1. He is quite an person. He plays a lot of sports (energy).

2. This building is miracle of (architect).

3. Most ghost stories are set in old houses or castles.(mystery)

4. The doctor gives the patient an injection to ease his pain and (anxious)

QUESTION 7: Write the correct tense and form of the verbs in parentheses (0.5 pt).

I arrived home last night and found that my house (1. flood). Someone forgot

(2. turn) off the bathroom tap, and the water has been pouring out the whole day. Before phoning the
plumber, I (3. check) to see that the electricity supply (4. turn) off, because I didn’t want there was a fire
as well as a flood.

222
QUESTION 8: Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given in such a way that they have the same
meaning as the first ones. (1 pt)

1. I asked someone to draw the plan for the living room. I had …

2. “Would you like to join a picnic?” She said to him. She invited …

3. This city had old buildings, but none can be found nowadays. There used …

4. Lan has no difficulty in making friends. Lan finds…

5. He prefers typing to writing by hand. He’d …

6. He left home six months ago. It’s …

7. A train leaves for Hue at eight o’clock every morning. There is …

8. Both of the chairs are uncomfortable. Neither of …

QUESTION 9: Match each half-sentence in column A with a suitable one in column B to build a complete
sentence (1 pt)

A B
1. Jeans are still used by people all over the world
nowadays.
2. Theearthquakein Kobein 1995 was sostrong
3. You will be able to see pictures of the Earth 16
times a day
4.Many people told that they had seen a plate-like
device
5.Many Vietnamese women often prefer to wear
modern clothing at work today
6. Everyone felt tired and hungry
7. Mr. Parker grows maize on his farm
8. My father reads and writes English
very well
A. which was thought to be a UFO.
B. but he can only speak it a little.
C. therefore students in the countryside
cannot easily get access to it
D. although they were made many centuries ago
E. so they sat down under a tree and had a snack
F. once your spaceship orbits around the Earth.
G. whenever they have free time
H. that more than 30,000 buildings were damaged and
5,000 people died.
I. because they are more convenient for them th
J.while his wife works part-time at a grocery
store in a nearby town.

QUESTION 10: Fill in each numbered blank with ONE suitable word (1 pt)

The country is more beautiful than a town and pleasanter to live in. Many people think so and go to the
country for the summer holidays though they can’t live _(1)_ all the year around. Some have a cottage built in a
village so that they can go there whenever they can find the time.

223
 English villages are not all alike, but _(2)_ some ways they are not different _(3)_ each other. Almost
_(4)_ village has church, the round and square tower of which can be _(5)_ for many miles around. Surrounding
the church is the churchyard, where people were buried.

The village green is a wide stretch of grass, and houses or cottages are_(6)_ round it. Country life is now
fairly comfortable and many villages _(7)_ water brought through pipes into each _(8)_ . Most villages are so
close to some small towns that people can go there to buy what they can’t find in the village.

QUESTION 11: Read the passage then pick out one best option for your answer (1pt)

Every four to ten years something happens to the weather system of the Earth. Everything changes, and scientists
don’t know why. The low-pressure area moves toward the east, the high-pressure area is very weak, and the winds blow
toward the east. A great pile of warm surface water moves toward South America. People call this “El Nino“. It usually
happens at Christmas time, and El Nino is the Spanish name for the baby Jesus.

Usually the effects of El Nino are very mild. However, the one that started in 1982 was different from the other
recent ones. It had a very powerful effect on the world’s climate. It caused huge changes in the ocean currents. It caused
floods in some areas and droughts in others. There were terrible windstorms and huge ocean waves. These waves swept
houses into the sea. El Nino did billions of dollars worth of damage. Thousands of people lost their lives and thousands of
others were left homeless.

In 1983, the winds, ocean currents, and pressure areas started to become normal again. Meanwhile, scientists
throughout the world organized research to learn more about El Nino. They are using satellites and research boats to
observe the atmosphere and the ocean. It is a very complicated problem, but if the scientists of the world work together,
they should be able to learn the causes of El Nino. Then they will be able to predict what will happen and work to prevent
a repeat of the death and destruction of 1982-1983.

1. The weather system over the Pacific Ocean changes ...

A. every year B. every 4 to 10 years

C. every 10 years D. every 4 years

2. The reasons why the weather system changes ...

A. are known in advance by all scientists. B. are not mysterious to scientists today.

C. are still unknown to scientists nowadays D. are easy and simple to scientists today.

3. In the time of El Nino, the warm surface water moves ...

A. eastward B. westward

C. toward South Africa D. southward

4. The effects of El Nino are

224
 A. usually mild B. very violent

C. sometimes very powerful D. both A and C

5. The El Nino that started in 1982 was ...

A. the same as the other recent ones.

B. less powerful than the other recent ones.

C. more powerful and destructive than the other recent ones.

D. very powerful but caused no damage.

6. The word “El Nino” is the Spanish name for the baby Jesus because...

A. El Nino usually happens at Christmas time

B. it first happened in Spain

C. it first happened when Jesus was born.

D. Jesus used the Spanish name to call it.

7. Since1983, scientists all over the world...

A. have used satellites to study the oceans.

B. have used research boats to study the atmosphere.

C. have organized research to learn more about El Nino.

D. have helped people to recover the damage and loss from El Nino.

8. If scientists knew the causes of El Nino,...

A. they could stop it from the distance.

B. they could predict what would happen and helped to prevent the damage and loss.

C. they would work together to make it normal again.

D. they would work together to prevent the destruction of 1982-1983.

QUESTION 12: Writing (1.5 pts)

Write a short passage (about 120 to 150 words) on your plan and intention if you pass

225
the entrance exam into the gifted school. You can use these details as suggestions:

- subjects you will study hard - equipment for your studying

- how to use your time - in-school and after-school activities
- methods to study - other plans……

226
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 90

Question1: Chose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest in the same line.(5 points)

1. A. feature B. reason C. season D. pleasant

2. A. petty B. pretty C. stress D. medicine
3. A. share B. beer C. wear D. fair
4. A. now B. town C. bowl D. down
5. A. chemical B. church C. each D. chart

Question 2 :Put the verbs in brackets in to the correct tense ( 10 points).

1. It is difficult to get used to (eat)..........with chopsticks.

2. The statue (break).........while it was moving to another room in the museum.

3. I can’t go with you as I (not finish)...........my homework.

4. I (make) ……..cakes when the light went out. I had to finish it in the dark

5. Jack is trying to give up smoking. He (not/ have)...........a cigarette for a week.

6. When he (return)..........I will give him the key.

7. Before you (mention) ……..him, I never (hear)..........of that.

8. The girl (sit)...........next to me is very clever and hardworking.

9. Why are you under the table? You (look)...........for something?

Question 3 :Put the words in brackets in to an appropriate form (10 points).

1. Air (pollute)................has had a serious effect on human life.

2. Cuc Phuong is a beautiful (nation)............park in Viet Nam
3. Her grandmother was happy till the day of her (die) ………..
4. She takes great (please)................in her work.
5. (Conserve).................is the wise management of the environment.
6. Many animals should be protected in their (nature)............conditions.
7. A (music).............is a person who plays a musical or writes music.
8. She won a gold medal for her excellent (perform)............in the contest.
9. My sister dresses (beauty)................whenever she goes out.
10. After the fire, the house was full of (poison)..............fumes

Questions 4: Choose the best answer to complete each sentence (10 points)

227
1. Without plants, most water would run....................as soon as it falls.

A. off B. up C. out D. away

2. There will be …………good film at............cinema next week.

A. a/a B. a/the C. the/a D. the/the

3. My father drank a lot of beer,.................made him fat.

A. which B. that’s why C. it D. that

4.......................an other cup of coffee?

A. Do you like B. Would you like C. Are you like D. Will you like

5. There is only one student in the classroom...........................his lesson.

A. prepares B. prepare C. preparing D. to prepare

6. Long ago, people living along the sea coast knew.........to get fish to eat.

A. how B. what C. when D. which

7. She will not invest any money in the project........she is sure it will give her a profit.

A. if B. unless C. because D. therefore

8. They didn’t want to get home late,.............they hired a mini bus.

A. but B. so that C. so D. however

9. He failed the exams..............his laziness.

A. because of B. although C. because D. if

10. The result was quite different..............what I expected.

A. with B. as C. to D. from

11. Many people were killed in the crash. The bodies of................were taken away;

………..were taken to hospital.

A. the die/ the injured B. the dead/ the injury

C. the dead/ the injured D. the death/ the injured

12. Don’t forget.................me a call when you arrive.

A. give B. to give C. given D. giving

13. Susan: “I have bought you a toy. Happy birthday to

you!” Thompson: “.................”

A. The same to you B. Have a nice day!

C. What a lovely toy! thanks
D. What a pity!

14. He doesn’t work as hard as he …….

228
A. is B. was C. didn’t D. used to

15. I have no money now. If I …….., I.............a computer.

A. have/ would buy B. had/ bought C. had/ will buy D. had/ would buy

Questions 5: Choose an appropriate word in the box to fill in the blank. There are more words than needed (10points).
singing who without to
everywhere can instruments schools
course which with because

Music- What is it?

Can you think of a day without music? “Oh, that’s not possible!” you may say. Yes, you are right. There is music
(1)..........at home, in a concert hall, in parks, at the seaside and even in the forest. But in the forest of (2) …, it is better to
listen birds (3)......and other natural sounds like the wind in the trees.
People cannot live (4) …..music. They listen to music, they dance to music, they learn to play musical (5) ……….
Musical education at (6) ….is very important. There is a special literature for music teacher and for all people
(7)..........are interested in it.

But what’s music?

Specialists explain very well, and we (8) ………..understand everything, especially if music is performed
(9) …………..illustrate their talks. Music isn’t a combination of pleasant sound only. It is an art (10)...............reflects life.
Music reflects people ideas and emotions.

Questions 6: Read the passage and choose the best answer to complete each space (10 points).

Louis Braille (1809-1852)

Louis Braille was the son of (1) …………French leather worker. He went blind at the age of three (2)........he fell in his
father workroom. (3) ….Louis was very clever. He wanted to be a musician, (4).........he learned to play the cello, and at the
age of 10, he (5) …….a scholarship to the National Institute for Blind Children in Paris. He could play the cello, but he
couldn’t read and write.
In 1819 a French soldier, Charles Barber, (6)......‘night writing’. He used special dots on paper so that soldiers could read
(7) …..night. Louis Braille understood the (8) …. of the invention for the blind people and when he was fifteen, he began to
(9)............it. In 1892, he started to use it at the Institute.
By 1932 ‘Braille’ was in (10) …. all over the world, but Louis died in 1852 and he never knew the importance of his
invention.
1. A. the B. a C. an D. one
2. A. when B. where C. before D. what
3. A. So B. Also C. But D. So that
4. A. still B. so C. but D. until

229
5. A. rewarded B. took C. awarded D. won
6. A. discovered B. invented C. used D. had
7. A. during B. in C. at D. on
8. A. importance B. need C. necessary D. opposition
9. A. demonstrate B. sell C. develop D. use
10. A. use B. demonstration C. display D. exhibition

Questions 7: In this section you will find after the passage five questions, each with four suggested answers. You
must choose ONE which you think fits best. (5 points)

Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are
teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school. Others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the
language in films, on television, in the office or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most
people must work hard on their lessons to learn another language.

Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language,
mathematics and English. In England, America or Australia, many boys and girls study their own language, which is
English, mathematics and another language, perhaps French, German or Spanish.

Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies
because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Others people learn English because they want to
read newspapers or magazines in English.

1. According to the writer .

A. English is learned by many generations B. No children like learning English

C. only teenagers learn English D. English is useful only to adults

2. Most people learn English by .

A. watching videos only B. hearing the language in this office

C. working hard on their lessons D. talking with the film stars

3. Many boys and girls learn English because .

A. English can give them a job B. their parents make them do it

C. they have to study their own language D. it is included in their study courses

4. In America and Australia, many school children study .

A. their own language and no foreign language

B. such foreign languages as French, German or Spanish

230
231
 C. English and mathematics only

D. English as a foreign language

5. Many adults learn English because .

A. they want to go abroad B. it is useful for their work

C. most of their books are in English D. they want to read newspapers in English

Question 8: There is a mistake in each sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.(5 points)

1. Which one works hardest of all?

2. One of the most dangerously sea animals is the shark.
3. Catherine and John have been in love with each other for they were young
4. They have a bored discussion about football.
5. Hellen spent much time on cooking meals, washing clothes and clean house.

Questions 9 Complete each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the
sentence printed before it .(10 points)

1. You didn’t have breakfast – that’s why you were hungry .

 If you……………………………………

2. I had a cat once, but I don’t any more.

 I used ...............................................

3.We started living here fifteen years ago.

 We have .....................

4. Spielberg has made more than twenty movies so far.

 More than twenty movies……………………………………

5. No student in my class is as hard as David.

 David……………………………………………….

6. I didn’t notice that I had the wrong umbrella until I got home

 It was not

7. Hellen asked me “How long have you learnt English?”

 Hellen asked………………………………..
232
8. We went swimming although the weather was bad.

 In spite of ………………………………..

9. I have never been in Ha Noi before.

 This is ……………………………….

10. “Would you like to go to the concert with me tonight?” John said to me

 John invited…………………………………………………

233
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 91

A. PHONETICS (10p)
Question 1: Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from those of the other words. Write
your answers in the numbered blanks provided below (5p)
1. A. random B. canal C. many D. explanatory
2. A. good B. moon C. food D. balloon
3. A. provide B. product C. production D. procedure
4. A. kite B. bite C. Christian D. Christ
5. A. voltage B. voyage C. massage D. dosage
Answers:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Question 2: Choose the word whose stress pattern is differently from those of the other words. Write your answers in
the numbered blanks provided below (5p)
1. A. argumentative B. psychological
C. contributory D. hypersensitive
2. A. atomic B. brilliant
C. determined D. ambitious
3. A. trigonometry B. explanatory
C. immediately D. democracy
4. A. photograph B. payroll
C. accent D. regretful
5. A. majority B. ceremony
C. astronomy D. investiture
B. GRAMMAR & VOCABULARY (20p)
Question 3: Give the correct tense/ form of the verbs in the brackets. Write your answers in the numbered blanks
provided below (10p)
1. It’s time we (go). If we (not leave) now, we (miss) the train.
2. I know I (not write) to you before, but I (be) so busy recently that I (not have) time for writing letters. I (telephone)
you instead, but I (forget) your number.
3. Why didn’t you tell me you could lend me the money? I (not borrow) it from the bank.
4. He is walking (hurry) to the place where his ex-wife, a famous naturalist now (lie) (bury) among the animals she (love)
so much.
5. We will see Alice at the corner, she (wait) for us when we (arrive).
6. He resents (be) (tell) what (do).
7. Her mother (go) abroad last month, so it (not be) her you see at the theater last Sunday.
Question 4: The passage below contains 10 errors. IDENTIFY and CORRECT them. (0) has been done as an example.
Write your answers in the numbered blanks below (5p)
After an absence in thirty years, I decided visiting my old school again. I had expected to find changes, but no a
234
 completely different building. As I walked up the school drive, I wondered for a moment if I had come to the right address.
The grimy, red brick fortress with their tall windows that had looked up grimly on the playground and playing fields had
swept away. In its place stood a bright, modern block risen from the ground on great concrete stilts. A huge expanse of
glass extending across the face of the building, and in front, there was a well-kept lawn where previous there had been
untidy gravel yard.
Answers: 0. in of
1. ................ 2. .................. 3. ................. 4. .................. 5. ..................
-->............... --> ................. --> ............... -->................. --> ................
6. ................ 7. ................. 8. ................ 9. .................. 10. ................
-->............... -->................ -->................ -->.................. -->.................
Question 5: Fill in each blank with a suitable PREPOSITION or PARTICLE. Write your answers in the numbered
blanks provided below the passage. (5p)
1. We’re all very obliged.....................you
2. When the wound has healed........you can remove the plaster.
3. Without a fridge, fresh food will go.......very quickly.
4. I’m faithful.....................my principle.
5. I haven’t heard.........Mandy since she wrote in July.
6. This service is free.....................charge.
7. They went ahead contrary.........................my advice.
8. The weather was fine, and everyone was making..........the coast.
9.We’re going........Tom’s car tomorrow.
10. Have a card...............your sleeve
C. READING (20p)
Question 6: Read the following passage and choose the best answer. Write your answers in the numbered blanks
provided below the passage. (10p)
In addition to the great ridges and volcanic chains, the oceans conceal another form of undersea mountains: the strange
guyot, or flat-topped seamount. No marine geologist even suspected the existence of these isolated mountains until they
were discovered by geologist Harry H. Hess in 1946. He was serving at the time as naval officer on a ship equipped with a
fathometer. Hess named these truncated peaks for the nineteenth-century Swiss-born geologist Arnold Guyot, who had
served on the faculty of Princeton University for thirty years. Since then, hundreds of guyots have been discovered in
every ocean but the Arctic. Like offshore canyons, guyots present a challenge to oceanographic theory. They are believed
to be extinct volcanoes.Their flat tops indicate that they once stood above or just below the surface, where the action of
waves leveled off their peaks. Yet today, by definition, their summits are at least 600 feet below the surface, and some are
as deep as 8,200 feet. Most lie between 3,200 feet and 6,500 feet. Their tops are not really flat but slope upward to a low
pinnacle at the center. Dredging from the tops of guyots has recovered basalt and coral rubble, and that would be expected
from the eroded tops of what were once islands. Some of this material is over 80 million years old. Geologists think the
drowning of the guyots involved two processes: The great weight of the volcanic mountains depressed the sea floor
beneath them, and the level of the sea rose a number of times, especially when the last Ice Age ended, some 8,000 to

235
 11.000 years ago.
1. What is the author's main purpose in writing this passage?
A. To trace the career of Arnold Guyot.
B. To describe feature of the undersea world.
C. To present the results of recent geologic research.
D. To discuss underwater ridges and volcano chains
2. The word “conceal” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A. Contain B. Erode C. Hide D. Create
3. The passage implies that guyots were first detected by means
of ...
A. a fathometer B. computer analysic
C. a deep-sea diving expedition D. research submarines
4. The author indicates that Arnold Guyot
A. was Harry Hess's instructor B. invented the fathometer
C. named the guyed after himself D. taught at Princeton University
5. What does the passage sav about the Arctic Ocean?
A. The first guyot was discovered there.
B. No guyots have ever been found there.
C. There are more guyots there than in any other ocean.
D. It is impossible that guyots were ever formed there.
6. The author states that offshore canyons and guyots have which of the following characteristics in common?
A. Both are found on the ocean floor near continental shelves.
B. Both present oceanographers with a mystery.
C. Both were formed by volcanic activity.
D. Both were, at one time, above the surface of the sea.
7. According to the passage, most guyots are found at a depth of ...
A. less than 600 feet. B. between 600 and 3,200 feet.
C. between 3,200 and 6,500 feet D. more than 8,200 feet
8. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the word “rubble”?
A. Fragments B. Mixture C. Columns D. Core
9. According to the passage, which of the following two processes were involved in the submersion of guyots?
A. Erosion and volcanic activity.
B. The sinking of the sea floor and the rising of sea level.
C. Mountain building and the action of ocean currents
D. High tides and earthquakes
10. According to the passage, when did sea level significantly rise?
A. In 1946 B. In the nineteenth century
C. From 8,000 to 11,000 years D. 80 million years ago

236
Question 7: Read the following passage and choose the best answer. Write your answers in the numbered blanks
provided below the passage. (10p)
As Christmas evolved in the United States, new customs were adopted and many old ones were reworked. The
legend of Santa Claus, for example, had origins in Europe and was brought by Dutch settlers to New York in the early 18 th
century. Traditionally, Santa Claus - from the Dutch Sinter Klaas - was depicted as a tall, dignified, religious figure riding
a white horse through the air. Known as Saint Nicholas in Germany, he was usually accompanied by Black Peter, an elf
who punished disobedient children. In North America he eventually developed into a fat, jolly old gentleman who had
neither the religious attributes of Saint Nicholas nor the strict disciplinarian character of Black Peter.
Santa’s transformation began in 1823, when a New York newspaper published the poem A Visit from Saint Nicholas,
which Clement Clark Moore had written to amuse his daughter. The poem introduced many Americans to the story of a
kindly saint who flew over housetops in a reindeer-drawn sleigh. Portraits and drawings of Santa Claus by American
illustrator Thomas Nast further strengthened the legend during the second half of the 19 th century. Living at the North Pole
and assisted by elves, the modern Santa produced and delivered toys to all good children. By the late 19 th century he had
become such a prominent figure of American folklore that in 1897, when Virginia O’Hanlon wrote to the New York Sun
newspaper asking if Santa was real, she received a direct answer: “Yes, Virginia, there is a Santa Claus”.

1. Who brought the legend of Santa Claus to the USA according to the passage?
A. Sinter Klaas B. Saint Nicholas
C. A German D. Dutch settlers
2. Santa Claus was traditionally described as a ..........
A. tall man who could walk through the air.
B. fat, jolly, old man.
C. religious figure.
D. fat man riding a white horse.
3. Santa Claus in North America was depicted as ...
A. a man with the strict disciplinarian character of Black Peter.
B. a good old man with less religious character.
C. one with religious attributes of Saint Nicholas.
D. a jolly man on horseback.
4. Who was Black Peter?
A. an elf accompanying Saint Nicholas.
C. one of the disobedient children.
B. an elf who rode a white horse.
D. a popular traditional figure.
5. What word is closest in meaning to “attributes”?
A. symbols of a person
C. effects
B. natural qualities
D. outer appearance
6. Where did the legend of Santa Claus come from?

237
 A. the North Pole B. Europe
C. North America D. the City of New York
7. 1823 was mentioned as a year when ...
A. Clement Clark Moore wrote his first poem.
B. Clement Clark Moore’s poem made him popular.
C. Saint Nicholas visited New York.
D. the image of Santa Claus was transformed.
8. According to Clement Clark Moore’s poem,
A. Santa Claus had nothing different in appearance from the traditional one.
B. Santa Claus had wings and could fly.
C. Santa Claus liked poetry.
D. Santa Claus was a kindly saint who flew over housetops in a sleigh.
9. The answer “Yes, Virginia, there is a Santa Claus” is an illustration for the fact that...
A. the New York Sun was popular with children.
B. Santa Claus was a prominent figure at that time.
C. newspapers are unreliable.
D. Virginia O’Hanlon was a reader of the New York Sun.
10. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
A.Santa Claus was an imaginary old man created by artists based on traditional figures.
B. Living in the North Pole, Santa Claus visited children at Christmas.
C. Santa Claus was a real figure living in northern America.
D. Santa Claus was a story based on Saint Nicholas and Black Peter.
D. USE OF ENGLISH (20p)
Question 8: Choose the word that best fits each of the blanks in the following passage. Write your answers in the
numbered blanks provided below the passage. (0) has been done as an example. (5p)
Vietnamese generally shake hands when greeting and parting. Using both hands shows respect as does a (1)
bow of the head. In rural areas, elderly people do not extend their hand are greeted with a bow. Women are more (2)
to bow the head than to shake hands. Vietnamese names begin with the family name and are (3) by a given
name. For example, in the name Nguyen Van Due, Nguyen is the family name. People address (4) by their given
names, but add a title that indicates their perceived (5) to the other person. These titles are family related rather
than professional. Among colleagues, for example, the (6) of the two might combine the given name with the title
of Anh ("Older Brother"). A(n) (7) greeting combined with the given name and title is Xin chao ("Hello.").
Classifiers for gender and familiarity are also combined with the greeting. In formal meetings, business cards are
sometimes (8) on greeting.
Vietnamese people have a strong (9) of hospitality and feel embarrassed if they cannot show their guests
full respect by preparing for their arrival. Therefore, it (10) to visit someone without having been invited. Gifts are
not required, but are appreciated. Flowers, incense, or tea may be proper gifts for the hosts. Hosts also appreciate a small
gift for their children or elderly parents.

238
0 A. put B. shake C. clap D. applaud
1. A. light B. slight C. lightly D. lighted
2. A. possible B. capable C. probable D. likely
3. A. continued B. chased C. followed D. taken
4. A. each one B. one other C. the other one D. one another
5. A. relation B. relationship C. relations D. relatives
6. A. younger B. most young C. youngest D. young
7. A. easy B. basic C. fundamentally D. elementary
8. A. changed B. transferred C. reversed D. exchanged
9. A. sense B. sensation C. sensitivity D. sensible
10 A. inactive B. inaccurate C. inappropriate D. inexact
Question 9: Fill each blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers in the numbered blanks provided below the
passage. (0) has been done as an example. (10p)
Cell Phones
Cell phones have been popular in Japan (0. since) the early 1990s, but it was (1.) until 1999 that their use
really took off. The age of cell phones has emerged, but with it come problems.
Cell phones are used on buses and trains, in restaurants, and in all areas of ( 2.) . They cause problems when
they (3.) during meetings, concerts, weddings, or even funerals. What's more, people speak loudly in public, and
students read and text messages during lessons. (4.) seriously, when a cell phone is used near a person (5.) a
pacemaker to fegulate his heartbeat, its radio waves may interfere with the functioning of the pacemaker.
Now, something is being done to solve these (6.) . In many places, new technology is being used to block
cell phone calls. Airline (7.) are requested to stop using cell phones while on board. Concert halls ask their
audience to switch their phones to the (8.) mode. However, phone users fear that if they do not (9.) their
phones, they will lose valuable business opportunities. That's why many do not (10.) off their phones even when
they are asked to.
Question 10: Write the correct FORM of each bracketed word. Write your answers in the numbered spaces provided
below. (5p)
1. Those (theatre) group has never lost its appeal.
2. Dolphins, (mammal) species, sometimes jump above the surface of the water.
3. The situation is so (chaos) in some countries now that it is difficult to see any solution.
4. He’s the most (please), ill-mannered person I’ve ever met.
5. Good friends can enrich the quality of our lives (measure).
6. This famous singer had two (enter) in the Guinness Book of World Records.
7. Beauty is in the eye of the (hold).
8. Computers are now considered (dispense) in the business world.
9. Due to (electric) the difference between urban life and rural life is more and more reduced.
10. A doctor may prescribe (biotic) if the patient has an infection.
E. WRITING (30p)

239
Question 11: (10p)
I. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it means the same as the sentence printed before it (5p).
1. Someone stole the old lady’s handbag.
The old lady was ........................................................................................
2. A true story forms the basis of Mary’s new novel.
Mary’s new novel .........................................................................................
3. If you have completed your test, you can go home.
Get ..............................................................................................................
4. Absolute secrecy was crucial to the success of the mission.
Without .......................................................................................................
5. Something must be done to solve this problem.
Urgent .......................................................................................... ................
II. Finish each of the following sentences in such a way that it is as similar its possible in meaning to the original
sentence. Use the word given and other words as necessary. Do not change the form of the given word (5p).
1. The job received over a hundred applications. (APPLIED)
.......................................................................................................................
2. Alan prides himself on his punctuality. (TAKES)
.......................................................................................................................
3. Many people attended this year’s festival. (TURNOUT)
.......................................................................................................................
4. He is becoming quite famous as an interviewer. (NAME)
.......................................................................................................................
5. The whole team was in a happy mood. (SPIRITS)
.......................................................................................................................
Question 12: Writing a paragraph (20p)
Writing a paragraph about the advantages or disadvantages of hi-tech in our life. You should write at least 120 words.

240
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 92
SECTION I: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (7.0 PTS)
Question 1: Circle the letter next to the word or phrase which best completes each of the following sentences (2.0 pts):
1. Peter used to swimming every Friday when he was a student.

A. went B. goes C. going D. go

2. There was such a huge outside the stadium that it looked like we’d never get inside.

A. team B. class C. crowd D. group

3. My friend me that he was going to take a driving test.

A. spoke B. told C. said D. talk

4. The teacher advised the children and see the dentist regularly.

A. went B. going C. go D. to go

5. Carmen that you are making a mistake by turning down their offer.

A. thinks B. is thinking C. is thought D. has thought

6. When you the intersection of Fifth and Broadway, turn right.

A. come B. reach C. get D. arrive

7. I asked my friend he wanted to go out with me.

A. that B. which C. who D. if

8. I’m learning English I want to get a better job.

A. or B. but C. therefore D. because

9. I admire so many actors, it would be hard to say who my one is.

A. perfect B. favorite C. better D. best

10. “ Would you like to have dinner with me?”. “ ”

A. Yes, I’d love to B. Yes , so do I C. I’m very happy D. Yes, it is

11. Mary never cooks, ?

A. did not she B. doesn’t she C. does she D. did she

12. I think their house is I’ve ever seen.

A. the most beautiful B. more beautiful

241
 C. most beautiful that D. more beautiful that

13. “What do you know about the new chairperson?”

“My assistant, worked for him for years, says he’s a wonderful man.”

A. that B. she C. who D. whose

14. “I’m having lunch with Sue Peterson tomorrow.”

“Please her my regards when you see her.”

A. give B. you give C. to give D. be giving

15. “Does this jacket belong to you?”

“No, and I’m not sure it is.”

A. who B. whose C. which D. that

16. They left the restaurant because there was nothing on the they wanted to eat.

A. list B. program C. menu D. catalogue

Question 2: Circle the letter of the word(s) that is different. (1.25 pts):

Example: 0. A. Sunday B. Friday C. June D. Tuesday

1. A. downtown ■ B. cottage ■ C. suburbs ■ D. village ■

2. A. government ■B. relaxation ■ C. survival ■ D. organize ■

3. A. professor ■ B. student ■ C. teacher ■ D. schedule ■

4. A. luckily ■ B. fortunately ■ C. carelessly ■ D. comfortable ■

5. A. department store ■ B. bakery ■ C. supermarket ■ D. shopping mall ■

6. A. manager ■ B. cash register ■ C. salesperson ■ D. customer ■

7. A. artist ■ B. music ■ C. inventor ■ D. cyclist ■

8. A. star ■ B. plot ■ C. extra ■ D. director ■

9. A. full-time ■ B. permanent ■ C. part-time ■ D. retire ■

10. A. patience ■ B. fortunate ■ C. lucky ■ D. careful ■

Question 3: Complete the word in the sentence. (1.25 pts):

242
 Example: The audience loved the show.

1. It’s 3:30; I must p up my children from school.

2. Discip in schools isn’t as strict today as it used to be.

3. If you want to get in shape, why don’t you t up tennis?

4. I have always loved the violin. As a child, I thought of becoming a v .

5. We buy so much that we always need a shopping c in the supermarket.

6. It’s too expensive for me to live on my own, so I want to m back home.

7. My exams start next week. I must r my notes over the weekend.

8. The meal was terrible. We should c to the manager.

9. Students are sent to the principal if they don’t b in class.

10. Who is in c of this department?

Question 4: Complete the sentence with the correct form of the verb in parentheses. (2.5 pts):

1. As soon as she arrives, we (have) dinner.

2. If we stayed in tonight, what we (do) ?

3. She said that she (call) back later.

4. My father (smoke) a lot, but he quit ten years ago.

5. My car (repair) at the moment. I had an accident last week.

6. The movie star’s picture (take) when he was shopping with his girlfriend.

7. She started the job last month, and she already (give) a

raise.

8. When we (check in) , I’ll ask for a window seat.

9. Celebrities often (see) at the best New York restaurants.

10. If we don’t use less electricity, global warming (get) worse.

SECTION II: READING (5.5 PTS)

243
Question 1. Read the passage and fill in each space with ONE appropriate word from the words given in box. Two words
aren’t used (3.0 pts):

words, food, rid, work, comes, accounts, example,

up, starve, living, unless, know, let’s, hope, means

The need for money (0) comes from the fact that different people in society produce different things. This
(1) that people depend on each other for goods and (2) . Let us take the (3) of a
farmer who produces more food than he requires and a carpenter who earns a (4) by selling the tables and
chairs that he has made. It will be obvious that (5) some means of exchange is found, the farmer will not be
able to get (6) of his surplus food and the carpenter, having nothing to eat, will (7) to death!
Clearly, the possible means of exchange for them to use will be barter – in other (8) , to exchange a certain
amount of one kind of goods ((9) say flour) for a certain amount of another (tables or chairs, in this case).

Obviously, barter can (10) only in a very simple society. In an advanced society one can’t go around
carrying things in the (11) that he can exchange them for the right things he needs. So, we need something
that will stand for the goods and services that we want to exchange. That (12) for the origin of money.

Question 2: Read the article and choose the correct answer.(2.5 pts):

30 DAYS ON THE MINIMUM WAGE

Could you change your life in just 30 days? That’s the question documentary maker Morgan Spurlock asked when he filmed his new TV series, 30 Days.
Martin Grady reviews the first program of the series,

30 Days on the Minimum Wage*.

Spurlock, who is most famous for Supersize Me, his movie about the dangers of eating junk food, became frustrated that few people know
about poverty in America. He and his fiancée, Alex, decided to film an experiment. They’d give up their jobs for a month and try to live on
the minimum wage. The resulting documentary, which was filmed reality-show-style using a handheld camera, contains a powerful social
message about the growing gap between the rich and poor in the US.

The couple travel to Columbus, Ohio, one of the poorest cities in the US. The only apartment that they can afford to rent is filthy, in
a dangerous area, and has no furniture. The heat doesn’t work very well, so they’re often cold. Alex begins working as a dishwasher, while
Morgan does
construction work with no safety equipment. Neither of them earns more than the minimum wage.

It’s difficult to watch Morgan and Alex struggling in such terrible conditions. A charity gives them some furniture for free, but they have to
live without reliable heat, TV, or telephone. They’re exhausted all the time and begin to argue about money. The couple interview people in the
same situation and listen to their stories. It’s difficult to imagine, but these people have lived on the minimum wage for decades and many have
children.
244
 When Alex gets sick and Morgan badly injures his wrist, they go to a free clinic but can’t see a doctor because of long lines. People there
say that without free medical care they’d die.

After 30 days, Morgan and Alex have spent over $1,000 more than they have earned, mostly because of the medical expenses. They are shocked.
They can go back to their comfortable life in New York, but what if they couldn’t? How would they continue to survive?

*At the time of Morgan and Alex’s experiment, minimum wage in the US was $5.15 an hour.

Example: Morgan Spurlock wanted to discover .

A. how life changes in 30 days ■

B. if you could change your life in 30 days ■

C. if he could live on the minimum wage

1. 30 Days on the Minimum Wage is .

A. a TV series ■ B. a TV documentary ■ C. a drama series

2. Supersize Me was about .

A. how eating too much junk food can be bad for you ■ B. poverty in the US

C. the popularity of junk food ■

3. Morgan Spurlock is .

A. single ■ B. married ■ C. engaged ■

4. The purpose of the experiment was to discover if

Morgan and Alex could.

A. give up their jobs B. make a movie together C. live on very little money

5. Morgan and Alex interviewed people .

A. and told them their life story ■ B. who were living in the same way ■

C. in the same apartment building ■

6. Morgan and Alex rented their apartment because .

A. it was the only one they could find ■

B. it was cheap ■ C. it was in a good building ■

7. Morgan and Alex $5.15 per hour.

245
 A. both earned more than B. earned exactly C. didn’t earn more than

8. The couple had to live with .

A. no furniture ■ B. a poor heating system ■ C. very little food

9. During the experiment, Morgan and Alex .

A. got along very well ■ B. argued about junk food ■

C. sometimes disagreed about money ■

10. Morgan and Alex weren’t able to see a doctor at the free clinic because .

A. they hadn’t applied for free medical care ■ B. there were too many people waiting ■ C. they
didn’t have insurance ■

SECTION III: WRITING (5.5 PTS)

Question 1. Finish the second sentence in such a way that it has a similar meaning with the one above (2.0 pts):
1. “Are you a member of this club?”, the receptionist said to me.

The receptionist asked.........…………………………….…………………………..

2. It’s a pity that we don’t have a video camera.

I wish…………………………………………………………………………………

3. If possible, you should keep the car in a garage at night.

If possible, your………………………………….…………………………………..

4. Cheaper tickets are available from some travel agents.

Some travel.........…………………………………………………………………….

5. There are usually long waits at the airport.

You usually have……………………………………………….................................

6. We spent five hours getting to London .

It took .........................................................................................................................

7. My father hasn’t smoked since he was thirty.

My father gave ...........................................................................................................

246
8. Mary is the most intelligent girl in her class.

No one..........................................................................................................................

Question 2. Build the sentences from the given cues. You can make any changes and additions if any necessary. (3.5 pts)
Example: I/ be / teacher/.
I am a teacher.

1. Nam/ Mary/ be/ pen pals/ over four years/.

………………………………………………………………………………………

2. I/ use/ walk/ past/ temple/ on/ way/ primary school/ when/ little boy/.

………………………………………………………………………………………

3. It/ very difficult/ Vietnamese students/ study/ abroad/.

………………………………………………………………………………………

4. new stadium/ build/ this area/ next month/.

………………………………………………………………………………………

5. After/ finish/ degree/ English,/ she/ went on/ study/ Law/ Harvard university/.
………………………………………………………………………………………
6. The book/ you/ read/ last night/ write/ Charles Dickens/.
………………………………………………………………………………………
7. They/ spend/ all day/ practise/ song/ they/ sing/ Lan’s next birthday/.
………………………………………………………………………………………

247
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 93
PART II. GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY
I. Complete the following sentences by choosing the correct answer among four options (A, B, C or D).
1. He's really shy girl.
A. by B. at C. for D. with
2. The teacher her to improve her drawing.
A. insisted B. encouraged C. made D. persisted
3. I couldn't quite what they were doing because they were so far away.
A. bear out B. make out C. think out D. try out
4. The meal Mary cooked tastes .
A. well B. nice C. good D. worse
5. at the party, we saw Ruth standing alone.
A. Arriving B. We arrived C. Arrived D. We were arriving
6. The people who the survey said that they had examined over 1,000 accidents.
A. gave B. proceed C. set D. conducted
7. The judge found him of stealing and sent him to prison.
A. evil B. innocent C. guilty D. wicked
8. The house we have rented is . So we will have to buy some beds, chairs, tables, etc.
A. unrestored B. unrepaired C. unfurnished D. undecorated
9. He was turned down for the job because he is .
A. qualified B. qualifying C. unqualified D. qualification
10. The trouble started only the other man came into the room.
A. when B. until C. and then D. too soon
11. , the disaster would not have happened.
A. Had you have obeyed the orders B. You had obeyed the orders
C. You obeyed the orders D. Had you obeyed the orders
12. had booked in advance were allowed in.
A. Only who B. Only those who
C. Only who were those D. Only were those who
13. Traveling alone to a jungle is adventurous, .
A. if not impossible B. if it not impossible
C. when not impossible D. when it not impossible

14. I the hot weather in the south.

A. use to B. used to C. am use to D. am used to
15. The meat looked very to the dog.
A. invited B. invite C. inviting D. invitingly

248
II. Use the correct form of each word on the right to complete the numbered spaces provided in the passage. Write
your answers on your answer sheet.

The mysteries of the skies

Three hundred and fifty years before the first men looked down on the amazingly
beautiful surface of the moon from close quarters, Galileo’s newly built telescope (1)
him to look at the edge of the hitherto mysterious sphere. He saw that 1. ABLE
the apparently (2) surface was not divinely smooth
and round, but bumpy and imperfect. He realized that although the moon might appear 2. LIVE
(3) , resembling a still life painted by the hand of a cosmic (4)
, it was a real world, perhaps not very different from our own. This 3. ACT
amounted to a great (5) hardly to be expected in his day and age, 4. ART
although nowadays his (6) may appear to some to be trivial and (7) 5. ACHIEVE
. 6. CONCLUDE
Not long after Galileo lunar’s observations, the skies which had previously been so (8) 7. SIGNIFY
revealed more of their extraordinary mysteries. Casting around for
further wonders, Galileo focused his lens on the (9) planet of Jupiter. 8. ELUDE
Nestling next to it, he saw four little points of light circling the distant planet. Our
moon it appeared, perhaps (10) in the eyes of those fearful of what the 9. STRIKE
discovery might mean, was not alone!

10. FORTUNE

III. In the following passage, some numbered lines contain a word that shouldn’t be there. Tick (√) the sentences
that are correct and write the words that shouldn’t be there in the numbered space.

KEEPING YOUR DISTANCE

Personal space is a term that refers to the distance we like to keep between 0 √
ourselves and other people. When someone we do not know well gets too close 00 someone
that we usually begin to feel uncomfortable. If such a business colleague comes 1
closer than 1.2 meters, the most common response is to move away. Some 2
interesting studies have been done in libraries. If strangers will come too close, 3
many people get up and leave the building, others use to different methods such as 4
turning their back on the intruder. Living in cities has made people to develop new 5
skills for dealing with situations where they are very close to strangers. Most 6
people on so crowded trains try not to look at strangers; they avoid skin contract, 7
and apologize if hands touch by a mistake. People use newspapers as a barrier 8
between themselves and other people, and if they do not have one, they stare into 9

249
 the distance, making sure they are not looking into anyone’s eyes. 10

PART III. READING

I. Complete the following passage by choosing A, B, C or D to fill in each blank.
In recent years, there has been a remarkable increase into happiness. The researchers have come up a number of
factors which contribute to a definition of happiness.
First of all, there is, in some people, a moderate genetic predisposition to be happy, in other words, happiness
(1) in families. And happiness seems to correlate quite strongly with the main dimensions of personalities:
extroverts are generally happier, neurotics are less so.
Second, people often report good social relations as a reason for their happiness. In particular, friends are a great
(2) of joy, partly because of the agreeable things they do together, partly because of the way friends use positive
non-verbal (3) such as caressing and touching, to affirm their friendship. Marriage and similar (4)
relationships can also form the basis of lasting happiness.
Third, job satisfaction undoubtedly (5) overall satisfaction, and vice versa - perhaps this is why some
people are happy in boring jobs: it (6) both ways. Job satisfaction is caused not only by the essential nature of the
work, but (7) by social interactions with co-workers. Unemployment, on the contrary, can be a serious cause of
unhappiness.
Fourth, leisure is important because it is more under individual (8) than most other causes of happiness.
Activities (9) sport and music, and participation in voluntary work and social clubs of various kinds, can give great
joy. This is partly because of the (10) themselves, but also because of the social support of other group members –
it is very strong in the case of religious groups.

1. A. runs B. arrives C. goes D. descends

2. A. source B. origin C. base D. meaning
3. A. movements B. signals C. slogans D. motions
4. A. near B. tight C. close D. heavy
5. A. consists of B. applies to C. counts on D. contributes to
6. A. works B. effects C. makes D. turns
7. A. too B. as well C. also D. plus
8. A. check B. power C. choice D. control
9. A. so B. such C. like D. thus
10. A. facilities B. activities C. exercises D. amenities

II. Read the passage carefully, then choose the correct option (marked A, B, C or D) to answer the questions.
Scientists have established that influenza viruses taken from man can cause disease in animals. In addition, man
can catch the disease from animals. In fact, a greater numbers of wild birds seem to carry the virus without showing any

250
evidences of illness. Some scientists conclude that a large family of influenza virus may have evolved in the bird kingdom,
a group that has been on earth 100 million years and is able to carry the virus without contracting the disease. There is
even convincing evidence to show that virus strain are transmitted from place to place and from continent to continent by
migrating birds.
It is known that two influenza viruses can recombine when both are present in an animal at the same time. The
result of such recombination is a great variety of strains containing different H and N spikes. This raises the possibility
that a human influenza virus can recombine with an influenza virus from a lower animal to produce an entirely new spike.
Research is underway to determine if that is the way major new strains come into being. Another possibility is that two
animal influenza strains may recombine in a pig, for example, to produce a new strain which is transmitted to man.
1. According to the passage, scientists have discovered that influenza viruses .
A. cause ill health in wild animals B. do not always cause symptoms in birds
C. are rarely present in wild birds D. change when transmitted from animals to man
2. What is known about the influenza virus?
A. It was first found in a group of very old birds. B. All the different strains can be found in wild birds.
C. It existed over 100 million years ago. D. It can survive in many different places.

3. According to the passage, a great variety of influenza strains can appear when .
A. H and N spikes are produced B. animal and bird viruses are combined
C. dissimilar types of viruses recombine D. two viruses of the same type are contracted
4. New strains of viruses are transmitted to man by .
A. a type of wild pig B. diseased lower animals
C. a group of migrating birds D. a variety of means
5. It can be inferred from the passage that all of the following are ways of producing new strains of
influenza EXCEPT.
A. two influenza viruses in the same animal recombining
B. animal viruses recombining with human viruses
C. two animal viruses recombining D. two animal viruses recombining in a human

III. Read the passage and choose the best answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D in the following
questions. Identify your answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet.
Several hundred million years ago, plants similar to modern ferns covered vast stretches of the land. Some were as
large as trees, with giant fronds bunched at the top of trunks as straight as pillars. Others were the size of bushes and
formed thickets of undergrowth. Still others lived in the shade of giant club mosses and horsetails along the edges of
swampy lagoons where giant amphibians swam.
A great number of these plants were true ferns, reproducing themselves without fruits or seeds. Others had only
the appearance of ferns. Their leaves had organs of sexual reproduction and produced seeds. Although their “flowers” did
not have corollas, these false ferns (today completely extinct) ushered in the era of flowering plants. Traces of these floras

251
of the earliest times have been preserved in the form of fossils. Such traces are most commonly found in shale and
sandstone rocks wedged between coal beds.
Today only tropical forests bear living proof of the ancient greatness of ferns. The species that grow there are no
longer those of the Carboniferous period, but their variety and vast numbers, and the great size of some, remind us of the
time when ferns ruled the plant kingdom.
1. What does the passage mainly discuss?
A. Plant reproduction B. How to locate fossils
C. An ancient form of plant life D. Tropical plant life
2. The word “Others” refers to .
A. plants B. pillars C. trees D. fronds
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a characteristic of the plants described in the passage?
A. They once spread over large areas of land.
B. They varied greatly in size.
C. They coexisted with amphibians, mosses, and horsetails.
D. They clung to tree trunks and bushes for support.
4. The word “true” is closest in meaning to which of the following?
A. accurate B. genuine C. straight D. dependable
5. The author states that fossils of early plant life are usually found in rocks located between deposits of .
A. coal B. shale C. sandstone D. corollas

IV. Read the passage carefully then fill in the blank a suitable word.
As swimming became a popular recreation in England during the 1860s and 1870s, several (1) sports
developed, roughly patterned after land sports. (2) them were water football (or soccer), water rugby, water
handball, and water polo, in which players rode on floating barrels, painted to look (3) horses, and struck the ball
with a stick.
Water rugby became most popular of these sports, but somehow the water polo name became attached to it, and
it's been attached (4) since.
As played in England, the object of the sport was for a player to touch the ball, with both (5) , at the goal
end of the pool. The goaltender stood on the pool deck, ready to dive on any opponent who was about to score.
Water polo quickly became a very rough sport, filled (6) underwater fights away from the ball, and it
wasn't unusual for players to pass out for lack of air.
In 1877, the sport was tamed in Scotland by the addiction of goalposts. The Scots also replaced (7)
original small, hard rubber ball with a soccer ball and adopted (8) that prohibited taking the ball under the surface
or, "tackling" a player unless he had the ball.
The Scottish game, which emphasized swimming speed, passing, and (9) work, spread to England during
the early 1880s, to Hungary in 1889, to Austria and Germany in 1894, to France in 1895, and (10) Belgium in
1900.
Water polo was the first team sport added to the Olympic program, in 1900.

252
PART IV: WRITING
I. Write the new sentences using the given word. Do not change the word given in any way.
1. They have discovered some interesting new information. (LIGHT)
2. They suspended Jack for the next two matches. (BANNED)
3. I really want to see her again. (DYING)
4. She was so beautiful that I couldn't stop looking at her. (EYES)
5. We are looking forward to watching the program. (WAIT)

II. Rewrite each of the following sentences so that it has a similar meaning to the original one.

1. If you changed your mind, you would be welcomed to join our class.
→ Were you
2. I'd rather not go out this afternoon.
→ I do not feel
3. Adeles tries hard, but she doesn't get anywhere.
→ However
4. It is thought that the boss is considering raising wages.
→ The boss
5. His disabilities did not prevent him from sailing around the world.
→ Despite the fact
6. I didn't arrive in time to see her.
→ I wasn't
7. I'd prefer you not to smoke.
→ I'd rather
8. The mother smiled happily. She took the baby in her arms.
→ Smiling
9. The noise next door did not stop until after midnight.
→ It was not
10. You can ring this number whenever there is any difficulty.
→ Should

253
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 94
Chọn từ có phần gạch chân phát âm khác với những từ còn lại:

31. A. band B. inflation C. endangered D. landscapes

32. A. within B. fathom C. anthem D. with
33. A. honorable B. honesty C. historic D. heir
34. A. massage B. carriage C. voyage D. dosage
35. A. climber B. barber C. number D. robber

Chọn đáp án đúng để hoàn thành các câu sau:

36. Blue whales are considered.................species.
A. dangerous B. danger C. endangered D. endanger
37. Fax machines were a wonderful..................at the time.
A. inventive B. invention C. discover D. discovery
38. The villagers had to work hard in the fields all day and could hardly................ends meet.
A. work B. do C. make D. let
My mother is busy.............her housework.
39.39.
A. at B. with C. on D. in
A computer is................of doing almost anything you ask it to.
40.40.
A. able B. disable C. capable D. incapable
When I was young, my parents never let me.................out alone at night.
41.41.
A. to go B. going C. went D. go
He was offered the job.................his qualifications were poor.
42.42.
A. although B. in spite of C. because of D. because
Do you know the reason...................he didn’t marry her.
43.43.
A. when B. where C. why D. which
I can answer the question.............you say is difficult.
44.44.
A. which B. whom C. who D. whose
Bao Yen sings...................than this singer.
45.45.
A. well B. better C. gooder D. more good
Harry is a sailor. He spends most of his life at............sea.
46.46.
A. a B. an C. the D. No article
Without plants water would run................as soon as it falls.
47.47.
A. of B. off C. out D. down
Paper money................for over a thousand years.
48.48.
A. used B. is used C. has used D. has been used
49. She apologized.................late.
A. to arriving B. in arriving D. for arriving D. at arriving

254
50. Tom hasn’t been here.............you came here together.
A. for B. when C. since D. as

Cho đúng dạng của các từ trong ngoặc:

51. Trees, grasses, and other plant life play an important part in the (nature) circulation of water.
52. You may be surprised at the large (various) of animals that live in Nairobi National Park.
53. In fact, music as (entertain) has always been a big business.
54. This post office is equipped with modern (technical).
55. He has never had any accident. He drives (careful).
56. Despite the first meet, he talked with me in a (friend) way.
57. If we go on wasting water, there will be a (short) of fresh water in a few decades.
58. Music can express one’s (angry), love, hate or friendship.
59. What an unusual (combine) of flavors!
60. Do you like (act) film?

Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một từ thích hợpcho sẵn trong hộp để hoàn thành đoạn văn sau (có nhiều sự lựa
chọn hơn số đáp án cần điền):

A. is B. lakes C. most D.for

E. or F. search G. It H. of
I. many J. visitors K. visit L. animals

One of the (31) beautiful part of Britain is the Lake District. The Lake District is situated in the north-west of England.
(32) consists of high hills, mountains and , (33) course, lakes. There are sixteen (34) in all. The largest one (35) Lake
Windermere. Every year more than fourteen million people from Britain and abroad (36) the Lake District. They go
there to enjoy the fresh air and the scenery. Some go (37) a walk in the mountains (37) sail boats on the Lakes or
simply sit admiring the magnificent vies. Unfortunately, the region is becoming the victim of its own success in
attracting (39). There are so (40) people coming to the Lake District. They threaten to destroy the peace and quiet
which many are searching for there.

Đọc đoạn văn sau và chọn đáp án đúng:

Stone soup
One day a man called at the house of an old woman. Most people did not like the old woman because she was selfish
and mean.
“I am very hungry,” the man said, “Can you give me something to eat?”
“I have little food in the house,” the old woman said “I can give you only a piece of bread.”
“Bread is better than nothing,” the man told her, and he went into the house.
The old woman cut a piece of bread and gave it to him.
255
“This bread is good,” he said. “But it will taste better with some soup”.
“I have no soup”, the old woman said.
“Can you make stone soup?” the man said.
“Stone soup? What is that?”
“It is easy to make. Take a stone from the garden. Wash it and put it in a pan of water. Boil the stone in the water.”
The old woman took a stone from the garden and washed it. Then she put it in a pan of water and boiled the water.
The man took a spoonful of the soup and tasted it. “Yes” he said, “this is a very good soup, but a few potatoes will
make it taste better”.
The old woman put two potatoes in the soup and boiled it again. The man tasted it.
“Much better” he said, “but a few onions will give it a stronger taste”.
The old woman put two onions into the soup and boiled it again.
The man tasted it a third time.
“Excellent”, he said, “I see you have a piece of chicken on the table. Put that into the soup and add a little pepper and
salf. It will make the stone soup perfect”.
The old woman put the piece of chicken into the soup and added a little pepper and salt.
“You are an excellent cook” the man said. “This is the best stone soup I have ever tasted. Now I can eat the bread you
gave me”.

77. Why did the man visit the old woman’s house?
A. He liked the old woman.
B. He knew the old woman very well.
C. The old woman was not really selfish and mea.
D. He wanted some food.
78. What did the old woman give him at first?
A. A piece of bread B. Nothing
C. A stone D. Some hot water
79. What was the stone soup made of at first?
A. A stone B. A stone, hot water and a piece of bread.
C. A stone and hot water D. Hot water
80. What was in the stone soup at the end of the story?
A. A stone and some water
B. A few potatoes and some water.
C. A few potatoes, some onions and chicken, and a stone
D. A stone, some water, a few potatoes, some onions, chicken, pepper and salt.
81. What kind of a man was he?
A. Greedy B. Foolish C. Clever D. Hard to please

Viết lại các câu sau, bắt đầu bằng từ gợi ý, giữ nguyên nghĩa của câu:

256
82. It takes Lan 1 hour a day to finish her homework.
Lan spends……………………………………………………………………………………………………
83. The castle destroyed by fire last night was built over 200 years ago.
The castle which…………………………………………………………………………………………….
84. She had someone repaint her house last Sunday.
She had her………………………………………………………………………………………………….
85. The last time Tom came here was in 2000.
Tom hasn’t…………………………………………………………………………………………………..
86. I am not a rich businessman and I can’t afford to buy an expensive car.
If……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
87. How often do you milk the cows on the farm?
How often are……………………………………………………………………………………………….
88. Although he is intelligent, he doesn’t do well at school.
In spite……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
89. It is necessary for you to study English well.
Studying……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
90. “Do you want to join us?” Mary said to Tom.
Mary asked……………………………………………………………………………………………………
91. Tom’s new school is bigger than his old one.
Tom’s old………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Chọn đáp án đúng điền vào các chỗ trống trong đoạn văn sau:

English is the (56) important in the world today. A very large (57) of people understand and use English in many (58)
of the world.
Indeed English is a very useful language. If we (59) English we can go to any place or country we like. We shall not
find it hard to (60) people understand what we want to say.
English also helps us to learn all kinds of subjects. Hundreds of books are (61) in English every day in many countries
to teach people many useful things. (62) English language has therefore helped to spread ideas and knowledge to all
the corners of the world. There is no subject that cannot be (63) in English.
As English is used so much everywhere in the world, it has helped to make the countries in the world more (64). The
leaders of the world use English to understand one another. The English language has therefore helped to spread better
understanding and friendship among countries of the world.
Lastly, a person who knows English is respected by people. It is for all these (65) that I want to learn English.

92. A. most B. mostly C. chiefly D. best

93. A. few B. deal C. amount D. number
94. A. countries B. place C. sites D. scenes

257
95. A. realize B. say C. speak D. tell
96. A. get B. let C. persuade D. make
97. A. published B. wrote C. print D. made
98. A. A B. An C. That D. The
99. A. recognized B. realized C. known D. taught
100. A. friend B. friendly C. friendship D. friendliness
101. A. reasons B. causes C. effects D. results

Cho đúng dạng của động từ trong ngoặc:

102. The last student (leave) the classroom must lock it.
103. I (not see) him since June.
104. How many cigarettes your father (smoke) a day?
105. He (not know) how to dance when he (be) six years old.
106. A: Someone broke into our house last night. B: I’m sorry. I forget
(lock) it before going to bed.
107. He is the only man (invite) to the party tonight.
108. I (see) a strange man (follow) her when I (walk) on the street last night.

Tìm và sửa lỗi sai trong các câu sau:

109. According to the graduate catalog, student housing is more cheaper than housing off
campus.
A B C D
110. Despite of many attempts to introduce a universal language, notably Esperanto and
Idiom Neutral,
A B C D
the effort has met with very little success.

111. She has been studying English since she was six, so she speaks English fluent. A B
C D
112. Many efforts have been done to protect endangered species. A B
C D
113. He refused to comment before he had seen all the relevant informations. A B
C D

***************THE END***************

258
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 95

Part 1: Phonology
I. Choose the word who nderlined part s pronounced differently from that of the others in exch grop. (10pts)

1.A. polio B. police C. polite D. pollute

2.A. chaos B. character C. charity D. chord
3. A. says B. plays C. days D. raise
4. A. southern B. mathematics C. breath D. truth
5. A. disuise B. cruise C. bruise D. suit
6. A. hour B. our C. pour D. sour
7. A. sergeant B. servant C. service D. servile
8. A. promised B. reduced C. released D. relieved
9. A. aplogy B. classify C. trestify D. verify
10. A. beloved B. naked C. ploughted D. learned

II. Choose the word with the different stress pattern. (10 pts)
11.A. because B. method C. standard D. wooden
12. A. American B. industrious C. properity D. variation
13. A. eventual B. community C. infected D. militarism
14. A. refuge B. electronic C. education D. deficiency
15. A. assasinate B. equality C. intelligence D. understanding
16. A. ashtray B. music C. serve D. temper
17. A. challenging B. cunsultant C. purity D. wholesater
18. A. assemble B. glorious C. majestic D. together
19. A. antonym B. consequence C. phenomenon D. ingot
20.A. destination B. enthusiast C. hallucinate D. technology

Part 2: Vocabulary
A. Choose the best answer (10 pts)
1. If Harold................with his piano playing, he could eventually reach concert standard.
A. sustains B. perseveres C. maintains D. survives
2. Anna is a very nervous child and she’s very............................of strangers.
A. terrified B. frightened C. petrified D. horrified
3. The government is thinking of bringing.............a law to make it compulsory for cyclists to wear crash helmets.
A. on B. up C. in D. round
4. I love the painting of an ald man. He has such a beautiful...................smile.
A. childhood B. childish C. childless D. childlike
5. She caught a................................of the thief as he made his get- away.

259
 A. glance B. sight C. glimpse D. flash
6. It was a service.................I will be enternally grateful.
A. to which B. for which C. to whom D. for whom
7. Frank has a house in the ………………..
A. outskirts B. edges C. limits D. suburds
8. The film lasted every three hours with....................of 15 minutes between part one and part two.
A. a pause B. an interruption C. an interval D. a stop
9. The person who writes symphonies or concertos is a ……………..
A. composer B. conductor C. pianist D. playwright
10. Is it far to Stambord? It’s only.........................from here.
A. stone’s cut B. bird’s eye view
C. short cut D. step in the right direction

Part 3: Grammar and stuctures.

I. Finish each of the following sentences so that it meaning exactly the sentence above it. (10 pts)
1. Andrew is the most generous person I have ever met.
I’ve yet……………………………………………………………………………
2. Far more people live to entertainment age in Britain than in Philipines.
Not……………………………………………………………………………….
3. His father is going to fix the ball for him tomorrow.
He is going …………………………………………………………………………
4. She never seems to succeed eventhough she studies much.
Much…………………………………………………………………………………
5. I nevr thought that I would win a prize.
It had…………………………………………………………………………………
6. I would love to be rich and famous.
If……………………………………………………………………………………...
7. Simon hadn’t expected that he would feel so weak after the operation.
The operation left…………………………………………………………………….
8. They secretly declared independence two days ago.
A secret………………………………………………………………………………
9. Juliet simply couldn’t wait for his return.
Juliet could…………………………………………………………………………...
10. I don’t intend to apologize to either of them.
I have………………………………………………………………………………...

II. Fill in each gap with the correct form of the word in brackets.(10 pts)

260
 1. Tax exemption only applies to those with (resident)..........status.
2. His busy schedule made him completely (access).........................to his students.
3. He works for UNESCO in a purely (advice)...........................role.
4. The sun and the moon are often (person)...........................in poetry.
5. Now there is every(like).................................................that the residents will have a private plane in their garage.
6. They told me the museum was open today but I was obviously (inform)……
7. Do you think these children are (nourish).........................? They look very thin.
8. Have you read the latest (reveal)........................about Madonna’s private life?
9. We try to ensure the (be)....................of our employees.
10. Tourists forget their (conceive)...........ideas as soon as thay visit our country.

III. Choose the best answer.(10 pts)

1. I’d rather you.............at my party last night.
A. be B. were C. had been D. have been
2..........will Mr Forbes be able to regain control of the company.
A. With hard work B. In spite of his hard work
C. Only if he works hardly D. Only with of his hard work
3. Barbara didn’t mention...............about her progress report at work, but I’m sure she is.
A. concerning B. to concern
C. being concerned D. to be concerned
4. Snow and rain...........of nature.
A. are phenomenon B. are phenomena
C. is phenomena D. is phenomenon
5. Everyone was going away on holiday this week,.........................?
A. wasn’t it B. wasn’t be C. weren’t they D. wasn’t she
6 my key, I wasn’t able to bet into the room.
A. Losing B. I had lost C. I lost D. Having lost
7. It’s no good pretending. You’ve got to.............................reality.
A. come up to B. face up to
C. come up with D. get round to
8.I haven’t..........................................decided where to go on holiday this year.
A. still B. yet C. already D. then
9. “Why are you angry at Bob?”
- “I don’t like it when he makes jokes...........my expense.”
A. for B. on C. at D. to
10. A car...................many different pars.
A. is made B. is made up of

261
 C. is made of D. makes up of

Part 4: Reading comprehension

I. Choose from the phrasesA-H the one which fits each gap. (10 pts)
Scientists estimate that at the beginning of 20th century 100,000 tigers flourished throughout Asia, from estern
Russia and Korea through eastern and southern China, Southest Asia, the Indian subcontinient, and into Pakistan. At the
start of the 21st century only 5,000 to 7,000 tigers lived (1)…………
Cambodia, China, India, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Nepal, North Korea, Russia, Sumatra, Thailand, and Vietnam.
Tigers are now extinctin Bali, Java, and around the Caspian Sea, and nearly so in Chinaand North Korea, Less than 20
percent of today’s tiger habiat is located (2)..............................., which means that the majority of the areas where tigers
live could be lost to others uses, such as agriculture or urbanization.
Tigers are territorial- they live alone (3).................jother tigers. The ideal tiger territory is a large forested area
with rich vegetation for cover, plentiful water to drink and cool off in, and urbudant deer, swine, and other large mammals
to eat. With these three esential, tigers can thrive (4)..............., tropical rain forests in Sumatra and Southest Asia; cool
oak and pine forest in the Amur River Valley in far eastern Russia; tall grass jungles (5)...........in Bamngladesh; and
mountain slopes in Bhutan.

A. in no more than a hundred species left

B. in the wild in just 14 Asian countries: Bangladesh, Bhutan.
C. in will life preserves which are built
D. in large areas that they defend from
E. in national parks or other protected areas
F. in India and Nepal; coastal mangrove forests
G. in deverse habiats and climates including
H. in the surburbs or on the outskirts of the city

II. read the passage and answer the questions. (10 pts)
According to airline industry statistics, almost 90 percent of airline accidents are survivable or partially survivable.
But passengers can increase their chances of servival by learning and following certain tips. Experts say that you should
read and listen before take off and ask questions if you have uncertainties. You should fasten you seat belt low on your
hips and as tightly as possible. Of course, you should also know how the realisemechanism of your belt operates. During
takeoffs and landings, you are advised to keep your feet flat on the floor. Before takeoff you should locate the nearest exit
and a alternative exit and count the rows of seats between you and the exits so that you can find them in the dark if
necessary.
In the event that you are forewarned of a possible accident, you should put your hands on your ankles and keep
your head down until your plane comes to complete stop. If smoke is present in the carbin, you should keep your head low
and cover your face with napkins, towels or clothing. If possible, wet these for added protection against smoke inhalation.

262
To evacuate as quickly as posible, follow crew commands and do not take personal belongings with you. Do not jump on
escape slices before they are in front of you. When you get to the ground, you should move away from the plane as
quickly as possible, and never smoke near the wreckage.

1. What is the main topic of the passage?

2. According to experts, when are travelers urged to read and listen to safety instructions?
3. Which exits should an airline passenger locate before takeoff?
4. Find out a word which is synonym with the word “evacuate” in the passage.
5. What does the paragraph following the passage most probably discus?

263
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 96
II. Choose the best answer from the four options (marked A, B, C, or D) to complete each sentence below by
writing the corresponding letter A, B, C, or D on the answer sheet.

1. After the funeral, the residents of the apartment building .................

A. sent faithfully flowers all week to the cemetery.

B. sent to the cemetery each week flowers faithfully.

C. sent flowers faithfully to the cemetery each week.

D. sent each week faithfully to the cemetery flowers.

2. Because the first pair of pants did not fit properly, he asked for .....................

A. another pants B. others pants C. the others ones D. another pair

3. The committee has met and ..............................

A. they have reached a decision B. it has formulated themselves some opinions

C. its decision was reached at D. it has reached a decision

4. Alfred Adams has not ................................

A. lived lonelinessly in time previous B. never before lived sole

C. ever lived alone before D. before lived without the company of his friends.

5. John’s score on the test is the highest in the class; ....................

A. he should study last night B. he should have studied last night

C. he must have studied last night D. he must study last night

III. There is ONE underlined word or phrase in each sentence below that must be changed in order for the
sentence to be correct. Write that word or phrase on the answer sheet and correct it.

1. The penguin chicks cannot go into the water to get themselves own food until they have waterproof coats of feathers
like their parents.

2. Balloons rise into the air because they contain a gas who is less dense, or lighter, than air.

3. Silver is too soft to use by itself, so it is mixed with another metal to make themselves harder.

4. Dreaming, like all other mental processes, it is a product of the brain and its activity.

5. Jack London, whom was known for his stories of Alaska, lived there during the Klondike gold rush.
264
IV. Choose the word that could replace the underlined word without a change of meaning. Write the
corresponding letter A, B, C, or D on the answer sheet.

1. Each grain of wheat contains three basic components: the germ, the endosperm, and the bran.

A. admits B. involves C. includes D. implies

2. William Faulkner is regarded by many as the greatest North America novelist of the twentieth century.

A. considered B. concluded C. determined D. distinguished

3. Map reading is a skill which is acquired through practice.

A. produced B. found C. gained D. maintained

4. The length of an X-ray wave is incredibly small: less than one ten-millionth of a millimeter.

A. considerably B. unbelievably C. notably D. sufficiently

5. Deerlike figures made from willow shoots are the oldest evidence of human habitation in the Grand Canyon.

A. dispute B. proof C. exhibit D. clue

6. New research suggests a link between nearsightedness and high intelligence.

A. connection B. joint C. cause D. effect

7. The use of lasers in surgery has become relatively commonplace in recent years.

A. absolutely B. relevantly C. almost D. comparatively

8. Over 40,000 horses and burros still roam wild in the western United States.

A. untamed B. savagely C. unopposed D. recklessly

9. The introduction of credit cards radically modified North Americans’ spending habits.

A. resolved B. devoted C. reduced D. altered

10. Manhattan has many stylish shops.

A. lavish B. modern C. fashionable D. fine

V. Fill each numbered blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers on the answer sheet.

Visiting Grandmother

Chris and Katie love to visit Grandmother’s ...........(1). She lived .................(2) the edge of a small village in
a ............(3) cottage that .............(4) out over............(5)sea.

265
 Every summer ...................(6) they ...........(7) spend a week at the cottage, sleeping in tiny rooms..............(8)
sloping ceilings...........(9) creaking floorboards.

On ...........(10) days there was ..............(11) plenty to do. Chris liked going .........(12) to the ...............(13) to
search ..........(14) crabs in the rock pools. Katie .............(15) went to a nearby farm to help ..............(16) out and
exercise...........(17) horses.

On wet days they .............(18) indoor playing card .................(19) or helping Grandmother to bake..............(20)
and cakes.

VI. Read the passage below and choose the best answer from the four options marked A, B, C or D. Identify your
answer by writing the corresponding letter A, B, C or D on the answer sheet.

As computers have become powerful tools for the rapid and economic production of pictures, computer graphics
has emerged as one of the most rapidly growing fields in computer science. It is used routinely in such diverse areas as
business, industry, art, government, education, research, training, and medicine.

One of the initial uses of computer graphics, and ultimately its greatest use, has been as an aid to design, generally
to referred to as computer-aided design (CAD). One of its greatest advantages is that designers can see how an object will
look after construction and make changes freely and much more quickly than with hand drafting. For three-dimensional
rendering of machine parts, engineers now rely heavily on CAD. Automobile, spacecraft, aerospace, and ship designers
use CAD techniques to design vehicles and test their performance. Building designs are also created with computer
graphics system. Architects can design a building layout, create a three-dimensional model, and even go for a simulated
‘walk’ through the rooms or around the outside of the building.

Business graphics is another rapidly growing area of computer graphics, where it is used to create graphs, charts,
and cost models to summarize financial, statistical, mathematical, scientific, and economic data. As an educational aid,
computer graphics can be used to create weather maps and cartographic materials. Computer art also has creative and
commercial art applications, where it is used in advertising, publishing, and film productions, particularly for computer
animation, which is achieved by a sequential process.

1. What does the passage mainly discuss?

A. Routine uses of computers B. Computer graphics applications

C. The rapidly growing field of computer science D. Computers as the architects of the future

2. The word ‘it’ refers to

A. computer graphics B. computer science C. fields D. computers

3. According to the passage, architects use CAD to

A. inspect buildings B. create graphs

266
C. make cartographic materials D. create three-dimensional models

4. According to the passage, engineers use CAD for

A. a simulated ‘walk’ through model rooms B. rendering machine parts

C. making cost models D. advertising

5. The word ‘applications’ means

A. jobs B. creativity C. uses D. layers

VII. Choose the most suitable answer from the four options marked A, B, C, or D to complete each of the
numbered gaps in the passage below. Write the corresponding letter A, B, C, or D on the answer sheet.

The mathematics of the Mayas of Mexico was superior when compared to that of other cultures. They
were ..............(1) for the idea zero nearly 1,000 years before anyone in Europe had.............(2). Arab traders opened up
caravan routes ..........(3) the desert of the Middle East and brought with them to Europe the.............(4) of zero as a
number. The Greek wrote numbers by using..........(5) of alphabet, and with the Roman number system, it was difficult to
add or subtract..............(6) sometime four figures (for example, VII) were needed to express one number ( for example, 7).
Neither the Greeks ...........(7) the Romans could ................(8) with large numbers..................(9) contrast, the Mayas could
express any number by using three symbols: the dot, the bar, and the dash. For zero, they used a shell................(10)

1. A. famous B. familiar C. coincident D. annoyed

2. A. them B. done C. it D. ever

3. A. through B. throughout C. across D. along

4. A. concept B. viewpoint C. understanding D. learning

5. A. characters B. letters C. numbers D. lists

6. A. although B. because C. even if D. which

7. A. nor B. and C. as well as D. or

8. A. acquaint B. familiarize C. deal C. tamper

9. A. On B. For C. From D. In

10. A. shape B. size C. form D. picture

VIII. Writing task: Write a complaint letter of about 120-150 words on the suggestion below.

You have recently stayed at one of a chain of large hotels and encountered a number of problems during your stay which
you feel were the faults of the company. Write a letter to the company’s head office, detailing the problems that you had,

267
describing what happened when you complained to the hotel staff about them. Suggest ways in which the hotel group
could improve its service to customers.

268
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 97
I. Phonetics:
Question I: Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differntly from that of the others in each group.
1: A Comfort B. hobby C knowledge D. popular
2: A. about B. bough C. cough D. shout
3: A. filled B. laned C. suited D. wicked
4: A. Cease B. chase C. increase D. raise
Question II: Choose the word whose main stress is placed differently from that of the other in each group.
1: A. section B. grammar C. unsccessful D. demonstirate
2: A. iron B. system C. economy D. engine
3: A. harvest B. retention C. gestation D. innate.
4: A. Ownership B. cottage C. suffocating D. because

II: Grammar and vocabulary.

Question III: Below each sentence are four choices (A, B, C, D). choose the one which best completes the sentence.
1. We/ ve..................out of milk . You/ll have to drink your tea with out.
A. Come B. Taken C. gone D. Run
2.Mary........................her father in being strong - willed.
A. Takes after B. Takes off C. Takes over D. Takes up.
3. The chilren are getting difficult to manage. Sometimes I simply can/t............them.
A. Cope for B. Cope with C. Cope at D. Cope on
4. Will the cost of living................down again, do you think ?
A. Come B. Move C. Turn D. Bring
5. The twins look so much a like that almost no one can ……..them…………
A. Take………a part B. Tell............away
C. tell……….. a part D. Take...........on
6. You/ll become ill…………you stop working so hard.
A. Until B. When C. Unless D. If
7. Every thing is going well. We.........any problems so far.
A. Haven/t had B. Hasn/t had
C. Haven/t D. Hasn/t
8. If Tom forgets his lunch, he.............hungry at lunch time.
A. Will be B. Would be C. is D. was
9. Would you mind If I................a little later ?
A. Come B. Came C. have come D. have came.
10. There is.............tobe a serious energy crisis in the next century.
A. Reputed B. Known C. Bound D. foreseen.
11. She gives each of her children fifty pence a week......................money.

269
 A. Spare B. free C. ready D. Pocket.
12. The meeting.........be held this coming Thursday after all.
A. Isn/t B. won/t C. doesn/t D. hasn/t
13. The……were told to fasten their seat belts as the plane began its descent.
A. customers B. Riders C. flyers D. passengers.
14. Both viruses and genes.............made from nucleoproteins.
A. Are B. Is C. Were D. Has been
15. Little............what is in store for him.
A. He knows B. does he know C. knows he D. knew he.
16. Fruit and vegetables...........good for you.
A. is B . are C does D done.
17. She was too far away, so she...............you.
A. mustn/t see B. hasn/t seen C. couldn/t have seen D. hadn/t seen.
18. She wondered If they.............her jeweler and rather hoped that they had.
A. find B. Have found C. had found D. would found.
19. If we had known your new address, we...................to see you
A. came B. will come C. would come D. would have come
20. It s essential that...................here on time.
/

A. You are B. you were C. you is D. you be.

21. The handbook consists...................grammar rules
A. in B. of C. for D. about
22. A capacity for growth is inherent.................all people.
A. from B. in C. at D. on
23. The shape of.............snowflake is unique
A. no article B. a C. an D. The
24....................simple precautions can prevent accidents at home and on the job
A. Few B. a few C. a little D. A or B
25. I.....................imagined the house would be much larger.
A. Some B. any C. somewhere D. Somehow.
26. The hollow bones of birds make the birds highter.....there fore help them fly
A. but B. and C. also D. both
27. Flying is not only faster,................safer than travelling by car.
A. also B. but C. and D. But also.
28. This device shows a similarity.................the one I have
A. of B. from C. to D. on
29. The second draft was an improvement.....the first
A. in B. on C. from D. with.
/
30. She wanted …………. stamps but there weren t...................in the machine.

270
 A. few…..any B. some……any C. some…..some D. any…….any.
31. You can/t expect just……student to solve the problem. It requires a mathema tician.
A. an B. a few C. many D. any.
32. The little boy hurt.............when he fell
A. him B. him self C. his D. his/s.
33. The improvement......................the weather was a welcome change.
A. at B. on C. from D. in
34. French............in parts of Canada
A. Is speaking B. are spoken C. Is spoken D. Speaks.
35. My new pair of pants................at the cleaners.
A. is B. are C. be D. have been.
36. In the ocean,..........................more salt in the deeper water.
A. is there B. There are C. there is D. are there.
III: Reading comprehension.
Question IV: Read the passage and then decide which word (A, B, C, D) best fits each space.
Three people jumped...........(1) car on a busy oxford road after a fire started under the bonnet this morning. They were
just able to rescuce their possessions before the car burst into.........(2) Mr Peter Collins, 25 of Wey Road,
Berinsfield…….(3) his Avenger, estate car home...........(4) work with two friends when he noticed smoke coming into
the car. He stopped,.........(5) was unable to open the bonnet. He poured a bottle of water over the radiator where the
smoke was coming from, but could not put the flames. He then…….(6) to get fire extinguishers from a nearby...........(7),
but…….(8) also failed to have any effect…….(9) he telephoned for a............(10), but by the time it arrived, the car was
totally burnt out.
1 A. in to B. on C. out of D. over
2 A. flames B. petrol C. smoke D. sparks
3 A. drove B. has driven C. was driving D. was driven
4 A. to B. from C. at D. in
5 A. but B. because C. although D. so
6 A. wandered B. jumped C. walked D. ran
7 A. hospital B. garage C. library D. swimming pool
8 A. this B. those C. that D. these
9 A. at length B. Finally C. at the end D. terminally
10 A. police car B. ambulance C. taxi D. fire engine

Question V: Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question from the four choices (A, B, C, D) given.
Health food addicts have at last agained the support of the national Academy of Sciences in the argument about the
relationship between diet and cancer. The National Academy has issued a 500 - page report called “Diet, Nutrition and
Cancer” that recommends dietary strategies for protecting yourself from cancer. For example, they advise you to reduce

271
your consumption of fat, as in pork and butter, and increase your intake of vitamin C, as in grape fruit and cabbage. More
beta - carotene, a type of vitamin A in yellow and green vegetables, should be added to your diet as well.
1. What can you infer that health food addicts have claimed ?
A. They needed confirmation from the Academy of Sciences.
B. People need to eat better.
C. People should cut down their consumption of fat and vitamins.
D. pepole who eat nutrients food are less likely to get cancer.
2. What foods apparently fight cancer ?
A. fat and vtamins A and C.
B. bacon, grapefruit, and cabbage.
C. Fruits and vegetables.
D. Junk foods.
3. The majority of people reading this passage would infer that the Academy of Science is………
A. An association of nutrition professor
B. a reliable scientific organization
C. a company that manufactures health food.
D. a publisher of scientific journals.
4. You can infer from this passage that……………..
A. experiments were performed on groups of people to show the effect of nutrition on cancer.
B. Health food addicts had already proven that good nutrition prevents cancer.
C. Nothing has been proven in regard to the effect of diet upon the development of cancer.
D. There is no way to prevent cancer.
Question:
IV: Writing:
Question VI: In each of the following sentences, four words or phrases have been mderlined. Choose the one woard
or phrase that would be appropriate.
1. The new model costs twice more than last year/s model
A B C D
2. Iwish I have a car. It would make life so much easier
A B C D
3. There are not many people which adapt to a new culture with out feeling
some A B C D
disorientation at first
4. Hardly I could make out what the message was
A B C D
Question VII: Finish each of the following sentences in such away that it means exactly the same as the
sentences printed before it.
1. My mother made these curtains.

272
 These curtains………………………………………
2. You can leave only when I tell you.
Until………………………………..…………….
3. Most people can understand him when he speaks English
He can make…………………………….…………
4. The police has just released John
John…………………………………………….
5. If I were you I/d look for another job.
I suggest………….………………………………
6. We had planned to visit grandmother, so we left early in the
moring. We were…………………………………………….
7. The last time it snowed here was six years ago
It………… …………………………………………
8. Driving fast is dangerous, whether you are an experienced driver or not.
However…………………………………………….

Question VIII: Make all the changes and additions necessary to from the following sets of words and phrases,
sentences that together make a complete sentence.
1. We / all / look / forward / make / that trip.
2. Three months ago / sprice / chocolate bar / be / twenty pence /.
3. We / go / as / plan / and / stay / month.
4. Last / summer / friend / Charles / invite / me / stay / him

273
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 98
SECTION I: GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY (7.0 PTS)
Question 1: Choose the one whose underlined part is incorrect. (2.0 pts):

Example: 0. Nam were very tired, so he didn’t come to the club.

A B C D

1. If you drank less, you will feel better.

A B C D

2. They live independent of their parents.

A B C D

3. During late 1900's, many companies invested heavily in digital communications

A B C D

systems.

4. My parent allowed me to go camping with my friends.

A B C D

5. The most common languages after English in Australia are Chinese, Italy,

Greek, A B C D

Vietnamese, and Arabic.

6. Europe has many of the world's oldest and more respected universities.

A B C D

7. All the students are looking forward spending their free time relaxing in the sun this summer. A B C
D

8. Uniform is a style of clothing that identifies people as members of a group or as workers in a particularly field.
AB C

9. You should try your better to pass the exam.

A B C D
10. Many kinds of tigers are at danger now.

274
 A B C D
11. Our environment is being damaged, thus something should do.

A B C D
12. She didn’t find it easily to keep the children amused.

A B C D

13. Each of student should write the lesson carefully.

A B C D

14. If he does a mistake, will he feel sorry for it?

A B C D

15. There were interesting news on the radio this morning about the earthquake in Japan. A
B C D

16. Many experts group the language of the world into nine major language families.

A B C D

Question 2: Unscramble the letters to make suitable adjectives describing personality to complete the sentences. 0 is
an example. (1.25 pts):

0. He is a kind (idnk) person. He is willing to help everyone.

1. Sue is so (ventouadurs). She’s planning to travel around the world on her own.

2. I wish I was more (tapeitn). I get angry very easily.

3. I’m not (misibtaou). I want an easy job and an easy life.

4. Tom is very (recavtie). He can paint, he can play the piano, and now he’s learning the violin.

5. Don’t be so (ssyob)! I can decide for myself what I want to do.

6. She was very (oipslt) when she was a child. Her parents gave her everything she wanted.

7. Helen is so ( ifeshsl). She only thinks about herself.

8. Nam is very (revlec). He always gets good marks at school.

9. Sally is a very (lderaxe) person. She never seems to worry about anything.

10. You are so (ompcetveiti)! You always want to win!

275
Question 3: Five of these sentences are wrong. Put a tick (🗸) next to the ones that are right and correct the ones that are
wrong. 0 and 00 are examples. (1.25 pts):

0. I always go to work by bus. 🗸

00. She is very interested on sports. on = in

1. Helen speaks three different languages. ..............................

2. I would go on holiday for a year if I win a lot of money. ...............................

3. The Internet has increasingly developed and become part of our life. ...........................

4. Michael is going swimming twice a week. ...............................

5. Suddenly I was hearing a noise. ...............................

6. I think it would be better if we use banana leaves instead of plastic bags to wrap food. ..............................

7. My car is in the garage, so I’m going to work by bus this morning. .............................

8. I will intend to go back home when I finish my education. ...............................

9. The phone rung while I was washing the dishes. ...............................

10. I was thinking about you when you phoned. ..................................

Question 4: Finish each of the following sentences with one suitable preposition. (2.5 pts).

1. He sent a copy of his will to his bank safe keeping.

2. Although I practise quite a lot, I never seem to win very often tennis.

3. Nam's brothers are very fond team sports.

4. Most people think the government is to blame rising unemployment.

5. There has been a sharp increase house prices in recent months.

6. Do you know of a cure baldness?

7. Could you come back in half an hour? Mr. Baston’s lunch at the moment.

8. I know experience that I do my best work early in the morning.

9. She intended to post my letter, but she forgot all it.

10. After the war, several people were tried for crimes humanity.

276
 SECTION II: READING (5.0 PTS)
Question 1: Read the text and use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form a word that fits in the space
in the same line. (0) is an example. (2.5 pts)

The (0) original Olympic Games began in Ancient Greece in 776 BC in ORIGIN
Olympia. The Games were very popular and were held (1) every
REGULAR
four years until AD 393 when they were stopped by the Roman
Emperor. The (2) games were started again in Athens in 1896. MODERNIZE
The Games have become the World’s most important international athletics
(3) , in which the best athletes spend years training in COMPETE
(4) for this great event. Sports range from basketball to PREPARE
horse riding. Perhaps the most (5) track and field event is CHALLENGE
the decathlon. Athletes take part in ten (6) running, jumping and DIFFER
throwing events.
Almost every nation sends a team to the Olympic Games and one of the
ideas is that the Games encourage (7) between countries. FRIEND
(8) sports lovers travel thousands of miles to watch the DEDICATE
Games and most (9) athletes want the chance of winning an AMBITION
Olympic medal. Such an (10) can make them known throughout the
ACHIEVE
world.

Question 2: Read the passage below and select the best answer. (2.5 pts)
HUNGRY POP STARS

Valerie Jones runs a company called Peanuts whose job is to look after pop stars and pop groups when they go
on tour. She is the person who feeds the stars and she’s been doing it for the past ten years.

When the stars are playing at a festival, Valerie may have to cook for up to a thousand people which includes all
the crew and the people who work backstage. She erects a marquee-a huge tent-and the food is served buffet style from a
central serving area. She has to cater for different tastes, so there are normally four or more choices of menu. She also has
to look after people who may be on special diet or some singers don’t eat dairy food before a concert.

She drives an enormous truck full of kitchen equipment and hires at least three walk-in refrigerators, a
dishwashing unit and portable cabins which act as storerooms and office.

All the bands have to queue up to be served and everyone has to have a meal ticket. The stars are usually more
relaxed when they are eating as no one is bothering them for autographs, although Valerie says that sometimes the
security men and the stars’ managers are more trouble than the stars themselves.

There are certain things which she always has to keep in stock like herbal teas and her own particular mixture of
honey, lemon and ginger which singers like to keep in flasks on stage with them when they are singing. Years ago bands

277
used to drink quite a lot of alcohol, but these days they’re much healthier. Most bands drink fresh fruit juice and prefer to
eat salads.

A lot of people in the bands are quite young and they’re not used to very expensive food, so Valerie prepares plain
food unless a band sends her a “rider”. This is a list of special requirements. When people are tired, unwell or homesick
they like to have familiar” comfort” food so she keeps a stock of people’s requirements just in case. As a result of all this
Valerie says she has become an expert shopper and in less than an hour in a supermarket she can spend £1000.

A lot of bands won’t eat before a concert because they’re too nervous, so Valerie and her staff can end up working
very long hours as they have to be around to provide what people want at two or three in the morning. One thing Valerie
has noticed is that the more mad a band is on stage, the more normal they are when they are off it. She says she is amazed
at the change in behaviour. A really wild singer can turn out to be really quiet and polite off stage.

1. Peanuts is the name of

A. a pop band B. a pop star C. a pop concert D. a company

2. Valerie has to provided a range of food because

A. people are very fussy about what they eat

B. people are used to eating in restaurants

C. there is such a wide variety of preferences

D. there is such a demand for special menus

3. The singers are less nervous when they are eating because

A. their security men are with them B. there are no fans hanging around

C. their managers fuss over them D. the bands enjoy eating together.

4. Why does Valerie have to keep a supply of certain drinks?

A. the bands really rely on a special recipe B. the bands like to drink alcohol

C. the bands prefer herbal tea to coffee D. the bands take fruit juice on stage

5. What do most bands like best to eat?

A. rich food B. cheap food C. junk food D. simple food

6. What does “just in case” in paragraph 5 refer to?

A. Valerie’s supply of more expensive food

B. Valerie’s list of “riders” from the different bands

278
C. Valerie’s supply of special food for various people

D. Valerie’s understanding of people feeling sick

7. Why do you think Valerie has become an “expert shopper”?

A. She has a lot of money to spend each week

B. She has learnt to find what individuals want

C. she has to buy as much as possible for £ 1000

D. She has to shop very quickly in a supermarket

8. Why is a band likely to be hungry after playing?

A. They feel more relaxed after the concert

B. They work long hours with little food

C. They only have a snack before a concert

D. They like to wait until they eat together

9. What does Valerie think about the singers?

A. They are completely crazy on and off stage.

B. They behave differently on and off stage

C. They are less rude when they are off stage

D. They are normally more noisy on stage

10. How does Valerie feel about the behaviour of the singers

A. surprised B. angry C. uncomfortable D. pleased

SECTION III: WRITING (6.0 PTS)

Question 1. Make all the changes and additions necessary to make a complete letter from the following sets of words
and phrases.(2.0 pts):

Dear Kiet,

1. Thank you / much / your letter / arrive / few days ago/.

……………......…………………………………………………………………….

2. It / be lovely / hear / you/.

279
…………..………………………………………………………………………….

3. I/ be sorry/ I/ not write / for/ long time/ but I/ be/ very busy/.

…………..………………………………………………………………………….

4. As you know/ we/ buy/ new house/ last September/.

…………..………………………………………………………………………….

5. Trang and I/ decide/ give / house warming party/ February 20th/.

…………..………………………………………………………………………….

6. Would/ you/ like/ come/ us/?

…………..………………………………………………………………………….

7. Please/ let / know / you / can/ make it/.

…………..………………………………………………………………………….

8. I / really/ look/ forward/ see you again/.

…………..………………………………………………………………………….

Love, Thuy

Question 2. Use the word given in bold in brackets to finish the second sentence so that it has the similar meaning to
the first one. Don’t change the forms of the given words (2.0 pts):

Example: Mary couldn’t stay here any longer. (had)

Mary had to go.

1. My brother usually washes the dishes. (washing)

My brother ………………....……………………………………………………….

2. I met her during my stay in London last summer. (staying)

I met... ………………………………………………………………………………

3. We had a choice of three main courses for dinner. (choose)

We could ..………………………………………………………………………….

4. We have to go to bed early. (allowed)

280
 We……………………………………………………………………..……………

5. Could you speak English when you were younger? (able)

When you were ……....…………………………………………………………….

6. Three hundred students entered the swimming competition last year. (part)

Three hundred students ......…………………………………………………………

7. My sister doesn’t like computer games very much. (keen)

My sister..........................................................................................games.

8. I was really bored by the film last night. (boring)

I found…………………………………………………………………………….

Question 3: Tet holiday is coming. What are you planning to do during Tet holiday? Write a paragraph using 100
or 120 words. (2.0 pts):

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................

281
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 99
Part 1. Choose the word whose bold part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group.

Write your answer (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet. (5 pts)

5. A. checked B. backed C. naked D. cooked

6. A. theatre B. bathing C. breathe D. southern
7. A. tone B. shone C. bone D. alone
8. A. cholera B. character C. mechanic D. charity
9. A. houses B. horses C. rises D. closes
10. A. here B. health C. honour D. heat
11. A. break B. meant C. breakfast D. head
12. A. gift B. get C. game D. gentle
13. A. fool B. bamboo C. food D. flood
14. A. psychology B. photography C. geology D. classify

Part 2. Choose the word whose stress position is different from that of the others in each group.

Write your answer (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet. (5 pts)

6. A. expectation B. introduction C. volunteer D. foundation

7. A. extensive B. exciting C. excellent D. existence
8. A. successful B. wonderful C. beautiful D. plentiful
9. A. university B. understand C. geography D. biological
10. A. mechanic B. official C. preference D. convenience
11. A. residential B. volunteer C. Vietnamese D. dramatic
12. A. refer B. suffer C. enter D. offer
13. A. professional B. environmental C. responsibility D. mathematician
14. A. constant B. control C. contrary D. concert
15. A. miracle B. employment C. atmosphere D. company

Part 3. Choose the best word or phrase to complete each of the sentences below.

Write your answer (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

1. He always takes full of the mistakes made by these competitors.

A. advantage B. benefit C. profit D. advice

2. The girl must be very to draw such a beautiful picture.

A. imaginative B. imaginable C. imaginary D. imagination

3. Everyone in the house woke up when the burglar alarm .

A. got out B. went off C. put down D. set out
282
4. Some of the survivors spoke to reporters about their in the air crash.
A. occasion B. happening C. event D. experience

5. Bill has a very good idea for the next class party.
A. looked up to B. come up with C. gone in for D. made up of

6. No one helped him; he did it .

A. himself all B. all by himself C. by all himself D. by himself all

7. Many of the minerals near the Earth’s surface exist in small .

A. numbers B. amounts C. amount D. number

8. She wondered her father looked like now, after so many years away.
A. how B. whose C. what D. that

9. Alice Freeman, president of Wellesley College at the age of 27, is one of the youngest presidents in history.
A. who is appointed B. who was appointed C. that is appointed D. whom has been appointed

10. Tom is younger than Jane.

A. very B. many C. quite D. much

11. Of the two drivers, Mr Blake is very experienced and .

A. the others are not B. the other is not C. another is not D. other is not

12. The weekend football match was cancelled the heavy rain.
A. as a result from B. on account of C. due for D. because with

13. It’s urgent that the boss a meeting to discuss the problem.
A. called B. calls C. to call D. call

14. Either you or Daisy the vase.

A. has broken B. have broken C. has been broken D. have been broken

15. Mary, give her my best regards.

A. If you had seen B. Do you see C. By seeing D. Should you see

16. In the US, the states but Hawaii is an island.

A. neither of B. none of C. no of D. all of

17. I'm a bit busy right now, can you ?

A. recall me B. return my call C. rephone D. call back

18. Now, boys. Just watch me, and do I tell you.

A. whatever B. whoever C. however D. whenever

19. The Olympic Games are held .

283
 A. four years once B. each four years C. every four years D. once four years

20. I admire his intelligence, I can’t stand his stubbornness.

A. Much as B. Whatever C. Despite D. As long as

Part 4. Choose the word or phrase which best fits each of the numbered blanks in the passage below.

Write your answer (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet. (5 pts)

In this age of ---(1)--- telephone networks and electronic mail, it seems that fewer and even fewer people are taking time
to sit down and write letters ---(2)--- friends and relatives. For hundreds of years, letters were the only way to keep ---(3)--
- with people who were any distance away and letter-writing was seen as an important skill for all learned people ---(4)---.

Gradually, ---(5)---, the importance of writing letters is decreasing to a point that the majority of us have to ---(6)--- a
special effort to turn out something worthwhile when we apply for a job or make a complaint. In the business world, the
tendency is for routine communications to become shorter. ---(7)--- clients may appreciate a detailed letter, an employee
who sends out long letters is often regarded as ---(8)---. Many people prefer the telephone in all circumstances and its
speed is essential in many situations but ---(9)--- have you put the telephone down, dissatisfied with what you have
managed to say? I don’t think I’ll throw my ---(10)--- away yet.

1. A. progressive B. advanced C. highly-developed D. all are correct

2. A. to B. from C. for D. with
3. A. in step B. in contact C. on good terms D. up
4. A. to be mastered B. mastering C. to master D. mastered
5. A. therefore B. however C. in short D. for example
6. A. make B. take C. cause D. create
7. A. Even though B. As though C. Despite D. However
8. A. unimportant B. inefficient C. unusual D. impossible
9. A. how often B. how long C. how much D. how about
10. A. letter B. telephone C. pen D. effort
Part 5. Choose the most suitable heading from the list (A-K) for each part (1-10) of the article. There is
one extra heading which you do not need to use. Write your answers (A ... K) on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

A. Missing and meeting people D. Luggage G. Daily dress J. Bedding

B. Essential items E. Leisure items H. Attitudes K. Formal dress

C. Be yourself F. All the best I. The right frame of mind

1.

After you decide what to study and where, you need to think about what to bring to the USA. Plan carefully because most
international airlines will charge you high rates for overweight or oversized baggage. You may check in, free of charge,

284
two pieces of luggage on most international flights, and you may bring two carry-on bags on board.

2.

Students and professors dress casually on US campuses, particularly in the summer. Students wear jeans, tennis shoes,
sandals, T-shirts and sometimes shorts to class.

3.

There probably will be some occasions for more formal wear. Men will want to have a sports jacket, trousers (or a suit),
shirt and tie. Women will want to have at least one smart outfit.

4.

Should you bring any sports equipment? Certainly you will want your swimming trunks or costume. You may also want
to bring your tennis racquet. Leave heavy golf clubs, bicycle, soccer balls, etc. at home. You can easily rent or borrow this
equipment.

5.

If you are going to live in a hall of residence, you may need to provide your own sheets, pillows and towels. Some schools
furnish bed linen; in other schools you can purchase a service that will provide linen and also launder it. Some schools
provide nothing but your bed. If you don't know what you will find, bring soap and a towel for the first night, then buy
anything else you need after you have settled in.

What else to bring?

6.

Some things you need to bring to the USA won't be packed in a suitcase - they will be packed in your mind. Your
expectations and attitudes can make a difference to how you enjoy your summer in the USA.

7.

North American people value individual experience. So be prepared to be independent!

8.

You will miss home, family and friends at first. This will be temporary until you meet new friends and become familiar
with your new environment.

9.

You will also want to bring special attitudes. These include a readiness to reach out to strangers for friendship and to ask
for directions or assistance if you need them.

10.

Have a good trip, and enjoy your educational adventure.

285
Part 6. Point out one of the four underlined parts in each of the sentences below which is not correct.

Write your answer (A, B, C or D) on the answer sheet. (5 pts)

1. When I entered the laboratory, everyone were doing

experiments. A B C
D

2. After questioning for a while, the man finally admitted having stolen the
money. A B C D

3. The result of that test must be inform before August.

A B C D

4. He is not a professional musician, but he can play guitar very well.

A B C D

5. Emily Dickson, whose poems were published after her dead, wrote about love, nature, and
eternity. A B C D

6. Poverty in the United States is noticeably different from that in other country.
A B C D

7. Despite of the increase in air fares, most people still enjoy

flying. A B C D

8. We admire Lucy for her intelligence, cheerful disposition and she is honest.
A B C D

9. For his retirement, Mr. Black was presented for an extremely expensive
gift. A B C D

10. However small, the sitting room is well designed and nicely decorated.
A B C D

Part 7. Fill in each of the numbered blanks in the passage below with ONE suitable word.

Write your answers on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

Wild animals (and wild plants) and the wild places ---(1)--- they live are seriously threatened almost everywhere on our
earth. One species has become ---(2)--- in each year of this century, but many hundreds are now being ---(3)---. Lack of
attention would ---(4)--- to the rapid advance of the process of extinction.

Already many kinds of wild animals have been ---(5)--- reduced in number that their role in the ecosystem is forgotten.
Animals like the great apes, the whales, seals etc., ---(6)--- thought to be in danger of extinction.
286
But even more important, perhaps, ---(7)--- individual kinds of animals and plants, whole habitats are in danger of
vanishing: marshes are being drained, and the world forests, especially the tropical forests, are being ---(8)--- down to
satisfy man's need of timber and paper.

What would our world be like ---(9)--- all the wild animals and wild plants vanished? ---(10)--- our life still exist then?

Part 8. Supply the correct form of the words given in brackets to complete each of the sentences below.

Write your answers on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

1. The manager spoke (PERSUADE) about his plan for the restructure of the department.
2. John admitted that his cruel joke to his friend was (INTEND).

3. When he retired, he took up (CARPENTER) as a hobby.

4. Your new trousers are too long. They need (SHORT).

5. The rule is not (APPLY) in this case.

6. Dian Fossey was an American (ZOO).

7. I’d lost my key so I couldn’t (LOCK) the door when I got home.
8. The meeting began in (AGREE), but finally everyone accepted the manager’s proposal.

9. We live in a(n) (REAL) world, so don’t be too disappointed if things go wrong!

10. I’m applying for (MEMBER) of the tennis club.

Part 9. Give the correct tense or form of the verbs in brackets. Write your answers on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

a. It’s high time you (1. have) the house (2. repaint).

b. He (3. usually see) (4. walk) with his niece in the park on Sundays.
c. He (5. work) in this office for 30 years by the time he (6. retire) next October.

d. At that moment I (7. not know) what (8. say). I was too shocked, you know.

e. Not until we (9. arrive) at his house (10. we know) that he was seriously ill.
f. By the time the police (11. get) to their house, the burglar (12. disappear) into the dark.

g. (13. Work) in the garden all day that day, my mother (14. be) totally exhausted.
h. I can’t remember (15. meet) this man. His face (16. not look) familiar to me at all.

i. I’d rather you (17. tell) me what you (18. do) over the last 2 weeks.

j. I (19. hear) the explosion while I (20. jog) in the street.

Part 10. Fill in each blank in the sentences below with a suitable preposition or adverb particle.

Write your answers on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

a. (1) weekends, the library is crowded (2) students.

b. I am not ashamed (3) what I have done; neither am I proud (4) it.

c. Mr. Jones is (5) charge (6) the planning department.

287
d. After being informed (7) the accident, the police quickly arrived (8) the scene.

e. I’m (9) the impression that Thomas is guilty (10) the crime.
f. (11) some reason, the boss is opposed (12) my suggestion.

g. They usually stay in (13) Christmas, but go out (14) New Year’s Eve.

h. (15) my opinion, the old vase is worth $20,000 (16) least.

i. It’s obvious (17) everyone that Peter is eager (18) a chance to play in the final match.
j. (19) my relief, my mother has got (20) her illness.
Part 11. Finish each of the sentences below in such a way that it means the same as the original sentence.

Write your answers on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

1. The children should be working by now. → It’s time

2. Galileo is considered to be the father of modern astronomy. → Galileo is regarded

3. They had to go by air because there was no train. → If

4. People say she has been to the island of Nagua many times. → She
5. She asked where I had bought the shirt. → She asked, "

6. I'm sure Jane did not break your glasses on purpose. → Jane must

7. Why didn't they tell us about the delay earlier? → We should

8. He regrets treating her so badly yesterday. → He wishes

9. Tom failed the exam, which surprised all of us. → All of us

10. The exam is so easy! → What
Part 12. Rewrite each of the sentences below in such a way that its meaning stays the same, using the word

given in capitals. Do not change this word in any way. Write your answers on the answer sheet. (10 pts)

1. My father spent two hours planting the trees in the garden yesterday. TOOK

2. The motor in this machine needs cleaning once a week. HAS

3. She always has a good relationship with the children. GETS

4. "I'm sorry, but I can't lend you my laptop today, David," Mary said. REFUSED

5. Nobody can take better care of me than my mother. BEST

6. He did the math problem in only two minutes. SOLUTION

7. The price of oil has increased considerably in the last two months. RISE

8. The new teaching method strongly influences children’s way of thinking. INFLUENCE
9. The accident was not his fault. BLAME

10. The question was so difficult that he couldn’t answer it. TOO

288
 ENGLISH PRACTICE 100

Part 1:Phonetics
A. Sounds: Choose the word with the different pronunciation of the underlined.
1.A. creature B. creamy C. creative D. crease
2.A. guitar B. farther C. grammar D. far
3.A. mature B. furniture C. picture D. adventure
4.A. small B. fallen C. tall D. fallow
5.A. bore B. more C. explore D. boss
6.A. wrongdoing B. movement C. school D. look
7.A. bird B. enter C. passenger D. summer
8.A. eight B. height C. neighbour D. weight
9.A. goat B. sour C. though D. phone
10.A. here B. there C. beer D. career
B. Stress: Choose the word with the different stress pattern. (1 point)
1.A. routine B. office C. technology D. biology
2.A. entertainment B. problem C. holiday D. hobby
3.A. usually B. bicycle C. international D. traffic
4.A. determine B. prejudice C. ambitious D. language
5.A. alphabet B. province C. element D. disable
6.A. technology B. comfortable C. thousand D. distance
7.A.classmate B. persuade C. problem D. lesson
8.A.programme B. media C. theatre D. entertain
9.A.insect B. realize C. important D. happen
10.A.current B. different C. connection D. bottom
Part3:( language focus)
A. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences.(1pt)
1. The boy broke a window when they……football.
A. played B. were playing C. had played D. are playing
2.I’d like to stay at the home instead of……to the cinema.
A. go B. going C. went D. to go
3.Fatemah looked down to discover a snake at her feet. When she saw it, she….
A. was screaming B. had screamed C. screamed D. screams
4.people who exercise frequently have greater physical endurance than those…
A. who doesn’t B. that doesn’t C. which don’t D. who don’t
5.the child’s arm was swollen because he…..by a bee.
A. stung B. had stung C. had been stung D. had being stung
6. “why did you buy all this sugar and chocolate?”
“ I…..a delicious dessert for dinner tonight.”
289
A. make B. will make C. am going to make D. will have make
7.Timmy doesn’t do well in school……his inability to concentrate on any one thing for longer than a minute or two.
A. as B. because of C. because D. therefore
8.Emily is motivated to study……she know that a good education can improve her life.
A. therefore B. because of C. because D. so
9…….Tom nor his brother helps in the homework.
A. Not B. Both C. Either D. Neither
10.If, in some years time, energy……cheaper, many things in the world will be
different.
A. is B. will be C. were D. would be
B. Choose the word which best fits each gaps of the passage.(1pt)
The World Wide Web is made up of millions of sites (1)….by anybody from multimedia corporations(2)…….ordinary
people (3).......you and me. On the wed you can read online newspapers or magazine; you can watch videos,(4)……music
or buy anything (5)……..a CD to a holiday. You can go into a (6)……and (7)……to other people all over the world or
(8)........a newsgroup for more serious debate. If you are really ambitious you might even like to try creating your own
(9) ……. Then you can (10)........your holiday pictures to the whole world!
1. A. created B. discovered C. done D. invented
2. A. and B. to C. for D. or
3. A. as B. such as C. like D. the same
4. A. listen B. watch C. unload D. download
5. A. like B. from C. on D. with
6. A. talk room B. speaking room C. chat room D. room
7. A. speak B. say C. talk D. converse
8. A. attend B. join C. take part in D. take
9. A. pictures B. chat room C. web page D. internet
10. A. show B. send C. see D. Indicate

C. Sentence transformation:
1. Finish each of the following sentences in such a say that if means exactly as the sentence printed before it (1
point
)
a. She really loves her work.
She is……………………………………………
b. I’ll always admire my former teacher
I’ll look…………………………………………..
c. From the start, he affected all the students.
He had ………………………………………….
d. She resembles her mother.
She looks………………………………………..

290
e. She’s a slower and more careful drive than I am.

291
She drives………………………………………..

2. Change these following sentences into reported speech. Using the words suggested (1point)
a) “We are going to have a big party tonight”
They said…………………………………………..
b) “His lectures are very interesting”
The student was told……………………………..
c)”I don’t know if I believe him or not” said Jenny.
Jenny wondered…………………………………..
d) “I’ll ring her tomorrow”
He promised……………………………………….
e) “I’m afraid I can’t hear you very well”
She told………………………………………………..

D. Fill in each gap with a suitable word from the box.

Early, indicate, also, addition, for, guide, support, associated, accompanied, such
FILM MUSIC
In the (1)………days of the cinema, before sound was introduced, silent films were (2)………by a pianist, or
even a small orchestra playing in the cinema itself. One reason (3).............this was to cover up the noise of the project.
However, a more important role was provided (4)………for what was going on in the film, and (5)……..the audience
through the story. Different kinds of music were (6)……..with different situations, (7)............as fights, chases, romantic
scenes and so on. Music was (8) ……used to identify the geographical location or historical setting of the story. In
(9) …….., individual characters often has their own tune, which could also (10)...........what sort of person they were.
Part 4: Reading
1. Fill in each blank with a suitable word (2 points)
Language, the principal (1)………used by human beings to communicate with one another, is primarily spoken, although
it can be transferred to other media, such as (2).............If the spoken means of communication is unavailable, as may be
the case among the (3) , visual means such as sign language can be used. A prominent characteristic of language is
(4)……….the relation between a linguistic sign and its meaning is arbitrary. There is (5)……..reason other than
convention among speakers of English that a dog should be called dog, and indeed other languages have different
(6)...........(for example, Spanish perro, Russian sobaka, Japanese inu). Language can be used to discuss a wide range of
topics, a characteristic that distinguishes it (7).............animal communication. The dances of honey bees, for example, can
be used (8)………to communicate the location of food sources. While the language-learning abilities of apes have
surprised many people-and there continues to be controversy (9) the precise limits of these abilities-scientists and
scholars generally agree that apes do (10)...........progress beyond the linguistic abilities of a two-year-old child.
2. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow (3 points)
An Unusual Place to Live

292
 Set in the red desert of central Australia is the mining town of Coober Pedy. At first sight, the town looks similar
to many other such communities, but Coober Pedy is different. Sixty per cent of its population of some 4,000 people live
underground. There are today about 800 underground houses as well as shops, hotels and even churches in the town and
the surrounding hills. Once a site has been chosen, special tunneling machines are brought in to create passages and rooms
in the sandstone. Rock pillars are left to support the roof, and doors and windows are cut into the front. Houses are of all
shapes and sizes, the largest having twenty rooms, and some even have their own swimming pool.
Living underground may sound strange but in fact it has a number of advantages. In summer, the temperature
outside can reach an astonishing 47 0C, and in winter the nights can be extremely cold. However, inside the houses it
remains a steady 250C all year round. Many people say tat living underground makes them feel very secure. There is no
problem with noise from the neighbours and the houses are not affected by the fierce dust storms that regularly sweep
through the area. And of course, if your family grows or lots of friends come to stay, you can always dig another room.
Task 1: Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) correct the false information (1 point)
True False
1. The town is similar to many other communities. …….. …….
2. Most of the people in the town live underground. …….. …….
3. In making their houses, rock pillars are used as roofs. ...….. …….
4. The underground houses are different in shape and size. ……. …….

Task 2: Answer the following questions (2 points)

1. How is Coober Pedy different from other towns?
2. How many houses in the town are underground nowadays?
3. How are passages and rooms created?
4. According to the text, what are the advantages of living in underground houses?
5. What do the people tend to do when their family have more people?

Part 5: Writing
Writing a paragraph about description of a film you have seen.

293